10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From             to            

Commission file number: 001-36309

INOGEN, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	33-0989359
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

326 Bollay Drive Goleta, California	93117
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code))

(805) 562-0500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value	The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ¨    No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ¨    No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes x    No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes x    No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $135,071,367. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding common stock, based on filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, have been excluded from this computation since such persons may be deemed affiliates of the Registrant. The determination of affiliate status for this purpose is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of April 15, 2015, the registrant had 19,282,247 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
Part I
Item 1.	Business	2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	18
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	41
Item 2.	Properties	41
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	41
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	42
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	43
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	45
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	50
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	72
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	73
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	73
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	73
Item 9B.	Other Information	75
Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	76
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	82
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	89
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	91
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	94
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	95

i

INOGEN, INC.

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

The following discussion and analysis should be read together with our financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Business” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

· information concerning our possible or assumed future cash flow, revenue, sources of revenue and results of operations, operating and other expenses;

· our assessment of the impact from Competitive Bidding and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid services rules;

· our ability to develop new products, including our fourth-generation portable oxygen concentrator, improve our existing products and increase the value of our products;

· market share expectations, unit sales, business strategies, financing plans, expansion of our business, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities;

· our expectations regarding the market size, market growth and the growth potential for our business;

· our ability to sustain and manage growth, including our ability to develop new products and enter new markets;

· our expectations regarding the average selling price and manufacturing costs of our products;

· the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;

· our expectations regarding our  fourth-generation portable oxygen concentrator product; and

· the effects of competition.

Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

“Inogen,” “Inogen One,” “Inogen One G2,” “Inogen One G3,” “Oxygenation,” “Live Life in Moments, not Minutes,” “Never Run Out of Oxygen,” “Oxygen Therapy on Your Terms,” “Oxygen.Anytime.Anywhere,” “Reclaim Your Independence,” “Intelligent Delivery Technology,” “Inogen At Home,” and the Inogen design are trademarks or registered trademarks of Inogen, Inc. We have registered the trademark Inogen in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and in Europe (European Community registration). We have registered the trademark Inogen One in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and in Europe (European Community registration). We have registered the trademark Satellite Conserver in Canada, and China. We have registered the trademark Inogen At Home in Europe (European Community Registration). Other service marks, trademarks, and trade names referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

In this Form 10-K, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Inogen, Inc.

1

Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all amounts herein are expressed in thousands, except for share quantity, per share data, and unit counts. The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and the accompanying notes to those statements included elsewhere in this document.  Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

We are a medical technology company that primarily develops, manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen concentrators used to deliver supplemental long-term oxygen therapy to patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Traditionally, these patients have relied on stationary oxygen concentrator systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders for mobile use, which we call the delivery model. The tanks and cylinders must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of oxygen, which requires patients to plan activities outside of their homes around delivery schedules and a finite oxygen supply. Additionally, patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to their stationary concentrators simply to enable mobility within their homes. Our proprietary Inogen One systems concentrate the air around the patient to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen anytime, anywhere with a portable device weighing approximately 4.8 or 7.0 pounds. Our Inogen One G3 and G2 have up to 4.5 and 5 hours of battery life, respectively, with a single battery and can be plugged into an outlet when at home, in a car, or in a public place with outlets available. Our Inogen One systems reduce the patient’s reliance on stationary concentrators and scheduled deliveries of tanks with a finite supply of oxygen, thereby improving patient quality of life and fostering mobility.

Although portable oxygen concentrators represent the fastest-growing segment of the Medicare oxygen therapy market, we estimate based on 2013 Medicare data that patients using portable oxygen concentrators represent approximately 5% to 7% of the total addressable oxygen market in the United States. Based on 2013 industry data, we believe we were the leading worldwide manufacturer of portable oxygen concentrators, as well as the largest provider of portable oxygen concentrators to Medicare patients, as measured by dollar volume. We believe we are the only manufacturer of portable oxygen concentrators that employs a direct-to-consumer strategy in the United States, meaning we market our products to patients, process their physician paperwork, provide clinical support as needed and bill Medicare or insurance on their behalf. To pursue a direct-to-consumer strategy, our manufacturing competitors would need to meet national accreditation and state-by-state licensing requirements and secure Medicare billing privileges, as well as compete with the home medical equipment providers that many rely on across their entire homecare business.

Since adopting our direct-to-consumer strategy in 2009 following our acquisition of Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC, which had an active Medicare billing number but few other assets and limited business activities, we have directly sold or rented our Inogen One systems to more than 66,000 patients, growing our revenue from $10.7 million in 2009 to $112.5 million in 2014. In 2014, 22% of our revenue came from our international markets and 35% of our revenue came from oxygen rentals. Our net loss was $2.6 million in 2009 transitioning to net income of $6.8 million in 2014.

Our market

Overview of oxygen therapy market

We believe the current total addressable oxygen therapy market in the United States is approximately $3 billion to $4 billion, based on 2013 Medicare data and our estimate of the ratio of the Medicare market to the total market. We estimate that there are 2.5 to 3 million patients in the United States and more than 4.5 million patients worldwide use oxygen therapy, and more than 60% of oxygen therapy patients in the United States are covered by Medicare. The number of oxygen therapy patients in the United States is projected to grow by approximately 7% to 10% per year between 2013 and 2019, which we believe is the result of earlier diagnosis of chronic respiratory conditions, demographic trends and longer durations of long-term oxygen therapy.

Long-term oxygen therapy has been shown to be a cost-efficient and clinically effective means to treat hypoxemia, a condition in which patients have insufficient oxygen in the blood. Hypoxemic patients are unable to convert oxygen found in the air into the bloodstream in an efficient manner, causing organ damage and poor health. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or COPD, is a leading cause of hypoxemia. Approximately 70% of our patient population has been diagnosed with COPD, which we believe is reflective of the long-term oxygen therapy market in general. Industry sources estimate that 24 million people in the United States suffer from COPD, of which one-half are undiagnosed.

2

According to our analysis of 2013 Medicare data, approximately two-thirds of U.S. oxygen users require ambulatory oxygen and the remaining one-third require only stationary or nocturnal oxygen. Clinical data has shown that ambulatory patients that use oxygen twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, or 24/7, regardless of whether such patients rely on portable oxygen concentrators or the delivery model, have approximately two times the survival rate and spend at least 60% fewer days annually in the hospital than non-ambulatory 24/7 patients. The cost of one year of oxygen therapy is less than the cost of one day in the hospital. Of the ambulatory patients, we estimate that approximately 85% rely upon the delivery model, which has the following disadvantages:

· limited flexibility outside the home, dictated by the finite oxygen supply provided by tanks and cylinders and dependence on delivery schedules;

· restricted mobility and inconvenience within the home, as patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to a noisy stationary concentrator to move within their homes;

· products are not cleared for use on commercial aircraft and cannot plug into a vehicle outlet for extended use; and

· high costs driven by the infrastructure necessary to establish a geographically diverse distribution network to serve patients locally, as well as personnel, fuel and other costs, which have limited economies of scale and generally increase over time.

Portable oxygen concentrators were developed in response to many of the limitations associated with traditional oxygen therapy. Portable oxygen concentrators are designed to offer a self-replenishing, unlimited supply of oxygen that is concentrated from the surrounding air and to operate without the need for oxygen tanks or regular oxygen deliveries, enhancing patient independence and mobility. Additionally, because portable oxygen concentrators do not require the physical infrastructure and service intensity of the delivery model, we believe portable oxygen concentrators can provide long-term oxygen therapy with a lower cost structure. Despite the ability of portable oxygen concentrators to address many of the shortcomings of traditional oxygen therapy, we estimate based on 2013 Medicare data that the amount spent by patients with portable oxygen concentrators represents approximately 5% to 7% of total oxygen therapy spend. We believe the following has hindered the market acceptance of portable oxygen concentrators:

· to obtain portable oxygen concentrators, patients are dependent on home medical equipment providers, which have made significant investments in the physical distribution infrastructure to support the delivery model and which we believe are therefore disincentivized to encourage adoption of portable oxygen concentrators;

· constrained manufacturing costs of conventional portable oxygen concentrators, driven by home medical equipment provider preference for products that have lower upfront equipment cost; and

· limitations of conventional portable oxygen concentrators, including bulkiness, poor reliability and lack of suitability beyond intermittent or travel use.

Our solution

Our Inogen One systems provide patients who require long-term oxygen therapy with a reliable, lightweight single solution product that we believe improves quality-of-life, fosters mobility and eliminates dependence on both oxygen tanks and cylinders as well as stationary concentrators. We believe our direct-to-consumer strategy increases our ability to effectively develop, design and market our Inogen One solutions, as it allows us to:

· drive patient awareness of our portable oxygen concentrator through direct marketing, sidestepping the home medical equipment channel that other manufacturers rely upon across their homecare businesses, and that is incentivized to continue to service oxygen patients through the delivery model;

· capture the manufacturer and home medical equipment provider margins, allowing us to focus on the total cost of the solution and to invest in the development of product features instead of being constrained by the price required to attract representation from a distribution channel. For example, we have invested in features that improve patient satisfaction, product durability, reliability and longevity, which increase the cost of our hardware, but reduce the total cost of our solution by reducing our maintenance and repair cost; and

· access and utilize direct patient feedback in our research and development efforts, allowing us to innovate based on this feedback and stay at the forefront of patient preference. For example, we have integrated a double battery into our product offering based on direct patient feedback.

3

We believe the combination of our direct-to-consumer strategy with our singular focus on designing and developing oxygen concentrator technology has created the best-in-class portfolio of portable oxygen concentrators. Our two current portable product offerings, the Inogen One G3 and Inogen One G2, at approximately 4.8 and 7.0 pounds, respectively, are amongst the most lightweight portable oxygen concentrators on the market. We believe our Inogen One solutions offer the following benefits:

· Single solution for home, ambulatory, travel (including on commercial aircraft) and nocturnal treatment. We believe our Inogen One solutions are the only portable oxygen concentrators marketed as a single solution, by which we mean a patient can use our Inogen One systems as their only supplemental oxygen source with no need to also use a stationary concentrator regularly. Our compressors are specifically designed to enable our patients to run our portable oxygen concentrators 24/7, whether powered by battery or plugged into an outlet at home or in a car while the battery is recharging.

· Reliability. We have made product performance a priority and have improved reliability with each generation. For example, we have introduced patented air-dryer and patent-pending user-replaceable sieve beds to our products, which have improved product performance and, as a result, patient satisfaction. Reliability is not only critical to patient satisfaction, but also cost management, as our minimal physical infrastructure makes product exchanges more costly to us than providers with greater local physical infrastructure.

· Effective for nocturnal use. Our Intelligent Delivery Technology enables our portable oxygen concentrators to provide consistent levels of oxygen during sleep despite decreased respiratory rates. As a result, patients can rely on the Inogen One G3 and Inogen One G2 portable oxygen concentrators overnight while sleeping.

· Unparalleled flow capacity. Our 4.8 pound Inogen One G3 has at least 50% more flow capacity than other sub-5 pound portable oxygen concentrators, and our 7.0 pound Inogen One G2 has at least 15% more flow capacity than other sub-10 pound portable oxygen concentrators.

· User friendly features. Our systems are designed with multiple user friendly features, including long battery life and low noise-levels in their respective weight categories.

Our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home system

We market our current portable product offerings, the Inogen One G3 and the Inogen One G2, as single solutions for oxygen therapy. This means our solutions can operate on a 24/7 basis for at least 60 months without a stationary concentrator. We believe the technology in our Inogen One G3 and our Inogen One G2 is effective for nocturnal use. Our Inogen One G2 and the Inogen One G3 are sub-5 and sub-10 pound portable oxygen concentrators that can operate reliably and cost-effectively over the long period of time needed to service oxygen therapy patients without supplemental use of a stationary concentrator or a replacement portable oxygen concentrator. The following table summarizes our key product features:

	Key Product Specifications
	Inogen One G3	Inogen One G2
Capacity (ml/min)	840	1,260
Weight (lbs)	4.8 (single battery) 5.8 (double battery)	7.0 (single battery) 8.4 (double battery)
Battery run-time	Up to 4.5 hours (single battery) Up to 9.0 hours (double battery)	Up to 5 hours (single battery) Up to 10 hours (double battery)
Maintenance prevention advantages	User replaceable oxygen filtration cartridges & battery	Air dryer & user replaceable battery
Technology effective for overnight use	Yes	Yes
Sound	42 dBA	38 dBA

We have focused our research and development efforts on creating solutions that we believe have overcome the reputation of portable oxygen concentrators as being limited in durability and reliability as well as unsuitable for nighttime or 24/7 use. We specifically designed our compressors for 24/7 use. We have worked to improve our reliability and reduce service costs by equipping our portable oxygen concentrators with features such as membrane air dryers and user replaceable filtration cartridges.

All of our Inogen One systems are equipped with Intelligent Delivery Technology, a form of pulse-dose technology from which the patient receives a bolus of oxygen upon inhalation. Pulse dose technology was developed to extend the number of hours an oxygen tank would last and is generally used on all ambulatory oxygen therapy devices. Our proprietary conserver technology utilizes differentiated triggering sensitivity to quickly detect a breath and ensure oxygen delivery within the first 400 milliseconds of inspiration, the interval when oxygen has the most effect on lung gas exchange. During periods of sleep, respiratory rates typically decrease. Our Inogen One systems actively respond to this changing physiology through the use of proprietary technology that increases bolus size. Our Intelligent Delivery Technology is designed to provide effective levels of blood oxygen saturation during sleep and all other periods of rest and activity that are substantially equivalent to continuous flow systems.

4

The Inogen One G3, our latest portable oxygen concentrator released to market in September 2012, is among the most lightweight products on the market with substantially higher oxygen production capabilities than the other sub-5 pound portable oxygen concentrators on the market. We believe the performance parameters around the Inogen One G3 and Inogen One G2 allow us to serve approximately 95% of the ambulatory oxygen patients and enable us to address a patient’s particular clinical needs, as well as lifestyle and performance preferences.

The Inogen At Home stationary oxygen concentrator allows us to access the non-ambulatory patient market and serves as a backup to our Inogen One system for ambulatory patients. We currently provide a backup source of oxygen to our patients who are able to elect either a stationary concentrator or oxygen tank as their backup source.

We believe the Inogen At Home concentrator is the lightest five liter per minute continuous flow oxygen concentrator on the market today. At approximately 18 pounds, the Inogen At Home concentrator is lighter than current oxygen concentrators from leading manufacturers with equivalent flow capacity. Additionally, the Inogen At Home product has low power consumption with worldwide electrical compatibility, which should reduce the cost of electricity for oxygen therapy patients, as well as reduces manufacturing and distribution complexities.  While the Inogen One product line is clinically validated for 24/7 use, the Inogen At Home represents a compelling solution for nocturnal-only oxygen therapy patients that do not yet require a portable solution, which are estimated to represent greater than 30% of total oxygen patients in the United States.

Our direct-to-consumer business model has enabled us to receive direct patient feedback, and we have used this feedback to create portable oxygen concentrators that address the full suite of features and benefits critical to patient preference and retention. Our products prevent patients from having to choose between lightweight size, suitability for 24/7 use, reliability, and key features such as battery life, flow and reduced noise levels.

Sales and marketing

Our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing efforts are focused on generating awareness and demand for our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems among patients, physicians and other clinicians, and third-party payors. As of December 31, 2014 we employed a marketing team of 6 people, an in-house sales team of 144 people, and a field-based sales force of 17 people, each based in the United States. Of the $88.1 million of our 2014 revenue derived from the United States, approximately 45% represented direct-to-patient rentals, 33% represented cash pay sales to patients and 22% represented sales to third-party home medical equipment providers.

Patients who choose to use their Medicare or private insurance benefits rent our systems, while those who purchase our product outright are typically not eligible to use their insurance benefits due to their capped rental status, or chose to purchase because the patient prefers to own the equipment, or the patient has an upcoming trip where they have an immediate need for our product that cannot by processed in time. Our ability to rent to Medicare patients directly, bill Medicare and other third-party payors on their behalf, and service patients in their homes requires that we hold a valid Medicare supplier number, are accredited by an independent agency approved by Medicare, and comply with the differing licensure and process requirements in the 49 states in which we serve patients.

5

We use a variety of direct-to-consumer marketing strategies to generate interest in our solutions among current oxygen therapy patients. After a patient contacts us, we guide them through product selection and insurance eligibility, and, if they choose to move forward, process the necessary reimbursement and physician paperwork on their behalf, as well as coordinate the shipping, instruction, and clinical setup process. In accordance with Medicare regulations, we do not initially contact patients directly and contact them only upon an inbound inquiry or upon receipt on a physician’s order. The below chart describes our United States direct-to-consumer sales and rental process.

In addition to the direct-to-consumer marketing model, we are increasingly utilizing a physician referral model as a complementary sales method. Under this model, our field sales representatives work with physicians in the representative’s territory to help physicians understand our products and the value these products provide for patients. We believe that by educating physicians on our products, we can cost-effectively supplement our direct-to-consumer sales and rentals and capture a greater number of patients earlier in the course of their oxygen therapy.

Concentration of Customers

We sell our products to home medical equipment providers in the United States and in foreign countries on a credit basis. No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue for 2014 and 2013. In 2012 one customer accounted for 12% of our total revenue.

We also rent products directly to patients, which results in a customer concentration relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. Medicare’s service reimbursement programs (net of patient co-insurance obligations) accounted for 76%, 73% and 66% of rental revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and based on total revenue were 27%, 29% and 27% for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable balances relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs amounted to $4,875 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014, $2,560 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and $3,043 or 33% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2012.

We engage in a number of other initiatives to increase awareness, demand, and orders for Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems. These include attendance at oxygen therapy support groups, guest speaking arrangements at trade shows, and product demonstrations as requested. Additionally, we are targeting private payors to become an in-network provider of oxygen therapy solutions, which we expect will reduce or eliminate any additional patient co-insurance associated with using our solution. We believe this will result in both increased conversion of our initial leads, as well as direct referrals from insurance companies in some cases.

6

International

Approximately 22% of our sales were from outside the United States in 2014. We sell our products in 44 countries outside the United States through distributors or directly to large “house” accounts, which include gas companies and home oxygen providers. In this case, we sell to and bill the distributor or “house” accounts directly, leaving the patient billing, support, and clinical setup to the local provider. As of December 31, 2014, we had 5 people who focused on selling our products to distributors and “house” accounts worldwide. No single international customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue in 2014 or 2013.

International sales have been a rapidly growing portion of our business, and we estimate there are 2 million long-term oxygen therapy patients outside of the United States. We believe that the international market is attractive for the following reasons:

· More favorable reimbursement in certain countries, including France and the United Kingdom, where portable oxygen concentrators receive more favorable reimbursement than in the United States.

· Less developed oxygen delivery infrastructure in some countries. We believe that some countries outside the United States have less developed oxygen delivery infrastructure than in the United States. As a result, portable oxygen concentrators enable providers to reach and service patients they cannot economically reach with the delivery model.

· An absence of reimbursement for any ambulatory oxygen therapy modalities in some countries, resulting in patients bearing all of the cost of ambulatory oxygen therapy and therefore becoming more involved in the selection of the modality. In Australia, for example, patients shoulder the burden of all costs associated with ambulatory oxygen therapy. In these cases, they tend to choose products like portable oxygen concentrators that provide a higher level of personal freedom.

We will continue to focus on building out our international sales efforts.

Customer support and order fulfillment

Our procedures enable us to package and ship a system directly to the patient in the patient’s preferred configuration the same day the order is received in most cases. This enables us to minimize the amount of finished goods inventory we keep on hand. Our primary logistics partner is United Parcel Service, or UPS, and FedEx. UPS supports our domestic shipments and provides additional services that support our direct-to-consumer oxygen therapy program. The UPS pick up service is used to retrieve patient paperwork, products requiring repair and systems that are no longer needed by the patient. Additionally, UPS, when necessary and requested by us, will go into a patient’s home to remove a replacement product from the box, box the failed device and return it to us. In this manner, we are able to operate as a remote provider while maintaining the level of customer service of a local oxygen therapy provider. FedEx supports our international shipments.

We believe it is important to provide patients with the highest quality customer support to achieve satisfaction with our products and optimal outcomes. As of December 31, 2014, we had a dedicated client service team of 21 people who were trained on our products, a clinical support team of 17 people who were licensed nurses or respiratory therapists, and a dedicated billing services team of 52 people. We provide our patients with a dedicated 24/7 hotline that is only given to our patients and is not published publicly. Via the hotline, patients have direct access to our client services representatives, who can handle product-related questions. Additionally, clinical staff is on call 24/7 and available to patients whenever either the patient or the client services representative deems appropriate. Our dedicated billing services team is available to answer patient questions regarding invoicing, reimbursement, and account status during normal business hours. We receive no additional reimbursement for patient support, but provide high-quality customer service to enhance patient comfort, satisfaction, compliance, and safety with our products. We believe our focus on providing the highest level of customer service has helped drive our sustained patient satisfaction rating of approximately 95%.

Third-party reimbursement

Medicare or private insurance rentals represented approximately 35% of our revenue in 2014. In cases where we rent our oxygen therapy solutions directly to patients, we bill third-party payors, such as Medicare or private insurance, for monthly rentals on behalf of our patients. We process and coordinate all physician paperwork necessary for reimbursement of our solutions. A common medical criterion for oxygen therapy reimbursement is insufficient blood oxygen saturation level. Our team in sales and sales administration are trained on how to verify benefits, review medical records and process physician paperwork. Additionally, an independent internal review is performed and our products are not deployed until after physician paperwork is processed and reimbursement eligibility is verified and communicated to the patient. As of December 31, 2014, our direct to consumer inside sales administration groups consisted of 144 people.

7

We are authorized by Medicare to bill for oxygen therapy, and we believe that more than 60% of oxygen therapy patients have Medicare coverage. Our Inogen One systems are reimbursed under HCPCS codes E1390 and E1392. Our Inogen At Home system is reimbursed under HCPCS code E1390. E1390 covers stationary/nocturnal oxygen therapy systems, while E1392 provides additional reimbursement for portable oxygen concentrators for the treatment of ambulatory patients. Even though E1390 is a stationary oxygen code, we bill under both the E1390 and E1392 codes for our portable oxygen concentrators, assuming that the patient qualifies for portable oxygen, as well as stationary oxygen. Only in the event the patient solely qualifies for portable oxygen would we exclusively bill under the E1392 code, which is not typical. Currently, Medicare reimburses oxygen therapy as a monthly rental for up to 36 months. We retain equipment ownership at all times. After 36 months, payment is “capped,” meaning the monthly payment amounts are discontinued. After two additional years or another qualifying event, the patient is eligible for replacement equipment and a new capped rental period.

As of January 1, 2011, Medicare has phased in a program called competitive bidding. Competitive bidding impacts the amount Medicare pays suppliers for durable medical equipment, including portable oxygen concentrators. The program is defined geographically, with suppliers submitting bids to provide medical equipment for a specific product category within that geography. Once bids have been placed, an individual company’s bids across products within the category are aggregated and weighted by each product’s market share in the category. The weighted average price is then indexed against competitors. Medicare determines a “clearing price” out of these weighted average prices at which sufficient suppliers have indicated they will support patients in the category, and this threshold is typically designed to have theoretical supply two times greater than expected demand. Bids for each modality among the suppliers that made the cut are then arrayed to determine what Medicare will reimburse for each product category. The program has strict anti-collusion guidelines to ensure bidding is truly competitive. Competitive bidding contracts last up to three years once implemented, after which they are subject to re-bidding.

The competitive bidding program effectively reduces the number of oxygen suppliers that can participate in the Medicare program. We believe that more than 75% of existing oxygen suppliers were eliminated in round one of competitive bidding implemented January 1, 2011 in 9 U.S. Metropolitan Statistical Areas. Round two of competitive bidding was implemented July 1, 2013 in 91 U.S. Metropolitan Statistical Areas and we believe the impact on the number of oxygen suppliers will be similar when released. Combined with the round one of competitive bidding, we believe that approximately 59% of the market was covered by round one and two. The following table sets forth the current standard Medicare reimbursement rates and the weighted average of reimbursement rates applicable in Metropolitan Statistical Areas covered by rounds one and two of competitive bidding. The round one re-compete was completed in the same Metropolitan Statistical Areas as round one for the next three year period starting January 1, 2014 when the original contracts expire. Reimbursement rates under the Medicare competitive bidding program have been in the mid $130s per month since mid-2013.

									Round one
	Medicare		Round one			Round two			re-compete
	standard		weighted			weighted			weighted
	allowable		average			average			average
	effective		1/1/11-			7/1/13-			1/1/14-
	1/1/15		12/31/13			6/30/16			12/31/16
E1390	$	180.92	$	116.16		$	93.07		$	95.74
E1392		51.63		41.89			42.72			38.08
Total	$	232.55	$	158.05		$	135.79		$	133.82
% of standard				68	%		58	%		58	%

8

In October 2014, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid services released a ruling that sets forth methodologies to adjust the fee schedule amounts for items subject to competitive bidding in areas where competitive bidding is not implemented.  The ruling applies rate reductions to all un-bid areas instead of doing an additional bidding process.  The fee schedules in the un-bid areas will be adjusted based on regional averages of the single payment amounts for areas already under competitive bidding.  The regional prices would be limited by a national ceiling (110% of the average of the regional prices) and a floor (90% of the average regional prices).  The regions are defined as follows:

Region Name	States Covered
Far West	CA, NV, OR, WA
Great Lakes	IL, IN, MI, OH, WI
Mideast	DC, DE, MD, NJ, NY, PA
New England	CT, MA, NH, RI
Plains	IA, KS, MN, MO, NE
Rocky Mountain	CO, ID, UT
Southeast	AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, NC, SC, TN, VA
Southwest	AZ, NM, OK, TX

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid defines frontier states as states where more than 50% of the counties in the state have a population density of 6 people or less per square mile and rural states are defined as states where more than 50% of the population lives in rural areas per census data.  Current frontier states include MT, ND, SD and WY; rural states include ME, MS, VT and WV; and non-contiguous United States areas include AK, HI, Guam and Puerto Rico.  For frontier and rural states, and frontier and rural zip codes in non-frontier/rural states, the single payment amount will be the national ceiling (110% of the average of the regional prices) to account for higher servicing costs in these areas.  For non-contiguous United States areas, single payment amounts will be the higher of the national ceiling, or the average of competitive bidding pricing from these areas, if the areas had been bid through competitive bidding.  

While we are monitoring the implementation of this ruling, we believe that the net effect of the ruling would be an approximately 3-4% headwind to 2016 total revenue since this pricing will be applied partially from January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016 and completely starting July 1, 2016.

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services accepted bids through March 26, 2015 for competitive bidding round two re-compete, associated with approximately 50% of the market with contracts set to begin July 1, 2016 and continue through December 31, 2018.  The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services updated the product categories and the competitive bidding areas.  Respiratory equipment includes oxygen, oxygen equipment, continuous positive airway pressure devices, respiratory assist devices and related supplies and accessories. Nebulizers are now their own separate product category instead of being included in the respiratory equipment category.  Round two re-compete is in the same geographic areas that were included in the original round two.  However, as a result of the Office of Management and Budget’s updates to the original 91 round two metropolitan statistical areas, there are now 90 metropolitan statistical areas for round two re-compete and 117 competitive bidding areas (CBAs). Any CBA that was previously located in multi-state metropolitan statistical areas was redefined so that no CBA is included in more than one state. The round two re-compete competitive bidding areas have nearly the same ZIP codes as the round two competitive bidding areas; the associated changes in the zip codes since competitive bidding was implemented are reflective in this round two re-compete.  

On March 17, 2015 the House of Representatives approved the Medicare DMEPOS (Durable Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics and Supplies) Competitive Bidding Improvement Act of 2015 which would require Medicare suppliers that bid under the DMEPOS competitive bidding program to obtain a $50,000 to $100,000 bid surety bond for each competitive bidding area (CBA). The bill is intended to prevent suppliers from submitting not-binding, “low-ball” bids that artificially drive down prices and jeopardize beneficiary access to equipment.  If the supplier bids lower than the median composite bid rate and does not accept a contract for a CBA, the bid bond would be forfeited.  The bill also would codify that competitive bidding contracts can only be awarded to suppliers that meet applicable state licensure requirements. On April 14, 2015, this bill was passed by the Senate and then signed by President Obama into law on April 16, 2015, thus we will incur additional expense to obtain the appropriate surety bonds in the CBAs where we win contracts.  There are currently 9 CBAs under contract in round 1 re-compete and 117 CBAs under contract in round 2 re-compete.  CBAs are defined by Medicare and are subject to change at each new bidding period.  This cost is not expected to be material to our financial results. 

9

As of December 31, 2014, we had contracts with 63 non-Medicare payors. These contracts enable us to become an in-network provider for these payors, which enables patients to use our systems at the same cost as other in-network solutions, including the delivery model. Based on our patient population, we believe non-Medicare payors represent at least 30% of all oxygen therapy patients. We believe that private payor reimbursement levels will generally be reset in accordance with Medicare reimbursement level determined by competitive bidding.

We cannot predict the extent to which reimbursement for our products will be affected by competitive bidding or by initiatives to reduce costs for private payors. The unavailability of third-party coverage or inadequacy of reimbursement for our current or future products would adversely affect our business, financial conditions, and results of operations.

Manufacturing

We have been developing and refining the manufacturing of our Inogen One systems over the past ten years. While nearly all of our manufacturing and assembly process was originally outsourced, assembly of the manifold, compressor, sieve bed and concentrator is now conducted in-house in order to improve quality control and reduce cost. Additionally, we use lean manufacturing practices to maximize our manufacturing efficiency. Bringing manufacturing and assembly largely in-house, combined with improvements in our manufacturing processes, has enabled us to reduce our cost of revenue per system by 40% from 2009 to 2014.

We rely on third party manufacturers to supply several components of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems. We typically enter into supply agreements for these components that specify quantity, quality requirements, and delivery terms, which, in certain cases, can be terminated by either party upon relatively short notice. We have elected to source certain key components from single sources of supply, including our batteries, bearings, carry bags, motors, pistons, valves, and molded plastic components. While alternative sources of supply are readily available for these components, we believe that maintaining a single-source of supply allows us to control production costs and inventory levels, and to manage component quality. In order to mitigate against the risks related to a single-source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions. If any single-source supplier were no longer able to supply a component, we believe we would be able to promptly and cost-effectively switch to an alternative supplier without a significant disruption to our business and operations. We have adopted additional contingency plans to protect against an immediate disruption in supply of our battery and motor components, and any potential delay that may result from a switch to a new supplier. These contingency plans include our own inventory management, along with a requirement that each supplier maintain specified quantities of inventory in multiple locations, and our maintenance of back-up tooling that can easily be transferred to a new supplier. We believe that these contingency plans would limit any disruption to our business in the event of an immediate termination of either our battery or motor supply.

We currently manufacture in two leased buildings in Goleta, California and Richardson, Texas, that we have registered with the Federal Drug and Administration, or FDA, and for which we have obtained International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485 certification. The Goleta, California facility is approximately 39,000 square feet. A subset is used for manufacturing activities in the Goleta facility. The Richardson, Texas manufacturing facility is approximately 24,000 square feet. Because we have two separate manufacturing facilities, in the event one facility is incapacitated, the other facility will enable us to continue manufacturing our products to meet our current level of demand. We believe we have sufficient capacity to meet anticipated demand.

Our entire organization is responsible for quality management. Our Quality Assurance department oversees this by tracking component, device and organization performance and by training team members outside the Quality Assurance department to become competent users of our Quality Management system. By measuring component performance, communicating daily with the production group and our suppliers, and reviewing customer complaints, our Quality Assurance department, through the use of our corrective action program, drives and documents continuous performance improvement of our suppliers and internal departments. Our Quality Assurance department also trains internal auditors to audit our adherence to the Quality Management system. Our Quality Management system has been certified to International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485:2012 by Intertek, a Notified Body to ISO.

As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and certain corresponding state agencies. We have been audited three times since April 2012 by the FDA and found to be in compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices guidelines. We have completed three surveillance audits and one certification audit by our notifying body over the same period and identified one minor non-conformance, which was addressed through implementation of new training software.

As of December 31, 2014, we had 93 employees in operations, manufacturing, quality assurance and repair.

10

Research and development

We are committed to ongoing research and development to stay at the forefront of patient preference in the oxygen concentrator field. As of December 31, 2014, our research and development staff included 19 engineers and scientists with expertise in air separation, compressors, pneumatics, electronics, embedded software, mechanical design, sensors and manufacturing technologies. Our current research and development efforts are focused primarily on increasing functionality, improving design for ease-of-use, and reducing production costs of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems, as well as development of our next-generation oxygen concentrators. Over the last 3 fiscal years, Inogen has invested over $7.7 million to efficiently bring two new generations of portable oxygen concentrators and the first generation stationary oxygen concentrator to market ($3.0, $2.4 and $2.3 million for the years ended 2014, 2013 and 2012), leveraging our 27 issued U.S. patents and one Canadian patent while also reducing the product manufacturing costs 40% from 2009 to 2014.

Utilizing lean product development methodologies, we have released four products over the last 10 years, including our Inogen One G1 in October 2004, our Inogen One G2 in March 2010, and our Inogen One G3 in September 2012 and our Inogen At Home system in October 2014. Our dedication to continuous improvement has also resulted in three mid-cycle product updates and numerous incremental improvements. Development projects utilize a combination of rapid prototyping and accelerated life testing methods to ensure products are taken from concept to commercialization in a fast and capital efficient manner. We leverage our direct patient expertise to rapidly gain insight from end users and to identify areas of innovation that we believe will lead to higher-quality products and lower total cost of ownership for its products.

Our product pipeline consists of our fourth generation, ultra-lightweight portable oxygen concentrator. Our fourth-generation portable oxygen concentrator will be smaller and lighter and less expensive to manufacture than our Inogen One G3 and we expect to commercialize this product in 2016. Additionally, we continue to focus our efforts on other design and functionality improvements that enhance patient quality of life.

Competition

The oxygen therapy market is a highly competitive industry. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of portable oxygen concentrators, as well as providers of other oxygen therapy solutions such as home delivery of oxygen tanks, or cylinders.

Our significant manufacturing competitors are Invacare Corporation, Respironics (a subsidiary of Koninklijke Philips N.V.), AirSep Corporation and SeQual Technologies (subsidiaries of Chart Industries, Inc.), Inova Labs, Inc. and DeVilbiss Healthcare. Given the relatively low barriers to entry in the oxygen therapy device manufacturing market, we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. Manufacturing companies compete for sales to providers primarily on the basis of product features, service and price. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors, due to our manufacturing competitors’ complete reliance on home medical equipment distribution, which compresses their margins and limits their ability to invest in product features that address consumer preferences. To pursue a direct-to-consumer strategy, our manufacturing competitors would need to meet national accreditation and state-by-state licensing requirements and secure Medicare billing privileges, as well as compete directly with the home medical equipment providers that many rely on across their entire homecare businesses. For our two largest medical device competitors, the entire oxygen business for each, including stationary and transfilling concentrators, represents less than 14% percent of each of their billion-dollar plus homecare businesses in 2013.

Lincare Inc., Apria Healthcare, Inc. Rotech Healthcare, Inc. and American HomePatient, Inc. have been among the market leaders in providing oxygen therapy for many years, while the remaining oxygen therapy market is serviced by local providers. Because many oxygen therapy providers were either excluded from contracts in the Medicare competitive bidding process, or will have difficulty providing service at the prevailing Medicare reimbursement rates, we expect more industry consolidation. Oxygen therapy providers compete primarily on the basis of product features and service, rather than price, since reimbursement levels are established by Medicare and Medicaid, or by the individual determinations of private payors. We believe that the investment made by oxygen therapy providers in the physical distribution required for oxygen delivery limits their ability to easily switch their business model and employ a solution directly competitive to Inogen.

Some of our competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with significantly greater resources than we have. As a consequence, they are able to spend more aggressively on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. Some of these competitors have:

· significantly greater name recognition;

· established relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

11

· established distribution networks;

· additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

· greater history in conducting research and development, manufacturing, marketing and obtaining regulatory approval for oxygen device products; and

· greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, patent litigation and customer financing.

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. In light of these advantages that our competitors maintain, even if our technology and direct-to-consumer distribution strategy is more effective than the technology and distribution strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products and services in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our reputation for providing responsive, professional and high-quality products and services and achieving strong customer satisfaction. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, margins and market share.

Government regulation

Inogen One systems, Inogen At Home systems and related accessories are medical devices subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA, as well as other federal and state regulatory bodies in the United States and comparable authorities in other countries. The FDA regulations govern the following activities that we perform, or that are performed on our behalf, to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses: product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, pre-market clearance or approval, record keeping, product marketing, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, and post-marketing surveillance.

FDA’s pre-market clearance and approval requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a prior Section 510(k) of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or 501(k) clearance or a pre-market approval from the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in Class III, requiring premarket approval.

510(k) clearance pathway

When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that our proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a pre-market approval application. By regulation, the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k) premarket notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a previously-cleared device or use, the FDA will place the device, or the particular use, into Class III. We obtained 510(k) clearance for the original Inogen One system on May 13, 2004. We market the Inogen One G2 and G3 systems pursuant to the original Inogen One 510(k) clearance. We obtained 510(k) clearance for the Inogen At Home system on June 20, 2014.

Pre-market approval pathway

A pre-market approval application must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The pre-market approval application process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. A pre-market approval application must be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction reasonable evidence of safety and effectiveness of the device.

12

After a pre-market approval application is submitted and the FDA determines that the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, the FDA will accept the application for review. The FDA has 180 days to review an “accepted” pre-market approval application, although the review of an application generally occurs over a significantly longer period of time and can take up to several years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of the information already provided. Also, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulations.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support pre-market approval and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. In the United States, these trials generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specific number of patients unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical trial sites. We, the FDA or the IRB at each site at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the benefits. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the device, may be equivocal or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval or clearance of the product.

Pervasive and ongoing regulation by the FDA

Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

· establishment registration and device listing;

· quality system regulation, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

· labeling regulations and the FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses, and other requirements related to promotional activities;

· medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

· corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act that may present a risk to health; and

· post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a pre-market approval, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. We have modified various aspects of our Inogen One systems since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k) clearances are not required for these modifications. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines and penalties.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, rescinding previously granted 510(k) clearances or withdrawing previously granted pre-market approvals.

13

As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and certain corresponding state agencies. We have been audited three times since April 2012 by the FDA and found to be in compliance with Good Manufacturing Practices guidelines. We have completed three surveillance audits and one certification audit by our notifying body over the same period and identified one minor non-conformance, which was addressed through implementation of new training software.

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

Licensure

In April 2009, we became a Durable, Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies accredited Medicare supplier by Accreditation Commission for Health Care for our Goleta, California facility for Home/Durable Medical Equipment Services for oxygen equipment and supplies. Our Medicare accreditation must be renewed every three years through passage of an on-site inspection. Our current accreditation with Medicare is due to expire in May 2015. Several states require that durable medical equipment providers be licensed in order to sell products to patients in that state. Certain of these states require that durable medical equipment providers maintain an in-state location. Most of our state licenses are renewed on an annual or bi-annual basis. Although we believe we are in compliance with all applicable state regulations regarding licensure requirements, if we were found to be noncompliant, we could lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us from selling our current or future products to patients in that state. In addition, we are subject to certain state laws regarding professional licensure. We believe that our certified clinicians are in compliance with all such state laws. If our clinicians were to be found non-compliant in a given state, we would need to modify our approach to providing education, clinical support and customer service in such state.

Federal anti-kickback and self-referral laws

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce the:

· referral of a person;

· furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs; or

· purchase, lease, or order of, or the arrangement or recommendation of the purchasing, leasing, or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs.

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute applies to our arrangements with sales representatives, customers and health care providers, as well as certain coding and billing information that we may provide to purchasers of our Inogen One and Inogen At Home systems. Although we believe that we have structured such arrangements to be in compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute and other applicable laws, regulatory authorities may determine otherwise. Noncompliance with the federal anti-kickback statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, as well as civil and criminal penalties, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Federal law also includes a provision commonly known as the “Stark Law,” which prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, in which the physician has an ownership or investment interest or with which the physician has entered into a compensation arrangement. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Although we believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements, these arrangements may not expressly meet the requirements for applicable exceptions from the law.

Additionally, as some of these laws are still evolving, we lack definitive guidance as to the application of certain key aspects of these laws as they relate to our arrangements with providers with respect to patient training. We cannot predict the final form that these regulations will take or the effect that the final regulations will have on us. As a result, our provider arrangements may ultimately be found to be not in compliance with applicable federal law.

14

Federal False Claims Act

The Federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits against companies. Although we believe that we are in compliance with the federal government’s laws and regulations, if we are found in violation of these laws, penalties include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus three times the amount of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act. We believe that we are in compliance with the federal government’s laws and regulations concerning the filing of reimbursement claims.

Civil monetary penalties law

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services. We sometimes offer customers various discounts and other financial incentives in connection with the sales of our products. While it is our intent to comply with all applicable laws, the government may find that our marketing activities violate the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. If we are found to be in noncompliance, we could be subject to civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the Federal healthcare programs. In addition, to the extent we are found to not be in compliance, we may be required to curtail or restructure our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

State fraud and abuse provisions

Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and false claims act that may apply to all payors. We believe that we are in compliance with such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

HIPAA

In addition to creating the two new federal healthcare crimes, regulations implementing HIPAA also establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, which are referred to as covered entities. Three standards have been promulgated under HIPAA’s regulations: the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, which restrict the use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information, the Standards for Electronic Transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, and the Security Standards, which require covered entities to implement and maintain certain security measures to safeguard certain electronic health information, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information.

In 2009, Congress passed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, which included sweeping changes to HIPAA, including an expansion of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards. ARRA includes HITECH, which, among other things, made HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates of covered entities effective February 17, 2010. A business associate is a person or entity that performs certain functions or activities on behalf of a covered entity that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information in connection with recognized health care operations activities. As a result, business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with applicable standards. Moreover, HITECH creates a new requirement to report certain breaches of unsecured, individually identifiable health information and imposes penalties on entities that fail to do so. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. The 2013 final HITECH omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches.

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. In those cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws. If we fail to comply with applicable state laws and regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions. Any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of HIPAA, HITECH or state privacy and security statutes or regulations could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our results or operations.

15

International regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.

The primary regulatory body in Europe is the European Union, which has adopted numerous directives and has promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, and other countries that comply with or mirror these directives. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a notified body, an independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. Such an assessment may be required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certifications are voluntary standards. Compliance establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. We have the authorization to affix the CE Mark to our products and to commercialize our devices in the European Union. Our ISO 13485 certification was issued on April 21, 2005 and our EC-Certificate was issued on March 16, 2007.

Before we can sell our devices in Canada we must submit a license application and obtain clearance, implement and comply with ISO Standard 13485, and undergo an audit by a registrar accredited by Health Canada. On January 25, 2006, we received our Medical Device License in Canada. In Australia, we must appoint an agent sponsor who will interact on our behalf with the Therapeutics Goods Administration (TGA). We must also prepare a technical file and declaration of conformity to essential requirements under Australian law, provide evidence of CE Marking of the device and submit this information via our agent sponsor to the TGA in a Medical Device Application. On June 4, 2007, we received our Certificate for Inclusion of a Medical Device in Australia.

Intellectual property

We believe that to maintain a competitive advantage, we must develop and preserve the proprietary aspect of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. Currently, we require our employees, consultants and advisors to execute non-disclosure agreements in connection with their employment, consulting or advisory relationships with us, where appropriate. We also require our employees, consultants and advisors with whom we expect to work on our current or future products to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived during the work day, developed using our property or related to our business. Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our Inogen One systems or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

Patents

As of December 31, 2014, we had 27 issued U.S. patents, one issued Canadian patent and 5 additional pending U.S. patent applications relating to design and construction of our oxygen concentrators and our Intelligent Delivery Technology. We anticipate it will take several years for the most recent of these U.S. patent applications to result in issued patents, if successful.

Our patent portfolio contains three principal sets of patents and patent applications. The first set relates to the construction and design of specific Inogen products. For example, U.S. Patent Nos. 8,440,004; 8,366,815; 8,377,181; and 8,568,519 are directed to design elements of the Inogen One G2 portable oxygen concentrator. These patents expire in 2031 (without taking into account any patent term adjustments) and may serve to deter competitors from reverse engineering or copying our design elements. This set of patents and patent applications also contains a pending U.S. patent application that relates to the design of the Inogen One G3 portable oxygen concentrator.

The second set of patents and patent applications within our portfolio pertains to operating algorithms and design optimization techniques. U.S. Patent Nos. 7,841,343; 7,585,351; 7,857,894; 8,142,544; and 6,605,136 are directed toward optimization of the Pressure Swing Adsorption oxygen generating system and the oxygen conserving technology used across all of our products. These patents expire in 2027, 2026, 2027, 2026 and 2022 respectively (without taking into account any patent term adjustments). These algorithms and optimization techniques are developed to facilitate the design and manufacturing of our products. These patents may prevent competitors from achieving the same levels of optimization as found in our products.

16

The third set of patents and patent applications includes system component designs that may be incorporated into our products. For example, U.S. Patent No. 8,580,015, which expires in 2027 (without taking into account any patent term adjustments), is directed to product improvements that have been utilized in the Inogen One and Inogen One G2 products. Also within this class of patents are U.S. Patent Nos. 7,686,870 and 7,922,789 that are directed to designs that may be utilized in future Inogen products to improve performance over current product offerings. These patents expire in 2027 and 2023 respectively (without taking into account any patent term adjustments).

Trademarks

We have registered the trademarks Inogen; Inogen One; Inogen One G2; Inogen One G3; Oxygenation; Live Life in Moments, not Minutes; Never Run Out of Oxygen; Oxygen Therapy on Your Terms; Oxygen. Anytime. Anywhere; Reclaim Your Independence; Intelligent Delivery Technology; Inogen At Home; and the Inogen design with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We have registered the trademark Inogen in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and in Europe (European Community Registration). We have registered the trademark Inogen One in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and in Europe (European Community Registration). We have registered the trademark Satellite Conserver in Canada, and China. We have registered the trademark Inogen At Home in Europe (European Community Registration).

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 411 full and part-time employees, including 205 in sales, marketing, clinical and client services, 93 in operations, manufacturing, quality assurance and repair, 94 in general administration and 19 in research and development. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Corporate and available information

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, California 93117. Our telephone number is (805) 562-0500. Our website address is www.inogen.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations page of our website located at http://investor.inogen.com/sec.cfm.  The SEC also maintains a website that contains our SEC filings. The address of the site is www.sec.gov. Additionally, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other materials that we file with the SEC are available at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

We webcast our earnings calls and certain events we participate in or host with members of the investment community on our investor relations page of our website. Corporate governance information, including our board committee charters, code of ethics, and corporate governance principles, is also available on our investor relations page of our website located at http://investor.inogen.com/. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Environmental matters

Our research and development and manufacturing processes involve the controlled use of hazardous materials, including flammables, toxics, and corrosives. Our research and manufacturing operations produce hazardous chemical waste products. We seek to comply with applicable laws regarding the handling and disposal of such materials. Given the small volume of such materials used or generated at our facilities, we do not expect our compliance efforts to have a material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive position. However, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or discharge and any resultant injury from these materials. We do not currently maintain separate environmental liability coverage and any such contamination or discharge could result in significant cost to us in penalties, damages, and suspension of our operations.

Backlog

We have no material backlog of orders.

17

Geographic information

During the years ended 2014, 2013 and 2012, all of our long-lived assets were located within the United States. Approximately 22% of our 2014 revenue, 22% of our 2013 revenue, and 27% of our 2012 revenue came from international markets. Please see Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our U.S. and non-U.S. revenue.

Seasonality

We believe our sales may be impacted by seasonal factors. For example, we typically experience higher sales in the second quarter, as a result of consumers traveling, vacationing during the summer months, and warmer weather.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We operate in a rapidly changing environment that involves numerous uncertainties and risks. The following risks and uncertainties may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. You should consider these risks and uncertainties carefully, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report on Form 10-K. If any of the risks or uncertainties we face were to occur, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This report on Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of factors that are described below and elsewhere in this report.

Risks related to our business and strategy

A significant majority of our customers have health coverage under the Medicare program, and recently enacted and future changes in the reimbursement rates or payment methodologies under Medicare and other government programs have affected and could continue to materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

As a provider of oxygen product rentals, we have historically depended heavily on Medicare reimbursement as a result of the higher proportion of elderly persons suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Medicare Part B, or Supplementary Medical Insurance Benefits, provides coverage to eligible beneficiaries that include items of durable medical equipment for use in the home, such as oxygen equipment and other respiratory devices.  We believe that more than 60% of oxygen therapy patients in the United States have primary coverage under Medicare Part B. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we derived approximately 26.5% and 29.4%, respectively, of our total revenue from Medicare’s program or beneficiaries (including patient co-insurance obligations). There are increasing pressures on Medicare to control healthcare costs and to reduce or limit reimbursement rates for home medical products.

Legislation, including the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, contain provisions that directly impact reimbursement for the durable medical equipment products provided by us:

· The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 significantly reduced reimbursement for inhalation drug therapies beginning in 2005, reduced payment amounts for certain durable medical equipment, including oxygen, beginning in 2005, froze payment amounts for other covered home medical equipment items through 2008, established a competitive bidding program for home medical equipment and implemented quality standards and accreditation requirements for durable medical equipment suppliers.

18

· The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 limited the total number of continuous rental months for which Medicare will pay for oxygen equipment to 36 months, after which time there is generally no additional reimbursement to the supplier (other than for periodic, in-home maintenance and servicing). The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 also provided that title of the equipment would transfer to the beneficiary, which was later repealed by the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008. For purposes of the rental cap, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 provided for a new 36-month rental period that began January 1, 2006 for all oxygen equipment. After the 36th continuous month during which payment is made for the oxygen equipment, the supplier is generally required to continue to furnish the equipment during the period of medical need for the remainder of the useful lifetime of the equipment, provided there are no breaks in service due to medical necessity that exceed 60 days. The reasonable useful lifetime for portable oxygen equipment is 60 months. After 60 months, if the patient requests, the rental cycle starts over and a new 36-month capped rental period begins. There are no limits on the number of 60-month cycles over which a Medicare patient may receive benefits and an oxygen therapy provider may receive reimbursement, so long as such equipment continues to be medically necessary for the patient. We anticipate that the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 oxygen payment rules will continue to negatively affect our net revenue on an ongoing basis, as each month additional customers reach the 36-month capped service period, resulting in potentially two or more years without rental income from these customers. We cannot state with certainty the number of patients in the capped rental period or the potential impact to revenue associated with patients in the capped rental period.

· The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 retroactively delayed the implementation of competitive bidding for 18 months from previously established dates and decreased the 2009 fee schedule payment amounts by 9.5% for product categories included in competitive bidding. In addition to the 9.5% reduction under Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services implemented a reduction to the monthly payment amount for stationary oxygen equipment. The monthly payment rate for non-delivery ambulatory oxygen in the relevant period was flat at $51.63. The table below summarizes the increases and decreases in the monthly payment amounts for stationary oxygen equipment.

(dollars in dollars)	2009			2010			2011			2012			2013			2014			2015
Stationary oxygen percentage rate changes		-2.30	%		-1.50	%		0.10	%		1.60	%		0.70	%		0.50	%		1.50	%
Stationary oxygen monthly payment amounts	$	175.79		$	173.17		$	173.31		$	176.06		$	177.36		$	178.24		$	180.92

· The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act,  includes, among other things, a deductible excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions including oxygen products such as ours, which began in 2013, new face-to-face physician encounter requirements for durable medical equipment and home health services, and a requirement that by 2016, the competitive bidding process must be nationalized or prices in non-competitive bidding areas must be adjusted to match competitive bidding prices.

These legislative provisions, as currently in effect and when fully implemented, have had and will continue to have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Due to budgetary shortfalls, many states are considering, or have enacted, cuts to their Medicaid programs. These cuts have included, or may include, elimination or reduction of coverage for our products, amounts eligible for payment under co-insurance arrangements, or payment rates for covered items. Continued state budgetary pressures could lead to further reductions in funding for the reimbursement for our products which, in turn, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The implementation of the competitive bidding process under Medicare could negatively affect our business and financial condition.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 requires the Secretary of Health and Human Services to establish and implement programs under which competitive acquisition areas are established throughout the United States for purposes of awarding contracts for the furnishing of competitively priced items of durable medical equipment, including oxygen equipment.

19

In October 2014, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid services released a ruling that sets forth methodologies to adjust the fee schedule amounts for items subject to competitive bidding in areas where competitive bidding is not implemented.  The ruling applies rate reductions to all un-bid areas instead of doing an additional bidding process.  The fee schedules in the un-bid areas will be adjusted based on regional averages of the single payment amounts for areas already under competitive bidding.  The regional prices would be limited by a national ceiling (110% of the average of the regional prices) and a floor (90% of the average regional prices).  The regions are defined as follows:

Region Name	States Covered
Far West	CA, NV, OR, WA
Great Lakes	IL, IN, MI, OH, WI
Mideast	DC, DE, MD, NJ, NY, PA
New England	CT, MA, NH, RI
Plains	IA, KS, MN, MO, NE
Rocky Mountain	CO, ID, UT
Southeast	AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, NC, SC, TN, VA
Southwest	AZ, NM, OK, TX

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid defines frontier states as states where more than 50% of the counties in the state have a population density of 6 people or less per square mile and rural states are defined as states where more than 50% of the population lives in rural areas per census data.  Current frontier states include MT, ND, SD and WY; rural states include ME, MS, VT and WV; and non-contiguous United States areas include AK, HI, Guam and Puerto Rico.  For frontier and rural states, and frontier and rural zip codes in non-frontier/rural states, the single payment amount will be the national ceiling (110% of the average of the regional prices) to account for higher servicing costs in these areas.  For non-contiguous United States areas, single payment amounts will be the higher of the national ceiling, or the average of competitive bidding pricing from these areas, if the areas had been bid through competitive bidding.  

While we are monitoring the implementation of this ruling, we believe that the net effect of the ruling would be an approximately 3-4% decrease in 2016 revenue since this pricing will be applied partially from January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016 and completely starting July 1, 2016.

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services accepted bids through March 26, 2015 for competitive bidding round two re-compete, associated with approximately 50% of the market with contracts set to begin July 1, 2016 and continue through December 31, 2018.  The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services updated the product categories and the competitive bidding areas.  Respiratory equipment includes oxygen, oxygen equipment, continuous positive airway pressure devices, respiratory assist devices and related supplies and accessories. Nebulizers are now their own separate product category instead of being included in the respiratory equipment category.  Round two re-compete is in the same geographic areas that were included in the original round two.  However, as a result of the Office of Management and Budget’s updates to the original 91 round two metropolitan statistical areas, there are now 90 metropolitan statistical areas for round two re-compete and 117 competitive bidding areas (CBAs). Any CBA that was previously located in multi-state metropolitan statistical areas was redefined so that no CBA is included in more than one state. The round two re-compete competitive bidding areas have nearly the same ZIP codes as the round two competitive bidding areas; the associated changes in the zip codes since competitive bidding was implemented are reflective in this round two re-compete.

On March 17, 2015 the House of Representatives approved the Medicare DMEPOS (Durable Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics and Supplies) Competitive Bidding Improvement Act of 2015 which would require Medicare suppliers that bid under DMEPOS competitive bidding program to obtain a $50,000 to $100,000 bid surety bond for each competitive bidding area (CBA). The bill is intended to prevent suppliers from submitting not-binding, “low-ball” bids that artificially drive down prices and jeopardize beneficiary access to equipment.  If the supplier bids lower than the median composite bid rate and does not accept a contract for a CBA, the bid bond would be forfeited.  The bill also would codify that competitive bidding contracts can only be awarded to suppliers that meet applicable state licensure requirements.  On April 14, 2015, this bill was passed by the Senate and then signed by President Obama into law on April 16, 2015, thus we will incur additional expense to obtain the appropriate surety bonds in the CBAs where we win contracts.  There are currently 9 CBAs under contract in round 1 re-compete and 117 CBAs under contract in round 2 re-compete.  CBAs are defined by Medicare and are subject to change at each new bidding period.  This cost is not expected to be material to our financial results. 

20

Although we continue to monitor developments regarding the implementation of the competitive bidding program, we cannot predict the outcome of the competitive bidding program on our business when fully implemented, nor the Medicare payment rates that will be in effect in future years for the items subject to competitive bidding, including our products. We expect that the stationary oxygen and non-delivery ambulatory oxygen payment rates will continue to fluctuate and a large negative payment adjustment could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We face intense national, regional and local competition and if we are unable to compete successfully, it could have an adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share.

The oxygen therapy market is a highly competitive industry. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of portable oxygen concentrators, as well as providers of other oxygen therapy solutions such as home delivery of oxygen tanks or cylinders.

Our significant manufacturing competitors are Invacare Corporation, Respironics (a subsidiary of Koninklijke Philips N.V.), AirSep Corporation and SeQual Technologies (subsidiaries of Chart Industries, Inc.), Inova Labs, Inc. and DeVilbiss Healthcare. Given the relatively straightforward regulatory path in the oxygen therapy device manufacturing market, we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. Manufacturing companies compete for sales to providers primarily on the basis of product features, service and price.

For many years, Lincare Inc., Apria Healthcare, Inc. Rotech Healthcare, Inc. and American HomePatient, Inc. have been among the market leaders in providing oxygen therapy, while the remaining oxygen therapy market is serviced by local providers. Because many oxygen therapy providers were either excluded from contracts in the Medicare competitive bidding process, or will have difficulty providing service at the prevailing Medicare reimbursement rates, we expect more industry consolidation. Oxygen therapy providers compete primarily on the basis of product features and service, rather than price, since reimbursement levels are established by Medicare and Medicaid, or by the individual determinations of private payors.

Some of our competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with greater resources than we have. As a consequence, they are able to spend more aggressively on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. Some of these competitors have:

· significantly greater name recognition;

· established relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

· established distribution networks;

· additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

· greater history in conducting research and development, manufacturing, marketing and obtaining regulatory approval for oxygen device products; and

· greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, patent litigation and customer financing.

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standard regulatory and reimbursement development and customer requirements. In light of these advantages that our competitors maintain, even if our technology and direct-to-consumer distribution strategy is more effective than the technology and distribution strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products and services in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our reputation for providing responsive, professional and high-quality products and services and achieving strong customer satisfaction. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, revenue growth rate, margins and market share.

Healthcare reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In the United States, the legislative landscape, particularly as it relates to healthcare regulation and reimbursement coverage, continues to evolve. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was passed, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the U.S. medical device

21

industry. In addition, as discussed above, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also expands the round two of competitive bidding to a total of 117 competitive bidding areas, and by 2016, the process must be nationalized or prices in non-competitive bidding areas must be adjusted to match competitive bidding prices.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013, and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers, including physicians, hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressures.

If we are unable to continue to enhance our existing products and develop and market new products that respond to customer needs and preferences and achieve market acceptance, we may experience a decrease in demand for our products and our business could suffer.

We may not be able to compete as effectively with our competitors, and ultimately satisfy the needs and preferences of our customers, unless we can continue to enhance existing products and develop new innovative products. Product development requires significant financial, technological and other resources. While we expended $3.0 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million for research and development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, we cannot assure you that this level of investment in research and development will be sufficient to maintain a competitive advantage in product innovation, which could cause our business to suffer. Product improvements and new product introductions also require significant planning, design, development, and testing at the technological, product, and manufacturing process levels and we may not be able to timely develop product improvements or new products. Our competitors’ new products may enter the market before our new products reach market, be more effective with more features, obtain better market acceptance, or render our products obsolete. Any new products that we develop may not receive market acceptance or otherwise generate any meaningful sales or profits for us relative to our expectations based on, among other things, existing and anticipated investments in manufacturing capacity and commitments to fund advertising, marketing, promotional programs and research and development.

We depend upon reimbursement from Medicare, private payors and Medicaid for a significant portion of our revenue, and if we fail to manage the complex and lengthy reimbursement process, our business and operating results could suffer.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from reimbursement by third-party payors. We accept assignment of insurance benefits from customers and, in a majority of cases, invoice and collect payments directly from Medicare, private payors and Medicaid, as well as from customers under co-insurance provisions. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately 35.0% and 40.5% of our total revenue was derived from Medicare, private payors, Medicaid, and individual customers who directly receive reimbursement from third-party payors.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be affected by the healthcare industry’s reimbursement process, which is complex and can involve lengthy delays between the time that a product is delivered to the consumer and the time that the reimbursement amounts are settled. Depending on the payor, we may be required to obtain certain payor-specific documentation from physicians and other healthcare providers before submitting claims for reimbursement. Certain payors have filing deadlines and they will not pay claims submitted after such time. We are also subject to extensive pre-payment and post-payment audits by governmental and private payors that could result in material delays, refunds of monies received or denials of claims submitted for payment under such third-party payor programs and contracts. We cannot ensure that we will be able to continue to effectively manage the reimbursement process and collect payments for our products promptly. If we fail to manage the complex and lengthy reimbursement process, it would adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Failure to obtain private payor contracts and future reductions in reimbursement rates from private payors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

A portion of our revenue is derived from private payors. Based on our patient population, we estimate at least 30% of potential customers have non-Medicare insurance coverage, and we believe these patients represent a younger and more active patient population that will be drawn to the quality-of-life benefits of our solution. Failing to maintain and obtain private payor contracts from

22

private insurance companies and employers and secure in-network provider status could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. In addition, private payors are under pressure to increase profitability and reduce costs. In response, certain private payors are limiting coverage or reducing reimbursement rates for the products we provide. We believe that private payor reimbursement levels will generally be reset in accordance with the Medicare payment amounts determined by competitive bidding. We cannot predict the extent to which reimbursement for our products will be affected by competitive bidding or by initiatives to reduce costs for private payors. Failure to obtain or maintain private payor contracts or the unavailability of third-party coverage or inadequacy of reimbursement for our products would adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We obtain some of the components, subassemblies and completed products included in our Inogen One systems and our Inogen At Home from a single source or a limited group of manufacturers or suppliers, and the partial or complete loss of one of these manufacturers or suppliers could cause significant production delays, an inability to meet customer demand and a substantial loss in revenue.

We utilize single source suppliers for some of the components and subassemblies we use in our Inogen One systems and our Inogen At Home system. We have qualified alternate sources of supply sufficient to support future needs and we have taken other mitigating steps to reduce the impact of a change in supplier; however, there may be delays in switching to these alternative suppliers if our primary source is terminated without notice. Our dependence on single source suppliers of components may expose us to several risks, including, among other things:

· Our suppliers may encounter financial hardships as a result of unfavorable economic and market conditions unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements;

· Suppliers may fail to comply with regulatory requirements, be subject to lengthy compliance, validation or qualification periods, or make errors in manufacturing components that could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our products or cause delays in supplying of our products to our customers;

· Newly identified suppliers may not qualify under the stringent regulatory standards to which our business is subject;

· We or our suppliers may not be able to respond to unanticipated changes in customer orders, and if orders do not match forecasts, we or our suppliers may have excess or inadequate inventory of materials and components;

· We may be subject to price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components;

· We may experience delays in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers;

· We or our suppliers may lose access to critical services and components, resulting in an interruption in the manufacture, assembly and shipment of our systems;

· Our suppliers may be subject to allegations by other parties of misappropriation of proprietary information in connection with their supply of products to us, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements;

· Fluctuations in demand for products that our suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability or willingness to deliver components to us in a timely manner;

· Our suppliers may wish to discontinue supplying components or services to us; and

· We may not be able to find new or alternative components or reconfigure our system and manufacturing processes in a timely manner if the necessary components become unavailable.

In addition, we may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain certain minerals that have been designated as “conflict minerals” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, in future periods, we may be required to perform due diligence to determine the origin of such minerals, and disclose and report whether or not such minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The implementation of these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, we may incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products. If any of these risks materialize, costs could significantly increase and our ability to meet demand for our products could be impacted. If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, and customers may instead purchase or use alternative products. In addition, we could be forced to secure new or alternative components and subassemblies through a replacement supplier. Finding alternative sources for these components and subassemblies could be difficult in certain cases and may entail a significant amount of time and disruption. In some cases, we would need to change the components or subassemblies if we sourced them from an alternative supplier. This, in turn,

23

could require a redesign of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems and, potentially, require additional FDA clearance or approval before we could use any redesigned product with new components or subassemblies, thereby causing further costs and delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We do not have long-term supply contracts with many of our third-party suppliers.

We purchase components and subassemblies from third-party suppliers, including some of our single source suppliers, through purchase orders and do not have long-term supply contracts with many of these third-party suppliers. Many of our third-party suppliers, therefore, are not obligated to perform services or supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantity or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. We do not maintain large volumes of inventory from most of these suppliers. If we inaccurately forecast demand for components or subassemblies, our ability to manufacture and commercialize our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems could be delayed and our competitive position and reputation could be harmed. In addition, if we fail to effectively manage our relationships with these suppliers, we may be required to change suppliers which would be time consuming and disruptive and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to comply with U.S. export control and economic sanctions or fail to expand and maintain an effective sales force or successfully develop our international distribution network, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

We currently derive the majority of our revenue from rentals or sales generated from our own direct sales force. Failure to maintain or expand our direct sales force could adversely impact our financial and operating performance. Additionally, we use international distributors to augment our sales efforts, certain of which are exclusive distributors in certain foreign countries. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop our relationships with third-party distributors internationally. In addition, we are subject to United States export control and economic sanctions laws relating to the sale of our products, the violation of which could result in substantial penalties being imposed against us. In particular, we have secured annual export licenses from the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control to sell our products to a distributor and hospital and clinic end-users in Iran. The use of this license requires us to observe strict conditions with respect to products sold, end-user limitations and payment requirements. Although we believe we have maintained compliance with license requirements, there can be no assurance that the license will not be revoked, be renewed in the future or that we will remain in compliance. More broadly, if we fail to comply with export control laws or successfully develop our relationship with international distributors, our sales could fail to grow or could decline, and our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected. Distributors that are in the business of selling other medical products may not devote a sufficient level of resources and support required to generate awareness of our products and grow or maintain product sales. If our distributors are unwilling or unable to market and sell our products, or if they do not perform to our expectations, we could experience delayed or reduced market acceptance and sales of our products.

We may be subject to substantial warranty or product liability claims or other litigation in the ordinary course of business that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

As manufacturers of medical devices, we may be subject to substantial warranty or product liability claims or other litigation in the ordinary course of business that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or pay damage awards. For example, our Inogen One systems contain lithium ion batteries, which, under certain circumstances, can be a fire hazard. We, as well as our key suppliers, maintain product liability insurance, but this insurance is limited in amount and subject to significant deductibles. There is no guarantee that insurance will be available or adequate to protect against all claims. Our insurance policies are subject to annual renewal and we may not be able to obtain liability insurance in the future on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, our insurance premiums could be subject to increases in the future, which may be material. If the coverage limits are inadequate to cover our liabilities or our insurance costs continue to increase as a result of warranty or product liability claims or other litigation, then our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

Increases in our operating costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Reimbursement rates are established by fee schedules mandated by Medicare, private payors and Medicaid, and are likely to remain constant or decrease due, in part, to federal and state government budgetary constraints. As a result, with respect to Medicare and Medicaid related revenue, we are not able to offset the effects of general inflation on our operating costs through increases in prices for our products. In particular, labor and related costs account for a significant portion of our operating costs and we compete with other healthcare providers to attract and retain qualified or skilled personnel and with various industries for administrative and service employees. This competitive environment could result in increased labor costs. As such, we must control our operating costs, particularly labor and related costs and failing to do so could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

24

We depend on the services of our senior executives and other key technical personnel, the loss of whom could negatively affect our business.

Our success depends upon the skills, experience and efforts of our senior executives and other key technical personnel, including certain members of our engineering staff and our sales and marketing executives. Much of our corporate expertise is concentrated in relatively few employees, the loss of which for any reason could negatively affect our business. Competition for our highly skilled employees is intense and we cannot prevent the resignation of any employee. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our senior executives. None of our senior executive team is bound by written employment contracts to remain with us for a specified period. In addition, we have not entered into non-compete agreements with members of our senior management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the market conditions in which we operate.

We rely on information technology, and if we are unable to protect against service interruptions, data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected.

We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic and financial information; to coordinate our business; and to communicate within our company and with customers, suppliers, partners and other third-parties. These information technology systems may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns, hardware or software failures, power outages, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. If our information technology systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown, and our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected. In addition, cyber-attacks could lead to potential unauthorized access and disclosure of confidential information (including patient-identifiable health information), and data loss and corruption. There is no assurance that we will not experience these service interruptions or cyber-attacks in the future.

We incurred losses from inception until fiscal year 2012, and we have only recently achieved profitability.

We have a limited operating history and incurred significant net losses in each fiscal year until fiscal year 2012, when we achieved positive net income. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $56.7 million. These net losses have resulted principally from costs incurred from our selling, general and administrative expenses and to a lesser extent in our research and development programs. We expect to incur significant expansion of our sales and marketing expenses and increases in expenses for research and development to a lesser extent. Additionally, since completing our initial public offering, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase due to the additional operational and reporting costs associated with being a public company. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our commercialization efforts and future product development, we are unable to predict if we will maintain or increase our net income.

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations have varied in the past and may continue to vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including: fluctuations in consumer demand for our products; seasonal cycles in consumer spending; our ability to design, manufacture and deliver products to our consumers in a timely and cost-effective manner; quality control problems in our manufacturing operations; our ability to timely obtain adequate quantities of the components used in our products; new product introductions and enhancements by us and our competitors; unanticipated increases in costs or expenses; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. For example, we typically experience higher sales in the second quarter, as a result of consumers traveling and vacationing during the summer months. The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially and adversely affect our quarterly and annual results of operations. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses are relatively fixed due to our manufacturing, research and development and sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. Our results of operations may not meet the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock could decrease significantly.

If the market opportunities for our products are smaller than we believe they are, our revenues maybe adversely affected and our business may suffer.

Our projections regarding (i) the size of the oxygen therapy market, both in the United States and internationally, (ii) the number of oxygen therapy patients, (iii) the number of patients requiring ambulatory and stationary oxygen, (iv) the number of patients who rely on the delivery model, and (v) the share of portable oxygen concentrators as a percentage of the total oxygen therapy spend, are based on estimates that we believe are reliable. These estimates may prove to be incorrect, new data or studies may change the

25

estimated incidence or prevalence of patients requiring oxygen therapy, or the type of oxygen therapy patients. The number of patients in the United States and internationally may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business.

The terms of our revolving credit agreement may restrict our current and future operations, and could affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

On November 7, 2014, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which we refer to as our revolving credit agreement. The agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million with a sublimit of $1.0 million for the issuance of letters of credit on our behalf. The agreement is secured by all or substantially all of our assets.

Pursuant to the revolving credit agreement, we are subject to certain financial covenants relating to our net worth and EBITDA. Tangible net worth under the revolving credit agreement is calculated by subtracting the sum of intangible assets and total liabilities from total assets.  EBITDA is defined in the revolving credit agreement as our net income plus interest expense, plus depreciation expense, plus amortization expense, plus income tax expense, plus non-cash expense, plus extraordinary losses, minus non-cash income, and minus extraordinary gains, as computed during certain test periods provided in the revolving credit agreement.  We are required to maintain at all times a tangible net worth of $90 million and EBITDA (i) of $10.0 million for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014 through the four-quarter test period ending March 31, 2016 and (ii) of $12.5 million for any four-quarter test period commencing with the four-quarter test period ending June 30, 2016 and continuing thereafter. 

The agreement contains events of default customary for transactions of this type, including nonpayment, misrepresentation, breach of covenants, and bankruptcy. In the event we fail to satisfy our covenants, or otherwise go into default, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. has a number of remedies, including sale of our assets and acceleration of all outstanding indebtedness. Certain of these remedies would likely have a material adverse effect on our business. As of December 31, 2014, in order to be in compliance with the EBITDA and tangible net worth requirements, we were required to maintain $10 million in EBITDA for the preceding test period, and we had $24 million in EBITDA for that period, and we were required to maintain a tangible net worth of $90.0 million and we had a tangible net worth of $117.8 million.

An adverse outcome of a sales and use tax audit could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The California State Board of Equalization conducted a sales and use tax audit of our operations in California in 2008. As a result of the audit, the California State Board of Equalization confirmed that our sales are not subject to California sales and use tax. We believe that our sales in other states should not be subject to sales and use tax. There can be no assurance, however, that other states may agree with our position and we may be subject to an audit that may not be resolved in our favor. Such an audit could be expensive and time-consuming and result in substantial management distraction. If the matter were to be resolved in a manner adverse to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $59.3 and $46.4 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2023 and 2015, respectively, if not utilized. Our existing NOLs are subject to limitations arising from an ownership change in the current period subject to the provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.  If we undergo one or more future ownership changes our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited.  In general, under Section 382 of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Even after factoring in the limitations of the current period ownership change, the Company was able to determine that, based upon future projections of income, it is more likely than not that all of its federal NOLs will be utilized before they expire.  However, the Company determined that some of its California NOLs will expire unused and therefore has a valuation allowance of $2.9 million relating to these NOLs.  In the current period, the Company released (or reversed) $1.2 million of the California NOLs valuation allowance due to expiration of California NOL’s and changes in estimates of future projections of income, resulting in a determination that it is more likely than not that all but $32.8 million ($2.9 million tax effect) of the California NOLs will be utilized.

26

Risks related to the regulatory environment

We are subject to extensive Federal and state regulation, and if we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could suffer severe criminal or civil sanctions or be required to make significant changes to our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The federal government and all states in which we currently operate regulate various aspects of our business. In particular, our sales and customer service centers are subject to federal laws that regulate interstate motor-carrier transportation. Our operations also are subject to state laws governing, among other things, distribution of medical equipment and certain types of home health activities, and we are required to obtain and maintain licenses in each state to act as a durable medical equipment supplier. Certain of our employees are subject to state laws and regulations governing the professional practices of respiratory therapy.

As a healthcare provider participating in governmental healthcare programs, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our marketing, billing, documentation and other practices to government scrutiny. To ensure compliance with Medicare, Medicaid and other regulations, government agencies or their contractors often conduct routine audits and request customer records and other documents to support our claims submitted for payment of services rendered. Government agencies or their contractors also periodically open investigations and obtain information from healthcare providers. Violations of federal and state regulations can result in severe criminal, civil and administrative penalties and sanctions, including debarment, suspension or exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other government reimbursement programs, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in healthcare laws and regulations and new interpretations of existing laws and regulations may affect permissible activities, the relative costs associated with doing business, and reimbursement amounts paid by federal, state and other third-party payors. There have been and will continue to be regulatory initiatives affecting our business and we cannot predict the extent to which future legislation and regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to burdensome and complex billing and record-keeping requirements in order to substantiate our claims for payment under federal, state and commercial healthcare reimbursement programs, and our failure to comply with existing requirements, or changes in those requirements or interpretations thereof, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to burdensome and complex billing and record-keeping requirements in order to substantiate our claims for payment under federal, state and commercial healthcare reimbursement programs. Our records also are subject to routine and other reviews by third-party payors, which can result in delays in payments or refunds of paid claims. For example, we have also experienced a significant increase in pre-payment reviews of our claims by the Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractors, which has caused substantial delays in the collection of our Medicare accounts receivable as well as related amounts due under supplemental insurance plans.

Current law provides for a significant expansion of the government’s auditing and oversight of suppliers who care for patients covered by various government healthcare programs. Examples of this expansion include audit programs being implemented by the Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractors, the Zone Program Integrity Contractors, the Recovery Audit Contractors, and the Comprehensive Error Rate Testing contractors, operating under the direction of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

We have been informed by these auditors that healthcare providers and suppliers of certain durable medical equipment product categories are expected to experience further increased scrutiny from these audit programs. When a government auditor ascribes a high billing error rate to one or more of our locations, it generally results in protracted pre-payment claims review, payment delays, refunds and other payments to the government and/or our need to request more documentation from providers than has historically been required. It may also result in additional audit activity in other company locations in that state or Durable Medical Equipment Medicare Administrative Contractors jurisdiction. We cannot currently predict the adverse impact that these audits, methodologies and interpretations might have on our business, financial condition or operating results, but such impact could be material.

27

We are subject to significant regulation by numerous government agencies, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. We cannot market or commercially distribute our products without obtaining and maintaining necessary regulatory clearances or approvals.

Our Inogen concentrators are medical devices subject to extensive regulation in the United States and in the foreign markets where we distribute our products. The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

· design, development and manufacturing;

· testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;

· clinical trials;

· product safety;

· marketing, sales and distribution;

· pre-market clearance and approval;

· record keeping procedures;

· advertising and promotion;

· recalls and field safety corrective actions;

· post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

· post-market approval studies; and

· product import and export.

Before we can market or sell a medical device in the United States, we must obtain either clearance from the FDA under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, or approval of a pre-market approval application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The pre-market approval pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The pre-market approval process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a pre-market approval application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Both the 510(k) and pre-market approval processes can be expensive and lengthy and require the payment of significant fees, unless an exemption applies. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to twelve months, but may take longer. The process of obtaining a pre-market approval is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

In the United States, our currently commercialized products are marketed pursuant to pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain pre-market approval process. Although we do not currently market any devices under a pre-market approval, the FDA may demand that we obtain a pre-market approval prior to marketing certain of our future products. In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is subject to an exemption from pre-market review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or pre-market approval application in order to continue marketing the product. Further, even with respect to those future products where a pre-market approval is not required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.

28

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

· we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;

· the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and

· the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on a timely basis. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the program, and in January 2011, announced several proposed actions intended to reform the review process governing the clearance of medical devices. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. Some of these proposals, if enacted, could impose additional regulatory requirements upon us which could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-market.

Medical devices may only be promoted and sold for the indications for which they are approved or cleared. In addition, even if the FDA has approved or cleared a product, it can take action affecting such product approvals or clearances if serious safety or other problems develop in the marketplace. Delays in obtaining clearances or approvals could adversely affect our ability to introduce new products or modifications to our existing products in a timely manner, which would delay or prevent commercial sales of our products. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our products and dissuade our customers from using our products.

If we modify our FDA cleared devices, we may need to seek additional clearances or approvals, which, if not granted, would prevent us from selling our modified products.

Our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home system have received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. The modifications made to our Inogen One G2 and Inogen One G3 systems represent non-significant modifications to the original Inogen One system, have the same indications for use, and are covered under our initial Inogen One 510(k) clearance. Any modifications to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or would constitute a major change in its intended use, manufacture, design, components, or technology requires the submission and clearance of a new 510(k) pre-market notification or, possibly, pre-market approval. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of our 510(k) cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approval are not required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or pre-market approval for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when a manufacturer must submit a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. Specifically, pursuant to the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, which was signed into law in July 2012, the FDA was obligated to prepare a report for Congress on the FDA’s approach for determining when a new 510(k) will be required for modifications or changes to a previously cleared device. The FDA issued this report in 2014 and indicated that manufacturers should continue to adhere to the FDA’s 1997 Guidance on this topic when making a determination as to whether or not a new 510(k) is required for a change or modification to a device.  However, the practical impact of the FDA’s continuing scrutiny of these issues remains unclear.

29

If we fail to comply with FDA or state regulatory requirements, we can be subject to enforcement action.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations. The FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

· warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

· recalls, termination of distribution, or seizure of our products;

· operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

· delays in the introduction of products into the market;

· refusal to grant our requests for future 510(k) clearances or approvals of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to exiting products;

· withdrawals or suspensions of current 510(k) clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and

· criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

Medical devices, such as our Inogen concentrators, can experience performance problems in the field that require review and possible corrective action by us or the product manufacturer. We cannot provide assurance that component failures, manufacturing errors, design defects and/or labeling inadequacies, which could result in an unsafe condition or injury to the operator or the patient will not occur. The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may also, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found or withdraw a product to improve device performance or for other reasons. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Similar regulatory agencies in other countries have similar authority to recall devices because of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our stock to decline and expose us to product liability or other claims and harm our reputation with customers. A recall involving our Inogen concentrators could be particularly harmful to our business, financial and operating results.

In addition, under the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could harm our business, including our ability to market our products in the future.

Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

30

If we or our component manufacturers fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, our manufacturing operations could be interrupted, and our product sales and operating results could suffer.

We and our component manufacturers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our devices. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. We and our component manufacturers have been, and anticipate in the future being, subject to such inspections. Although we believe our manufacturing facilities and those of our component manufacturers are in compliance with the QSR, we cannot provide assurance that any future inspection will not result in adverse findings. If our manufacturing facilities or those of any of our component manufacturers or suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or we or our manufacturers or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the FDA could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

· untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

· customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

· operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

· refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products or modified products;

· withdrawing 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals that have already been granted;

· refusal to grant export approval for our products; or

· criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.

Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards set by industrial standards bodies, such as the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO. Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or the testing that our products undergo against these standards. The specific standards, types of evaluation and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies. If we fail to adequately comply with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of the FDA. Any such action may harm our reputation and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to obtain and maintain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions, our market opportunities will be limited.

Approximately 22% and 22% of our revenue was from sales outside of the United States for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  As of December 31, 2014, we sold our products in 44 countries outside of the United States through distributors or directly to large “house” accounts. In order to market our products in the European Union or other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain and maintain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies from country to country and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval abroad may be longer than the time required to obtain FDA clearance. The foreign regulatory approval process includes many of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance and we may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. FDA clearance does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. However, the failure to obtain clearance or approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative impact on our ability to obtain clearance or approval elsewhere. If we do not obtain or maintain necessary approvals to commercialize our products in markets outside the United States, it would negatively affect our overall market penetration.

We may be subject to fines, penalties or injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or “off-label” uses, resulting in damage to our reputation and business.

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with the FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as “off-label” use. Physicians may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation and financial results.

31

Failure to comply with the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH Act, and implementing regulations (including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013) affecting the transmission, security and privacy of health information could result in significant penalties.

Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including HIPAA and the HITECH Act, govern the collection, dissemination, security, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information. HIPAA and the HITECH Act require us to comply with standards for the use and disclosure of health information within our company and with third parties. The Privacy Standards and Security Standards under HIPAA establish a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of individually identifiable health information by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services. Notably, whereas HIPAA previously directly regulated only these covered entities, the HITECH Act, which was signed into law as part of the stimulus package in February 2009, makes certain of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards also directly applicable to covered entities’ business associates. As a result, both covered entities and business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with Privacy Standards and Security Standards.

HIPAA and the HITECH Act also include standards for common healthcare electronic transactions and code sets, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, and privacy and electronic security of individually identifiable health information. Covered entities, such as healthcare providers, are required to conform to such transaction set standards pursuant to HIPAA.

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to protected health information that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. The HITECH Act expands the notification requirement for breaches of patient-identifiable health information, restricts certain disclosures and sales of patient-identifiable health information and provides a tiered system for civil monetary penalties for HIPAA violations. The HITECH Act also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA.

If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions. New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, the HITECH Act, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related data and communicate with payors, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant.

The 2013 final HITECH omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches. Any liability from a failure to comply with the requirements of HIPAA or the HITECH Act could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. These new provisions, as modified, will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us, as well as our clients and strategic partners. In addition, we are unable to predict what changes to the HIPAA Privacy Standards and Security Standards might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business. Any new legislation or regulation in the area of privacy and security of personal information, including personal health information, could also adversely affect our business operations.

Regulations requiring the use of “standard transactions” for healthcare services issued under HIPAA may negatively impact our profitability and cash flows.

Pursuant to HIPAA, final regulations have been implemented to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the healthcare system by facilitating the electronic exchange of information in certain financial and administrative transactions while protecting the privacy and security of the information exchanged.

32

The HIPAA transaction standards are complex, and subject to differences in interpretation by third-party payors. For instance, some third-party payors may interpret the standards to require us to provide certain types of information, including demographic information not usually provided to us by physicians. As a result of inconsistent application of transaction standards by third-party payors or our inability to obtain certain billing information not usually provided to us by physicians, we could face increased costs and complexity, a temporary disruption in accounts receivable and ongoing reductions in reimbursements and net revenue. In addition, requirements for additional standard transactions, such as claims attachments or use of a national provider identifier, could prove technically difficult, time-consuming or expensive to implement, all of which could harm our business.

If we fail to comply with state and federal fraud and above laws, including anti-kickback, false claims and anti-inducement laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any healthcare item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal financed healthcare programs. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and any remuneration to or from a prescriber or purchaser of healthcare products or services may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability.

Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to get a false claim paid. The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items or services, reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of payor. These false claims statutes allow any person to bring suit in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented to or paid by the government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such suits, known as qui tam actions, have increased significantly in the healthcare industry in recent years. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from reimbursement under government programs, criminal fines and imprisonment. In addition, the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the safe harbors and exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Such a challenge, regardless of the outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business, business relationships, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on device and drug manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers. Device and drug manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission. As of August 1, 2013, manufacturers are required to collect data, and were required to submit their first data reports to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services by March 31, 2014 and by the 90th day of each calendar year thereafter.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians. Certain states, mandate implementation of compliance programs and/or the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company many violate one or more of the requirements.

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits the offering or giving of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of items or services reimbursable by a Federal or state governmental healthcare program. We sometimes offer customers various discounts and other financial incentives in connection with the sales of our products. While it is our intent to comply with all applicable laws, the government may find that our marketing activities violate the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. If we are found to be in noncompliance, we could be subject to civil money penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the federal or state healthcare programs.

33

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restricting of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring or our operations could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state fraud laws may prove costly.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

As of December 31, 2014 we sold our products in 44 countries outside the United States through distributors or directly to large “house” accounts. In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, the pricing of medical devices is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to supply data that compares the cost-effectiveness of our Inogen One systems and our Inogen At Home to other available oxygen therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, it may not be profitable to sell our products in certain foreign countries, which would negatively affect the long-term growth of our business.

Our business activities involve the use of hazardous materials, which require compliance with environmental and occupational safety laws regulating the use of such materials. If we violate these laws, we could be subject to significant fines, liabilities or other adverse consequences.

Our research and development programs as well as our manufacturing operations involve the controlled use of hazardous materials. Accordingly, we are subject to federal, state and local laws governing the use, handling and disposal of these materials. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply in all material respects with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with environmental laws, we could be held liable for resulting damages, and any such liability could exceed our insurance coverage.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to secure and maintain patent or other intellectual property protection for the intellectual property used in our products, we will lose a significant competitive advantage, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on obtaining and maintaining patent and other intellectual property protection for the technologies used in our products. The patent positions of medical device companies, including ours, can be highly uncertain and involve complex and evolving legal and factual questions. Furthermore, we might in the future opt to license intellectual property from other parties. If we, or the other parties from whom we would license intellectual property, fail to obtain and maintain adequate patent or other intellectual property protection for intellectual property used in our products, or if any protection is reduced or eliminated, others could use the intellectual property used in our products, resulting in harm to our competitive business position. In addition, patent and other intellectual property protection may not:

· prevent our competitors from duplicating our products;

· prevent our competitors from gaining access to our proprietary information and technology; or

· permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage.

Any of our patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable. We cannot provide assurance that we will be successful should one or more of our patents be challenged for any reason. If our patent claims are rendered invalid or unenforceable, or narrowed in scope, the patent coverage afforded our products could be impaired, which could make our products less competitive.

As of December 31, 2014, we had five pending U.S. patent applications, 27 issued U.S. patents and one issued Canadian patent relating to the design and construction of our oxygen concentrators and our intelligent delivery technology. We cannot specify which of these patents individually or as a group will permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage. U.S. patents and patent applications may be subject to interference proceedings, and U.S. patents may be subject to re-examination, inter partes review, post-grant review, and derivation proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.  Foreign patents may be subject to opposition or

34

comparable proceedings in the corresponding foreign patent offices. Any of these proceedings could result in loss of the patent or denial of the patent application, or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent application. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws may also diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our protection. Interference, re-examination, inter partes review, and opposition proceedings may be costly and time consuming, and we, or the other parties from whom we might potentially license intellectual property, may be unsuccessful in defending against such proceedings. Thus, any patents that we own or might license may provide limited or no protection against competitors. In addition, our pending patent applications and those we may file in the future may have claims narrowed during prosecution or may not result in patents being issued. Even if any of our pending or future applications are issued, they may not provide us with adequate protection or any competitive advantages. Our patents and patent applications are directed to particular aspects of our products. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods for oxygen therapy. If these developments were to occur, it would likely have an adverse effect on our sales. Our ability to develop additional patentable technology is also uncertain.

Non-payment or delay in payment of patent fees or annuities, whether intentional or unintentional, may also result in the loss of patents or patent rights important to our business. Many countries, including certain countries in Europe, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of the patent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States, particularly in the field of medical products and procedures.

Our products could infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may lead to patent and other intellectual property litigation that could itself be costly, could result in the payment of substantial damages or royalties, prevent us from using technology that is essential to our products, and/or force us to discontinue selling our products.

The medical device industry in general has been characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings regarding patent infringement and intellectual property rights. Our competitors hold a significant number of patents relating to oxygen therapy devices and products. From time to time, we have commenced litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, we have pursued litigation against Inova Labs Inc. for infringement of two of our patents seeking damages, injunctive relief, costs, and attorneys’ fees. An adverse decision in this action or in any other legal action could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize the risk of this occurring, any such failure to identify unauthorized use and otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property would adversely affect our business. Moreover, if we are required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant as has occurred with Inova Labs Inc., not only will this be time-consuming, but we will also be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses.

We cannot provide assurance that our products or methods do not infringe the patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties and if our business is successful, the possibility may increase that others will assert infringement claims against us.

Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, and the outcome of a patent litigation action is often uncertain. We have not conducted an extensive search of patents issued or assigned to other parties, including our competitors, and no assurance can be given that patents containing claims covering our products, parts of our products, technology or methods do not exist, have not been filed or could not be filed or issued. Because of the number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our technical areas, our competitors or other parties may assert that our products and the methods we employ in the use of our products are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue and because publication schedules for pending applications vary by jurisdiction and some companies opt not to publish their patent applications, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware and which may result in issued patents that our current or future products infringe. Also, because the claims of published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent applications that may ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more of our products or parts may infringe and of which we are unaware. As the number of competitors in the market for oxygen products and as the number of patents issued in this area grows, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us increases. In certain situations, we may determine that it is in our best interests to voluntarily challenge a party’s products or patents in litigation or other proceedings, including patent re-examinations, or inter partes reviews. As a result, we may become involved in unwanted litigation that could be costly, result in diversion of management’s attention, require us to pay damages and force us to discontinue selling our products.

35

Infringement and other intellectual property claims and proceedings brought against us, whether successful or not, could result in substantial costs and harm to our reputation. Such claims and proceedings can also distract and divert management and key personnel from other tasks important to the success of the business. We cannot be certain that we will successfully defend against allegations of infringement of patents and intellectual property rights of others. In the event that we become subject to a patent infringement or other intellectual property lawsuit and if the other party’s patents or other intellectual property were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe the other party’s patents or violate the terms of a license to which we are a party, we could be required to do one or more of the following:

· cease selling or using any of our products that incorporate the asserted intellectual property, which would adversely affect our revenue;

· pay damages for past use of the asserted intellectual property, which may be substantial;

· obtain a license from the holder of the asserted intellectual property, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and which could reduce profitability; and

· redesign or rename, in the case of trademark claims, our products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may not be possible and could be costly and time-consuming if it is possible to do so.

If we are unable to prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of trade secrets, unpatented know-how and other proprietary information, our ability to compete will be harmed.

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, confidentiality agreements and other contractual provisions and technical security measures to protect certain aspects of our technology, especially where we do not believe that patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. We require our employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment or consulting relationships with us. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or that relate to our business. We also require our corporate partners, outside scientific collaborators and sponsored researchers, advisors and others with access to our confidential information to sign confidentiality agreements. We also have taken precautions to initiate reasonable safeguards to protect our information technology systems. However, these measures may not be adequate to safeguard our proprietary intellectual property and conflicts may, nonetheless, arise regarding ownership of inventions. Such conflicts may lead to the loss or impairment of our intellectual property or to expensive litigation to defend our rights against competitors who may be better funded and have superior resources. Our employees, consultants, contractors, outside clinical collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors. In addition, confidentiality agreements may be unenforceable or may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such party. As a result, other parties may be able to use our proprietary technology or information, and our ability to compete in the market would be harmed.

We have registered the trademarks Inogen; Inogen One; Inogen One G2; Oxygenation; Live Life in Moments, not Minutes; Never Run Out of Oxygen; Oxygen Therapy on Your Terms; Oxygen. Anytime. Anywhere; Reclaim Your Independence; Intelligent Delivery Technology; and the Inogen design with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We have applied with the United States Patent and Trademark Office to register the trademark Inogen at Home. We have registered the trademark Inogen in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and in Europe (European Community registration). We have registered the trademark Inogen One in Australia, Canada, China, South Korea, Mexico, and in Europe (European Community registration). We have registered the trademark Satellite Conserver in Canada, and China. We have registered the trademark Inogen At Home in Europe (European Community Registration).

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees or we have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of other companies.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies focused on the development of oxygen therapy products, including our competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, damage to our reputation and be a distraction to management.

36

Risks related to being a public company

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

On February 20, 2014 we completed our initial public offering.  As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Also, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

Overall, we estimate that our incremental costs resulting from operating as a public company, including compliance with these rules and regulations, may be between $1.5 million and $3.0 million per year. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.  Additionally, we are involved in a securities class action lawsuit as discussed in “Item 3 – Legal Proceedings.”

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(a), will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an “emerging growth company” we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b). However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404(b) will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements.

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.  If we do not remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in the market price of our stock.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports in a timely manner. In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, we concluded that there was a material weakness with respect to internal control over the review of sales order documentation supporting our direct-to-customer sales and rentals prior to revenue recognition. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.   We identified a material weakness with respect to internal control over the review of sales documentation related to our direct-to-customer sales and rentals prior to revenue recognition.  The primary factors contributing to this material weakness were the improper use of technology to simulate medical documentation and absence of sufficient monitoring controls over illegitimate delivery of medical documentation.

37

We are in the process of implementing a remediation plan to supplement control over financial reporting to address this material weakness.  Steps we are taking to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting of revenue include: implementation of a combination of new and revised control procedures in our order review process and compliance program, supplemented document retention policies on sales documentation, additional quarterly screening through data analytics to confirm compliance with our policies, and improved processes and controls in our customer relationship management software system. 

If one or more material weaknesses persist or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to timely and accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.  Although remediation efforts are still in progress, management is taking steps to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting of revenue, including the implementation of new control procedures in our order review process and compliance audit program, thereby strengthening our control environment.  However, we cannot assure you that these efforts will remediate our material weakness in a timely manner, or at all, or that our registered public accounting firm will be able to attest that such internal controls are effective when they are required to do so.

Although we believe these controls, once properly designed and implemented, will be effective, our management, internal audit department and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Had management, the internal audit department  and our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional control deficiencies amounting to material weaknesses may have been identified. As long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, we will not be required to obtain an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our qualification as an emerging growth company may last for up to five years following our February 2014 IPO.  

If our efforts to remediate this material weakness are not successful or if other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or key operating metrics could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our financial statements or other corrective disclosures. Additional impacts could include a decline in our stock price, suspension of trading or delisting of our common stock by NASDAQ Global Select Market, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Furthermore, if we continue to have this existing material weakness or other material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future, it could create a perception that our financial results do not fairly state our financial condition or results of operations. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on the value of our stock.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the 2012 Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial disclosure obligations, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. If we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting burdens in future filings, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.  In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.  We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.  We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile.

38

Risks related to our common stock

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may have difficulty selling your shares.

Prior to our initial public offering, there was no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our shares of common stock that you buy. In addition, the trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

· actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

· announcements of secondary offerings;

· announcements by us or our competitors of new commercial products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

· issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

· developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

· commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

· market conditions in the oxygen therapy market;

· reimbursement or legislative changes in the oxygen therapy market;

· failure to complete significant sales;

· manufacturing disruptions that could occur if we were unable to successfully expand our production in our current or an alternative facility;

· any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

· any major change to the composition of our board of directors or management; and

· general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

The stock market in general and market prices for the securities of technology-based companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We will not have any control of the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of shares could cause our stock price to decline.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Holders of approximately 8.1 million shares (including shares underlying outstanding warrants), or approximately 42.5%, of our outstanding shares, have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We have also registered the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

39

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, and employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including changes of control.

As of December 31, 2014, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned or controlled approximately 42.3% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.  Accordingly, these executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their respective affiliates, acting as a group, have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

· authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

· require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

· specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of the board of directors, or the Chief Executive Officer;

· establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

· establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three year terms;

· provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

· provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

· specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and

· require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the above-mentioned provisions.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

We continue to retain broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

We continue to retain broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock.  We might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds from the initial public offering.  Stockholders will not have the opportunity to influence our management’s decisions on how to use the net proceeds, and our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

40

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have paid no cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date, have contractual restrictions against paying cash dividends and currently intend to retain our future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We lease approximately 39,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space at our corporate headquarters in Goleta, California under a lease that expires in October 2020, and approximately 31,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space in Richardson, Texas under a lease that expires in December 2019.  We have leased an additional 24,000 square foot facility in Richardson, Texas to move our manufacturing to allow for capacity expansion. This move occurred in the first half of 2015, and will require registration with the FDA and ISO certification.  Operations continued in our current facilities until this facility was ready. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near-term and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Inova Labs Litigation

On November 4, 2011, we filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Inova Labs Inc., or Defendant, for infringement of two of our patents. The case, Inogen Inc. v. Inova Labs Inc., Case No. 8:11-cv-01692-JST-AN, or the Lawsuit, involves U.S. Patent Nos. 7,841,343, entitled “Systems and Methods For Delivering Therapeutic Gas to Patients,” or the ’343 patent, and 6,605,136 entitled “Pressure Swing Adsorption Process Operation And Optimization,” or the ’136 patent.  We alleged in the Lawsuit that certain of Defendant’s oxygen concentrators infringe various claims of the ’343 and ’136 patents. The Lawsuit seeks damages, injunctive relief, costs and attorneys’ fees.

The Defendant has answered the complaint, denying infringement and asserting various sets of defenses including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability, patent misuse, unclean hands, laches and estoppel. The Defendant also filed counterclaims against us alleging patent invalidity, non-infringement and inequitable conduct.  We denied the allegations in the Defendant’s counterclaims and filed a motion to dismiss Defendant’s inequitable conduct counterclaim.

The Defendant filed a request with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office seeking an inter partes reexamination of the ’343 and ’136 patents. The Defendant also filed a motion to stay the Lawsuit pending outcome of the reexamination. On March 20, 2012, the Court granted the Defendant’s motion to stay the Lawsuit pending outcome of the reexamination and also granted our motion to dismiss the Defendant’s inequitable conduct counterclaim.

Securities class action lawsuit

On March 13 and March 19, 2015, plaintiffs Brad Christi and Roger D. Holford each filed, respectively, a lawsuit against Inogen, Raymond Huggenberger, Inogen’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Alison Bauerlein, Inogen’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our securities between November 12, 2014 and March 11, 2015. The complaints allege that Inogen, Mr. Huggenberger and Ms. Bauerlein violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Huggenberger and Ms. Bauerlein violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Specifically, the complaints allege that during the purported class period our financial statements and disclosures concerning internal controls over financial reporting were materially false and misleading.  The complaints seek compensatory damages in an unspecified amount, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expert fees, prejudgment and post-judgment interest and such other relief as the court deems proper.  The deadline for motions for appointment as lead plaintiff is May 12, 2015. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against these allegations.  We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.

41

Other litigation

We are party to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. We carry insurance, subject to specified deductibles under the policies, to protect against losses from certain types of legal claims.  At this time, we do not anticipate that any of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our business.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

42

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information and Holders

Our common stock has been publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “INGN” since February 14, 2014. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock.  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Year ended December 31, 2014	High		Low
First quarter (beginning February 14, 2014)	$	21.00	$	14.78
Second quarter	$	22.62	$	13.12
Third quarter	$	24.50	$	17.72
Fourth quarter	$	32.19	$	19.16

On April 15, 2015, the closing price for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $35.36 per share.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of our common stock for the periods indicated with the performance of the S & P Healthcare and Supplies Index, the Russell 2000 Index, and the NASDAQ Composite Index.  This graph assumes an investment of $100 on February 14, 2014 in each of our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the S & P Healthcare Equipment and Supplies, the Russell 2000 and assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPH

COMPARISON OF THE YEARS CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN SINCE FEBRUARY 14, 2014

Among Inogen, Inc., the S & P Healthcare Equipment and Supplies Index, the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index

43

	2/14/2014		3/31/14		4/30/14		5/31/14		6/30/14		7/31/14		8/31/14		9/30/14		10/31/14		11/30/14		12/31/14
Inogen, Inc.	$	100.00	$	108.98	$	93.14	$	110.76	$	148.91	$	132.01	$	136.30	$	136.04	$	155.84	$	160.33	$	207.06
S & P Healthcare Equipment & Supplies^(1)		100.00		99.30		92.16		96.38		99.87		98.38		97.74		95.71		104.74		109.15		112.13
Russell 2000^(2)		100.00		102.07		98.06		98.72		103.81		97.46		102.19		95.86		102.11		102.09		104.83
Nasdaq Composite^(3)		100.00		98.94		96.95		99.97		103.87		102.96		107.92		105.88		109.11		112.90		111.59

(1) The S&P Healthcare Equipment and Supplies Index is a capitalization weighted average index compiled of healthcare companies in the S&P 500 Index.

(2) The Russell 2000 Index is a small-cap stock market index of the bottom 2,000 stocks in the Russell 3000 Index

(3) The Nasdaq Composite is a market-value weighted index of all common stocks listed on the NASDAQ.

Stockholders

As of April 15, 2015, there were 37 registered stockholders of record for our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our revolving credit agreement materially restricts, and future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2014.

Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, we sold securities in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act as set forth below.

Between January 1, 2014 and February 18, 2014 (the date of the filing of our registration statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-194016), we issued and sold the following stock:

· we issued 2,093 shares of our common stock to officers, employees and consultants upon the exercise of options, at exercise prices ranging from $0.60 to $8.70 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $5,235 pursuant to our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014 we issued and sold the following warrants:

· we issued 218,174 shares of our common stock, upon the conversion of 218,393 common stock warrants (of which 16,206 common stock warrants were exercised via cashless exercise into 15,987 shares of common stock) to investors upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $0.30 per warrant for an aggregate exercise price of $60,656,

· we issued 11,056 shares of our common stock, upon the conversion of 11,459 Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants (of which 631 shares were exercised via a cashless exercise into 228 shares of common stock) to investors upon the exercise warrants at an exercise price of $17.58 per Series C warrant for an aggregate exercise price of $195,033,

· we issued 11,415 share of our common stock, upon the conversion of 11,415 Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants an exercise price of $21.90 per Series D warrant for an aggregate exercise price of $249,989, and

44

· we issued 4,053 shares of our common stock, upon the conversion of 4,222 Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants convertible into 11,367 shares of common stock via a cashless exercise of such warrants.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering of Common Stock

On February 12, 2014, our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Reg. No. 333- 192605) was declared effective in connection with the IPO of our common stock, pursuant to which we sold 3,529,411 shares at a price to the public of $16.00 per share. Additionally, the selling stockholders sold 981,902 shares of common stock (882,352 upon the IPO, and 99,550 of which were sold pursuant to a 30-day option granted to the underwriters). The offering closed on February 20, 2014, as a result of which we received net proceeds of approximately $52.5 million after underwriting discounts of approximately $3.9 million, but before offering expenses of approximately $2.7 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. J.P. Morgan acted as sole book-running manager for the offering, Leerink Partners acted as lead manager, and William Blair and Stifel acted as co-managers. No payments for such expenses were made directly or indirectly to (i) any of our officers or directors or their associates, (ii) any persons owning 10% or more of any class of our equity securities, or (iii) any of our affiliates.  There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on February 14, 2014.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical financial data should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

45

The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited financial statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

	Year ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)		2014			2013			2012			2011
Revenue
Sales revenue	$	73,096		$	44,905		$	28,704		$	19,657
Rental revenue		39,441			30,538			19,872			10,977
Total revenue		112,537			75,443			48,576			30,634
Cost of revenue
Cost of sales revenue		38,693			24,306			17,384			12,147
Cost of rental revenue		18,327			12,146			7,243			3,783
Total cost of revenue		57,020			36,452			24,627			15,930
Gross profit		55,517			38,991			23,949			14,704
Operating expenses
Research and development		2,977			2,398			2,262			1,789
Sales and marketing		24,087			18,375			12,569			9,014
General and administrative		17,942			13,754			8,289			5,623
Total operating expenses		45,006			34,527			23,120			16,426
Income (loss) from operations		10,511			4,464			829			(1,722	)
Other expense, net		(459	)		(616	)		(247	)		(267	)
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes		10,052			3,848			582			(1,989	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		3,226			(21,587	)		18			13
Net income (loss)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)

	Year ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)		2014			2013			2012			2011
Reconciliation of net income to net income (loss) to common    stockholders - basic and diluted
Numerator-basic and diluted:
Net income (loss)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)
Less deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)		(3,027	)
Net income (loss) after deemed dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)		(5,029	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—			—
Less: undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic		(567	)		(10,781	)		—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic	$	5,272		$	211		$	(5,217	)	$	(5,029	)
Numerator-diluted
Net income (loss)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)
Less deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)		(3,027	)
Net income (loss) after deemed dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)		(5,029	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—			—
Less: undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted		(514	)		(9,625	)		—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted	$	5,325		$	1,367		$	(5,217	)	$	(5,029	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares-basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268			249,519
Weighted-average common shares-diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268			249,519
Net income (loss) per share-basic common stock	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)	$	(20.15	)
Net income (loss) per share-diluted common stock	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)	$	(20.15	)
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)
Common stock warrants		—			—			233,611			250,997
Preferred convertible stock		—			—			14,057,509			10,899,820
Stock options		546,142			—			1,646,223			1,425,624
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)		546,142			—			15,937,343			12,576,441

46

(1) See note 2 to each of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(2) For a discussion of our use of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) and their calculations, please see “Non GAAP financial measures.”

	Year ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands)		2014		2013			2012			2011
Balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	56,836	$	13,521		$	15,112		$	3,906
Working capital		73,808		14,003			13,077			1,302
Total assets		140,085		82,397			47,586			24,131
Total indebtedness		614		10,649			8,936			9,629
Deferred revenue		4,492		2,263			1,094			594
Total liabilities		21,935		26,098			19,011			16,575
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		—		118,671			109,345			83,122
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)		118,150		(62,372	)		(80,770	)		(75,566	)

Non-GAAP financial measures

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income or loss excluding interest income, interest expense, taxes and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes the change in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability and stock-based compensation. Below, we have provided a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) to our net income or loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) should not be considered alternatives to net income or loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) in the same manner as we calculate these measures.

We include EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) in this 10-K because they are important measures upon which our management assesses our operating performance. We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) as key performance measures because we believe they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by variations in capital structures, tax positions, the impact of depreciation and amortization expense on our fixed assets, changes related to the fair value re-measurements of our preferred stock warrant, and the impact of stock-based compensation expense. Because EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) for business planning purposes, to incentivize and compensate our management personnel, and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies, and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

Our use of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

· EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual commitments;

· Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect capital expenditure requirements for such replacements;

· EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

· EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness; and

47

· Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure.

In evaluating EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income (loss) you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance, you should consider EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (loss) alongside other financial performance measures, including other GAAP results.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

	Year ended December 31,
EBITDA	2014			2013			2012			2011
Net income (loss) (GAAP)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Interest expense		449			562			493			261
Interest income		(42	)		(12	)		(88	)		(113	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		3,226			(21,587	)		18			13
Depreciation and amortization		12,080			8,544			4,984			3,198
EBITDA		22,539			12,942			5,971			1,357
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability		(36	)		262			(148	)		119
Stock-based compensation		1,451			230			60			144
Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)	$	23,954		$	13,434		$	5,883		$	1,620
Net income (loss) (GAAP)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)
Non-GAAP adjustments:
One-time benefit from reversal of deferred tax    valuation and other tax adjustments		(258	)		(21,807	)		—			—
Adjusted net income (loss) (non-GAAP)	$	6,568		$	3,628		$	564		$	(2,002	)

	Year ended December 31,
Pro-forma non-GAAP results of EPS calculation (1) (2)	2014		2013		2012
Net income after preferred rights dividend	$	5,839	$	18,157	$	564
Add back deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock		987		7,278		—
Pro-forma net income attributable to common stockholders	$	6,826	$	25,435	$	564
Pro-forma net income per share - basic common stock	$	0.38	$	1.74	$	0.04
Pro-forma net income per share - diluted common stock	$	0.35	$	1.55	$	0.04
Denominator:
Pro-forma weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		17,924,357		14,636,950		14,601,861
Pro-forma weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		19,779,291		16,368,571		15,486,487

(1) The pro-forma non-GAAP EPS calculations give effect to:  (1) the automatic conversion of the outstanding convertible preferred stock into a weighted-average of 14,219,001 and 14,057,509 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, (2) the cash exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 46,042 and 142,495 shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

(2) See note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders and pro-forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

48

GAAP results of EPS Calculation

	Year ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)		2014			2013			2012			2011
Reconciliation of net income to net income (loss) to common    stockholders - basic and diluted
Numerator-basic and diluted:
Net income (loss)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)
Less deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)		(3,027	)
Net income (loss) after deemed dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)		(5,029	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—			—
Less: undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic		(567	)		(10,781	)		—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic	$	5,272		$	211		$	(5,217	)	$	(5,029	)
Numerator-diluted
Net income (loss)	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564		$	(2,002	)
Less deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)		(3,027	)
Net income (loss) after deemed dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)		(5,029	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—			—
Less: undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted		(514	)		(9,625	)		—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted	$	5,325		$	1,367		$	(5,217	)	$	(5,029	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares-basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268			249,519
Weighted-average common shares-diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268			249,519
Net income (loss) per share-basic common stock	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)	$	(20.15	)
Net income (loss) per share-diluted common stock	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)	$	(20.15	)
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)
Common stock warrants		—			—			233,611			250,997
Preferred convertible stock		—			—			14,057,509			10,899,820
Stock options		546,142			—			1,646,223			1,425,624
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)		546,142			—			15,937,343			12,576,441

49

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Audit Committee Investigation

As previously disclosed, during the first quarter of 2015, management discovered certain potential accounting matters, prompting the Audit Committee, with the assistance of independent advisors, to commence an internal investigation. Specifically, management found that certain direct-to-consumer sales representatives submitted modified documentation in violation of Inogen policies.

The Audit Committee’s investigation is now complete.  Its principal finding is that five Inogen direct-to-consumer sales representatives falsified or improperly modified sales and rental order documentation and circumvented Inogen’s order entry process.  Revenue in the fourth quarter of 2014 was reduced by $0.3 million including prior period adjustments.  The net income impact was a reduction of $0.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2014.  Substantially all of this revenue will be recognized when the corrected documentation is finalized in 2015.  The employees responsible for this conduct have been terminated.  The investigation found that the Company’s senior executives did not know of or participate in this conduct.  The Audit Committee’s investigation did not reveal systemic falsification or alteration of sales and rental order documentation by other sales representatives.  

The Company expects additional general and administrative costs due to the audit committee investigation of approximately $1.0 to $1.5 million, primarily in the first quarter of 2015

Overview

We are a medical technology company that primarily develops, manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen concentrators used to deliver supplemental long-term oxygen therapy to patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Traditionally, these patients have relied on stationary oxygen concentrator systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders for mobile use. The tanks and cylinders must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of oxygen, which limits patient mobility and requires patients to plan activities outside of their homes around delivery schedules. Additionally, patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to their stationary concentrators simply to enable mobility within their homes. We refer to this traditional delivery approach as the delivery model. Our proprietary Inogen One systems are devices that concentrate the air around them to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen anytime, anywhere. Using our portable systems, patients can eliminate their dependence on stationary concentrators and tank and cylinder deliveries, thereby improving quality-of-life and fostering mobility.

In May 2004, we received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, for our Inogen One G1. From our launch of the Inogen One G1 in 2004, through 2008, we derived our revenue almost exclusively from sales to healthcare providers and distributors. In December 2008, we acquired Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC in order to secure access to the Medicare rental market and began accepting Medicare reimbursement for our oxygen solutions in certain states. At the time of the acquisition, Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC had an active Medicare billing number but few other assets and limited business activities. In January 2009, following the acquisition of Comfort Life Medical Supply, LLC, we initiated our direct-to-consumer marketing strategy and began selling Inogen One systems directly to patients and building our Medicare rental business in the United States. In April 2009, we became a Durable, Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies accredited Medicare supplier by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care for our Goleta, California facility for Home/Durable Medical Equipment Services for oxygen equipment and supplies. We believe we are the only portable oxygen concentrator manufacturer that employs a direct-to-consumer marketing strategy in the United States, meaning we advertise directly to patients, process their physician paperwork, provide clinical support as needed and bill Medicare or insurance on their behalf.

Revenue

We derive a majority of our revenue from the sale and rental of our Inogen One systems and related accessories to patients, insurance carriers, home healthcare providers and distributors. We sell multiple configurations of our Inogen One systems with various batteries, accessories, warranties, power cords, and language settings. We also rent our products to Medicare beneficiaries and patients with other insurance coverage to support their oxygen needs as prescribed by a physician as part of a care plan. Our goal is to

50

design, build and market oxygen solutions that redefine how oxygen therapy is delivered. To accomplish this goal and to grow our revenue, we intend to continue to:

● Expand our sales and marketing channels. We will continue to hire additional internal sales representatives to drive our direct-to-consumer marketing efforts. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we increased our internal sales representatives from 108 to 129. In 2014, we experienced headcount turnover of our internal sales team of 22.1%. Typically, we expect new sales representatives to take 4-6 months to reach full productivity. Additionally, we are building a physician referral channel that currently consists of twelve sales representatives up from eleven as of December 31, 2013. Lastly, we are focused on building our international distribution capabilities.

● Invest in our product offerings to develop innovative products. We expended $3.0 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in research and development expenses, and we intend to continue to make such investments in the foreseeable future.

● Secure contracts with healthcare payors and insurers. Based on our patient population, we estimate that at least 30% of oxygen therapy patients are covered by non-Medicare payors, and that these patients often represent a younger, more active patient segment. By becoming an in-network provider with more insurance companies, we can reduce the co-insurance for patients, which we believe will allow us to attract additional patients to our Inogen One solutions.

We have been developing and refining the manufacturing of our Inogen One systems over the past ten years. While nearly all of our manufacturing and assembly processes were originally outsourced, assembly of the manifold, compressor, sieve bed and concentrator is now conducted in-house in order to improve quality control and reduce cost. Additionally, we use lean manufacturing practices to maximize manufacturing efficiency. We rely on third-party manufacturers to supply several components of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems. We typically enter into supply agreements for these components that specify quantity, quality requirements and delivery terms. In certain cases, these agreements can be terminated by either party upon relatively short notice. We have elected to source certain key components from single sources of supply, including our batteries, bearings, carry bags, motors, pistons, valves, and molded plastic components. While alternative sources of supply are readily available for these components, we believe that maintaining a single-source of supply allows us to control production costs and inventory levels, and to manage component quality.

Historically, we have generated a majority of our revenue from sales and rentals to customers in the United States. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 22%, 22% and 27%, respectively, of our total revenue was from customers outside the United States, primarily in Europe. To date, most of our revenue has been denominated in United States dollars. As of December 31, 2014, we sold our products in 44 countries outside the United States through distributors or directly to large “house” accounts, which include gas companies and home oxygen providers. In those instances, we sell to and bill the distributor or “house” accounts directly, leaving responsibility for the patient billing, support and clinical setup to the local provider. As of December 31, 2014, we had five employees who focused on selling our products to distributors and “house” accounts worldwide.

Our total revenue increased $37.1 million to $112.5 million in 2014 from $75.4 million in 2013, due to growth in rental revenue associated with an increase in the number of patients using Medicare or private payors to rent our products, and growth in sales revenue associated with the increases in business-to-business sales and direct-to-consumer cash sales of our Inogen One systems and new product launches. We generated net income of $6.8 million in 2014 and net income of $25.4 million in 2013. We generated Adjusted EBITDA of $24.0 million and $13.4 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Adjusted net income was $6.6 million for 2014, compared to adjusted net income of $3.6 million in 2013. As of December 31, 2014, our accumulated deficit was $56.7 million.

The vast majority of our revenue consists of sales revenue and rental revenue.

Sales revenue

Our future financial performance will be driven in part by the growth in sales of our Inogen One systems, and, to a lesser extent, sales of batteries, other accessories, and sales of our Inogen At Home stationary oxygen concentrator. We plan to grow our system sales in the coming years through multiple strategies, including: expanding our direct-to-consumer sales efforts through hiring additional sales representatives, investing in consumer awareness, expanding our sales infrastructure and efforts outside of the United States, and enhancing our product offerings through additional product launches. As our product offerings grow, we solicit feedback from our customers and focus our research and development efforts on continuing to improve patient preference and reduce the total cost of the product, in order to further drive sales of our products.

Our direct-to-consumer sales process involves numerous interactions with the individual patient, the physician and the physician’s staff, and includes an in-depth analysis and review of our product, the patient’s diagnosis and prescribed oxygen therapy, including procuring an oxygen prescription, and assessing the patient’s available insurance benefits. The patient may consider whether

51

to finance the product through an Inogen-approved third party or whether to purchase the equipment. Product is not deployed until both the prescription and payment are received. Once product is deployed, the patient has 30 days to return the product, subject to the payment of a minimal processing and handling fee. Approximately 5% to 10% of patients who purchase a system for cash return the system during this 30-day trial period.

Our business-to-business efforts are focused on selling to home medical equipment distributors, oxygen providers and resellers who are based inside and outside of the United States. This process involves interactions with various key customer stakeholders, including sales, purchasing, product testing, and clinical personnel. Businesses that have patient demand that can be met with our portable oxygen concentrator systems place purchase orders to secure product deployment. This may be influenced based on outside factors, including the result of tender offerings, changes in insurance plan coverage, and overall changes in the net oxygen therapy patient population. Products are shipped FOB Inogen domestically, and based on financial history and profile, businesses may either prepay or receive extended terms. Products are shipped both FOB (Freight on Board) Inogen dock and DDP (Delivery Duty Paid) for international shipments depending on the shipper used.  DDP shipments are Inogen’s property until title has changed which is upon duty being paid.  As a result of these factors, product purchases can be subject to changes in demand by customers.

We sold approximately 33,200 systems in 2014, approximately 19,200 systems in 2013 and approximately 11,900 in 2012. Management focuses on system sales as an indicator of current business success.

Rental revenue

Our rental process involves numerous interactions with the individual patient, the physician and the physician’s staff. The process includes an in-depth analysis and review of our product, the patient’s diagnosis and oxygen needs, and their medical history to confirm the appropriateness of our product for the patient’s oxygen therapy and compliance with Medicare and private payor billing requirements, which often necessitates additional physician evaluation and/or testing as well as a Certificate of Medical Necessity. Once the product is deployed, the patient receives direction on product use and receives a clinical titration from our licensed staff to confirm the product meets the patient’s needs prior to billing. As a result, the time from initial contact with a customer to billing can vary significantly and be up to one month or longer.

We plan to grow our rental revenue in the coming years through multiple strategies, including expanding our direct-to-consumer marketing efforts through hiring additional sales representatives and investing in patient awareness and physician-based sales, securing additional insurance contracts and continuing to enhance our product offerings through additional product launches. In addition, patients may come off of our services due to death, a change in their condition, a change in location, a change in provider or other factors. In each case, we maintain asset ownership and can redeploy assets as appropriate following such events. Given the length and uncertainty of our patient acquisition cycle and potential returns we have in the past experienced, and likely will in the future experience, there may be fluctuations in our net new patient setups on a period-to-period basis.

As the rental patient base increases, this rental model generates recurring revenue with minimal additional sales and general and administrative expenses. A portion of rentals include a capped rental period when no additional reimbursement will be allowed unless additional criteria are met. In this scenario, the ratio of billable patients to patients on service is critical to maintaining rental revenue growth as patients on service increases. Medicare has noted that a small percentage of beneficiaries, approximately 25%, based on their review of Medicare claims, reach the 36th-month and enter the capped rental period. As of December 31, 2014, in our patient population approximately 13.5% of patients on service were capped.  We were unable to calculate the number of capped patients as of December 31, 2013 or for other prior periods. As the rental base expands, we expect our rental revenue to increase, partially offset by declining reimbursement rates. Over time, we believe that our rental revenue should be subject to less period-to-period fluctuation than our sales revenue.

As of December 31, 2014, we had over 28,400 oxygen rental patients, an increase from approximately 21,300 oxygen rental patients as of December 31, 2013 and approximately 13,500 in 2012. Management focuses on rental revenue as an indicator of current business success and a leading indicator of likely future rental revenue; however, actual rental revenue recognized is subject to a variety of other factors, including reimbursement levels by patient zip code, the number of capped patients, and adjustments for patients in transition.

Reimbursement

We rely heavily on reimbursement from Medicare, and secondarily from private payors and Medicaid, for our rental revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 75.6% of our rental revenue was derived from Medicare. The U.S. list price for our stationary oxygen rentals (HCPCS E1390) is $260 per month and for our oxygen generating portable equipment (OGPE) rentals (HCPCS E1392) is $70 per month. The current standard Medicare allowable effective January 1, 2015 for stationary oxygen rentals

52

(E1390) is $180.92 per month and for OGPE rentals (E1392) is $51.63 per month. These are the two primary codes that we bill to Medicare and other payors for our product rentals.

As of January 1, 2011, Medicare has phased in a program called competitive bidding. Competitive bidding impacts the amount Medicare pays suppliers of durable medical equipment, including portable oxygen concentrators. The program is defined geographically, with suppliers submitting bids to provide medical equipment for a specific product category within that geography. Once bids have been placed, an individual company’s bids across products within the category are aggregated and weighted by each product’s market share in the category. The weighted average price is then indexed against competitors. Medicare determines a “clearing price” out of these weighted average prices at which sufficient suppliers have indicated they will support patients in the category, and this threshold is typically designed to generate theoretical supply that is twice the expected demand. Bids for each modality among the suppliers that made the cut are then arrayed to determine what Medicare will reimburse for each product category. The program has strict anti-collusion guidelines to ensure bidding is truly competitive. Competitive bidding contracts last up to three years once implemented, after which they are subject to a new round of bidding. Discounts off the standard Medicare allowable occur in competitive bidding Metropolitan Statistical Areas where contracts have been awarded as well as in cases where private payors pay less than this allowable. Current Medicare payment rates in competitive bidding areas are at 48-64% of the standard Medicare allowable for stationary oxygen rentals (average of $93.29 per month) and OGPE rentals are at 70-92% of the standard Medicare allowable (average of $42.33 per month). Competitive bidding rates are based on the zip code where the patient resides. Rental revenue includes payments for product, disposables, and customer service/support. Medicare has not announced specific plans for the plan to implement competitive bidding nationwide, but by 2016 Medicare must implement competitive bidding or competitive bidding pricing for included items to non-competitive bidding areas. In February 2014, Medicare solicited public comment on the methodology it would use to comply with statute.

The following table sets forth the current Medicare standard allowable reimbursement rates and the weighted averagereimbursement rates applicable in Metropolitan Statistical Areas covered by rounds one and two of competitive bidding. The round one re-compete was completed in the same Metropolitan Statistical Areas as round one for the next three year period starting 1/1/14 when the original contracts expire.

									Round one
	Medicare		Round one			Round two			re-compete
	standard		weighted			weighted			weighted
	allowable		average			average			average
	effective		1/1/11-			7/1/13-			1/1/14-
	1/1/15		12/31/13			6/30/16			12/31/16
E1390	$	180.92	$	116.16		$	93.07		$	95.74
E1392		51.63		41.89			42.72			38.08
Total	$	232.55	$	158.05		$	135.79		$	133.82
% of standard				68	%		58	%		58	%

In addition to reducing the Medicare reimbursement rates in the Metropolitan Statistical Areas, the competitive bidding program has effectively reduced the number of oxygen suppliers that can participate in the Medicare program. We believe that more than 75% of existing oxygen suppliers were eliminated in round one of competitive bidding, which was implemented January 1, 2011 in 9 Metropolitan Statistical Areas. Round two of competitive bidding was implemented July 1, 2013 in 91 Metropolitan Statistical Areas and we believe the impact on the number of oxygen suppliers was similar to round one. We believe that 59% of the market was covered by round one and round two of competitive bidding.

Cumulatively in rounds one, two and round one re-compete, we were offered contracts for a substantial majority of the competitive bidding areas and products for which we submitted bids. However, there is no guarantee that we will garner additional market share as a result of these contracts. The contracts include products that may require us to subcontract certain services or products to third parties, which must be approved by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

Following round one of competitive bidding, we were excluded from the Kansas City-MO-KS, Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano-FL, and Orlando-Kissimmee-FL competitive bidding areas and Honolulu-Hawaii, where we have never maintained a license. After round one re-compete, we gained access to Kansas City-MO-KS and were excluded from the following competitive bidding areas: Cleveland-Elyria-Mentor-OH, Cincinnati-Middletown-OH, Miami-Fort Lauderdale-Pompano-FL, Orlando-Kissimmee-FL, Pittsburg-PA, and Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario-CA. After round two of competitive bidding, we were excluded from an additional 10 competitive bidding areas, including Akron-OH, Cape Coral-Fort Myers-FL, Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach-FL, Jacksonville-FL, Lakeland-Winter Haven-FL, North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota-FL, Ocala, Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville-FL, Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater-FL and Toledo-OH. Collectively, we have incrementally lost access to approximately seven percent of the Medicare market as of July 1,

53

2013. As a result, on a going forward basis we will continue to have access to approximately 90% of the Medicare market based on our analysis of the 92 competitive bidding areas that we have won out of the 109 competitive bidding areas, representing 59% of the market, with the remaining 41% of the market not subject to competitive bidding. The incremental loss of access to approximately seven percent of the Medicare market is not expected to have a material adverse impact on our rental business, which represented approximately 27% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014. We expect the decline in total revenue resulting from the loss of competitive bidding contract in the areas that we were excluded from to be partially offset by the grandfathering of existing Medicare patients and direct sales to former Medicare patients with third party insurance coverage or who pay cash. Our revenue from Medicare in the 17 competitive bidding areas where we were not offered contracts was approximately $1.0 million in 2014 and $1.7 million in 2013.

Under the Medicare competitive bidding program, oxygen therapy providers may “grandfather” existing patients on service up to the implementation date of the competitive bidding program. This means oxygen therapy providers may retain all existing patients and continue to receive reimbursement for them so long as the new reimbursement rate is accepted and the applicable beneficiary chooses to continue to receive equipment from the provider. Providers must either keep or release all patients under this “grandfathering” arrangement in each competitive bidding area; specific individual selection of patients for retention or release is not allowed. Providers can continue to sell equipment in competitive bid areas where they were not awarded contracts to patients paying with cash or third-party insurance coverage.

We have elected to grandfather and retain all patients in competitive bid areas where contracts were not awarded to us. In addition, we plan to continue to accept patients in competitive bidding areas where we did not receive contracts through private insurance. We will also pursue retail sales of our equipment to patients in those areas.

For rental equipment, Medicare reimbursement for oxygen equipment is limited to a maximum of 36 months; the equipment is always owned by the home oxygen provider. The provider that billed Medicare for the 36th month continues to be responsible for the patient’s care for months 37 through 60, and there is generally no additional reimbursement for oxygen generating portable equipment for these later months. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services does not reimburse suppliers for oxygen tubing, cannulas and supplies that may be required for the patient. The provider is required to keep the equipment provided in working order and in some cases the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services will reimburse for repair costs. After the five year useful life is reached, the patient may request replacement equipment and, if he or she can be re-qualified for the Medicare benefit, a new maximum 36-month rental period would begin. The supplier may not arbitrarily issue new equipment. We cannot state with certainty the potential impact to revenue associated with patients in the capped rental period.

Our obligations to service assigned Medicare patients over the contract rental period include supplying working equipment that meets the patient’s oxygen needs pursuant to their doctor’s prescription and certificate of medical necessity form and supplying all disposables required for the patient to operate the equipment, including cannulas, filters, replacement batteries, carts and carry bags, as needed. If the equipment malfunctions, we must repair or replace the equipment. We determine what equipment the patient receives, and we can deploy existing used assets as long as the doctor’s requirements are met. We must also procure a recertification certificate of medical necessity from the patient’s doctor to confirm the patient’s need for oxygen therapy one year after first receiving oxygen therapy and one year after each new 36-month reimbursement period begins. These contracts are cancellable by the patient at any time and by the provider at any time as long as the patient can transition to another provider.

In addition to the adoption of the competitive bidding program, reimbursable fees for oxygen rental services in non-competitive bidding areas were eligible to receive mandatory annual Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers, or CPI-U, updates beginning in 2010. The CPI-U for 2012 was +3.6%, but the “multi-factor productivity adjustment” remained -1.2%, so the net result was a 2.4% increase in fee schedule payments in 2012 for items and services not included in an area subject to competitive bidding. For 2013, the CPI-U is +1.7%, but the adjustment is -0.9%, so the net result is a 0.8% increase in fee schedule payments in 2013. For 2014, the CPI-U is +1.8%, but the adjustment is -0.8%, so the net result is a 1.0% increase in fee schedule payments in 2014. However, the stationary oxygen equipment codes payment amounts, as required by statute, must be adjusted on an annual basis, as necessary, to ensure budget neutrality of the new payment class for oxygen generating portable equipment. Thus, the increase in allowable payment amounts for stationary oxygen equipment codes increased 0.5% from 2013 to 2014. For 2015, the CPI-U is +2.1%, but the adjustment is -0.6%, so the net result is a 1.5% increase in fee schedule payments in 2015 for stationary oxygen equipment.

As of December 31, 2014, we had 63 contracts with Medicaid and private payors. These contracts qualify us an in-network provider for these payors. As a result, patients can use our systems at the same cost as other in-network oxygen therapy solutions, including those utilizing the delivery model. Based on our patient population, we believe at least 30% of all oxygen therapy patients are covered by private payors. Private payors typically provide reimbursement at 60% to 100% of Medicare allowables for in-network plans, and private payor plans can have 36-month caps similar to Medicare. We anticipate that private payor reimbursement levels will generally be reset in accordance with Medicare payment amounts established through competitive bidding.

54

We cannot predict the full extent to which reimbursement for our products will be affected by competitive bidding or by initiatives to reduce costs for private payors. We believe that we are well positioned to respond to the changing reimbursement environment because our product offerings are innovative, patient-focused and cost-effective. We have historically been able to reduce our costs through scalable manufacturing, better sourcing, continuous innovation, and reliability improvements, as well as innovations that reduce our product service costs by minimizing exchanges, such as user replaceable batteries and oxygen filtration cartridges. As a result of bringing manufacturing and assembly largely in-house and our commitment to driving efficient manufacturing processes, we have reduced our overall system cost by 40% from 2009-2013. We intend to continue to seek ways to reduce our cost of revenue through manufacturing and design improvements.

Basis of presentation

The following describes the line items set forth in our statements of operations.

Revenue

We classify our revenue in two main categories: sales revenue and rental revenue. There will be fluctuations in mix between business-to-business sales, direct-to-consumer sales and rentals from period to period. In addition, we expect both the average selling price and the manufacturing cost of our products to decrease following the introduction of future generations of our Inogen One systems. Inogen One system and Inogen At Home system selling prices and gross margins for our systems may fluctuate as we introduce new products and reduce our product costs. For example, the gross margin for our Inogen One G3 is higher than our Inogen One G2. Thus, to the extent our sales of our Inogen One G3 systems are higher than sales of our Inogen One G2 systems, our overall gross margins should improve and, conversely, to the extent our sales of our Inogen One G2 systems are higher than sales of our Inogen One G3 systems, our overall gross margins should decline.

Sales revenue. Our sales revenue is derived from the sale of our Inogen One systems, Inogen At Home systems, and related accessories to patients in the United States and to home healthcare providers, distributors and resellers worldwide. Sales revenue is classified into two areas: business-to-business sales and direct-to-consumer sales. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, business-to-business sales as a percentage of sales revenue were 60%, 60% and 68%, respectively. Generally, our direct-to-consumer sales have higher margins than our business-to-business sales.

We also offer a lifetime warranty for direct-to-consumer sales. For a fixed price, we agree to provide a fully functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. Lifetime warranties are only offered to patients upon the initial sale of oxygen equipment by us, and are non-transferable. Product sales with lifetime warranties are considered to be multiple element arrangements within the scope of ASC 605-25.

There are two deliverables when a product that includes a lifetime warranty is sold. The first deliverable is the oxygen concentrator equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years. The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that provides for a functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining lifetime of the patient. These two deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting.

The revenue is allocated to the two deliverables on a relative selling price method. We have vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price for the equipment. To determine the selling price of the lifetime warranty, we use our best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable as the lifetime warranty is neither separately priced nor is selling price available through third-party evidence. To calculate the selling price associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit margins of the overall business, the average estimated cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties. A significant estimate used to calculate the price and expense of lifetime warranties is the life expectancy of patients. Based on clinical studies, we estimate that 60% of patients will succumb to their disease within three years. Given the approximate mortality rate of 20% per year, we estimate on average all patients will succumb to their disease within five years. We have taken into consideration that when patients decide to buy an Inogen portable oxygen concentrator with a lifetime warranty, they typically have already been on oxygen for a period of time, which can have a large impact on their life expectancy from the time our product is deployed.

After applying the relative selling price method, revenue from equipment sales is recognized when all other revenue recognition criteria for product sales are met. Lifetime warranty revenue is recognized using the straight-line method during the fourth and fifth year after the delivery of the equipment which is the estimated usage period of the contract based on the average patient life expectancy.

Freight revenue consists of fees associated with the deployment of products internationally or domestically, when expedited freight options or minimum order quantities are not met. Freight revenue is a percentage markup of freight costs.

55

Rental revenue. Our rental revenue is derived from the rental of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems to patients through reimbursement from Medicare, private payors and Medicaid, which typically also includes a patient responsibility component for patient co-insurance and deductibles. Generally, our product rentals have higher gross margins than our product sales.

The Company recognizes equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, per ASC 840 — Leases. The Company has separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a master lease agreement with any payor. The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the industry and the reimbursement environment in which the Company operates, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the following month. Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts for which the revenue recognition criteria had been met as of period-end but were not billed. The estimate of unbilled rental revenue accrual is based on historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Cost of revenue

Cost of sales revenue and cost of used rental equipment sales consists primarily of costs incurred in the production process, including costs of component materials, assembly labor and overhead, warranty, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory and delivery costs for items sold. We provide a three-year or lifetime warranty on Inogen One systems sold and Inogen At Home systems sold, and we established a reserve for warranty repairs based on historical warranty repair costs incurred. Provisions for warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are provided for at the time of shipment. Cost of rental revenue consists primarily of depreciation expense and service costs for rental assets, including material, labor, freight, consumable disposables and logistics costs. We expect the average unit costs of our Inogen One systems and Inogen At Home systems to decline in future periods as a result of our ongoing efforts to develop lower-cost systems and to improve our manufacturing processes, reduced rental service costs and expected increases in production volume and yields.

Operating expenses

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, allocated facility costs, laboratory supplies, consulting fees and related costs, costs associated with patent amortization costs, and testing costs for new product launches. We have made substantial investments in research and development since our inception. Our research and development efforts have focused primarily on the tasks required to enhance our technologies and to support development and commercialization of new and existing products. We expect to have moderate increases in research and development expense over time.

Sales and marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses primarily support our direct-to-consumer strategy. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, commissions, benefits, and stock-based compensation, for employees, and allocated facilities costs. They also include expenses for media and advertising, informational kits, public relations and other promotional and marketing activities, including travel and entertainment expenses, as well as customer service and clinical services. Sales and marketing expenses increased throughout 2014 primarily due to an increase in the sales force and the increasing number of rental patients and we expect a further increase in 2015 as we continue to increase sales and marketing activities.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation for employees in our compliance, finance, medical billing, human resources, information technology, business development and general management functions, and allocated facilities costs. In addition, general and administrative expenses include professional services, such as legal, patent legal fees including defense costs, consulting and accounting services. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as the number of administrative personnel grows and we continue to

56

introduce new products, broaden our customer base and grow our business. We also expect legal, accounting and compliance costs to increase due to costs associated with being a public company.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest expense related to our revolving credit and term loan agreement and interest income driven by the interest accruing on cash and cash equivalents and on past due customer balances. Other income (expense) also includes the change in valuation of warrant liability based on the Monte Carlo valuation model as well as currency translation gains and losses.

Result of operations

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Revenue

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2014 vs. 2013					% of Revenue
	2014		2013		$		%			2014			2013
Revenue:
Sales revenue	$	73,096	$	44,905	$	28,191		62.8	%		65.0	%		59.5	%
Rental revenue		39,441		30,538		8,903		29.2	%		35.0	%		40.5	%
Total revenue	$	112,537	$	75,443	$	37,094		49.2	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

Sales revenue increased $28.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $44.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $73.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 62.8% over the comparable year.  The increase was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold primarily related to expansion of the Inogen One G3 product line, an increase in direct-to-consumer sales in the United States due to increased sales and marketing efforts, and an increase in business-to-business sales worldwide as the adoption of portable oxygen concentrators improved. As we expected, the growth in sales revenue was not materially impacted by the reduced reimbursement rates resulting from competitive bidding. 

Rental revenue increased $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $30.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $39.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 29.2% over the comparable year.   The increase was attributable to the increase in rental patients from over 21,300 as of December 31, 2013 to over 28,400 as of December 31, 2014 due to additional marketing efforts and increased sales personnel. This increase was partially offset by the reduced reimbursement rates resulting from round two competitive bidding that became effective on July 1, 2013 and round one re-compete competitive bidding that became effective January 1, 2014. 

Cost of revenue and gross profit

	Year ended December 31,						Change 2014 vs. 2013					% of Revenue
	2014			2013			$		%			2014			2013
Cost of sales revenue	$	38,693		$	24,306		$	14,387		59.2	%		34.4	%		32.2	%
Cost of rental revenue		18,327			12,146			6,181		50.9	%		16.3	%		16.1	%
Total cost of revenue	$	57,020		$	36,452		$	20,568		56.4	%		50.7	%		48.3	%
Gross profit - sales revenue	$	34,403		$	20,599		$	13,804		67.0	%		30.6	%		27.3	%
Gross profit - rental revenue		21,114			18,392			2,722		14.8	%		18.8	%		24.4	%
Total gross profit	$	55,517		$	38,991		$	16,526		42.4	%		49.3	%		51.7	%
Gross margin percentage – sales    revenue		47.1	%		45.9	%
Gross margin percentage- rental    revenue		53.5	%		60.2	%
Total gross margin percentage		49.3	%		51.7	%

57

We manufacture our products in our Goleta, California and Richardson, Texas facilities. Our manufacturing process includes final assembly, testing, and packaging to customer specifications. The cost of sales revenue increased $14.4 million from $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 59.2% over the comparable year.  The increase in cost of sales revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, partially offset by reduced bill of material and labor and overhead costs for our products associated with better sourcing and increased volumes. We expect the cost of sales as a percentage of sales revenue to fluctuate based on customer mix, product mix, and changes in sales prices and cost of goods sold.   

The cost of rental revenue increased from $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 50.9% over the comparable year.  The increase in cost of rental revenue was attributable to an increase of rental patients and related rental assets, depreciation and product exchange and logistics costs. Cost of rental revenue includes $10.3 million of rental asset depreciation for year ended December 31, 2014 versus $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  

Gross margin is defined as revenue less costs of revenue divided by revenue. Sales gross margin increased from 45.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 47.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014.   The increase in sales gross margin is partially due to our higher margin Inogen One G3 as compared to our Inogen One G2, and the continued shift towards direct-to-consumer sales revenue in our revenue mix. Rental revenue gross margin decreased from 60.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 53.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to lower rental reimbursement rates resulting from round two competitive bidding that became effective July 1, 2013 and round one re-compete competitive bidding that became effective January 1, 2014. The overall gross margin decreased from 51.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 49.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014.   This decline is consistent with the mix in sales gross margin and the decline in rental revenue gross margin.

Research and development expense

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2014 vs. 2013					% of Revenue
	2014		2013		$		%			2014			2013
Research and development expense	$	2,977	$	2,398	$	579		24.1	%		2.6	%		3.2	%

Research and development expense increased $0.6 million from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 24.1% over the comparable year.  The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in personnel related expenses which includes $0.3 million additional bonus accrual and $0.2 million additional stock compensation expense, partially offset by a decrease of $0.1 million in other research and development related costs. 

Sales and marketing expense

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2014 vs. 2013					% of Revenue
	2014		2013		$		%			2014			2013
Sales and marketing expense	$	24,087	$	18,375	$	5,712		31.1	%		21.4	%		24.4	%

Sales and marketing expenses increased $5.7 million from $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 31.1% over the comparable year.  The increase was primarily attributable to $2.9 million of personnel-related expenses as a result of increased sales and marketing headcount to support the growth of our business, $1.3 million of media-related marketing and software licensing costs, $0.5 million of personnel-related and outside services expenses for customer care and clinical services to support our increased rental patient base, $0.4 million of sales incentives and giveaways, $0.3 million of higher credit card processing fees, and $0.3 million of higher facilities costs allocated to sales and marketing as well as other general expenses. 

General and administrative expense

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2014 vs. 2013					% of Revenue
		2014		2013	$		%			2014			2013
General and administrative expense	$	17,942	$	13,754	$	4,188		30.4	%		15.9	%		18.2	%

58

General and administrative expenses increased $4.2 million from $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 30.4% over the comparable year.   The increase was primarily attributable to $1.7 million of personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount in billing, finance, information technology, human resources and compliance, $0.8 million of costs associated with being a public company in 2014, $0.4 million of legal costs, $0.4 million of licenses and fees, $0.3 million of depreciation, $0.2 million of bank charges, $0.2 million of patent defense costs, $0.2 million of information technology professional fees, and $0.2 million of state franchise taxes.  These increases were partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense of $0.4 million. The provision for doubtful accounts, expressed as a percentage of total revenue, was 1.5% and 2.7% in the year ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

We expect to incur additional expenses of approximately $1.0 - $1.5 million, primarily in the first quarter of 2015, as a result of our recently completed audit committee investigation.  Additionally, we expect to incur additional costs in future periods in connection with the recent securities class action lawsuits filed against us and certain of our executive officers. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.

Other income (expense), net

	Year ended December 31,						Change 2014 vs. 2013						% of Revenue
	2014			2013			$			%			2014			2013
Interest expense	$	(449	)	$	(562	)	$	113			-20.1	%		-0.4	%		-0.7	%
Interest income		42			12			30			250.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%
Revaluation of preferred stock    warrant liability		36			(262	)		298			-113.7	%		0.0	%		-0.3	%
Other income (expense)		(88	)		196			(284	)	*				-0.1	%		0.3	%
Total other expense, net	$	(459	)	$	(616	)	$	157			-25.5	%		-0.4	%		-0.8	%
* not measured

Other income (expense), net, decreased $0.1 million from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or a decrease of 25.5% over the comparable year.  The decrease is due to interest expense in 2014 was driven by the decrease in average debt balances under our revolving credit and term loan agreement compared to the prior year. Other income, net, in 2013 was primarily associated with investment income received in connection with the sale of our interest in our former product liability insurance company. This other income is not expected to recur in future periods.  Other income (expense) in 2014, net consists primarily of loss on foreign currency transactions related to the import of our goods into the European Union. Value added tax (VAT) is paid upon import, reclaimed, and reimbursed in EURO. Fluctuations in the EURO to US Dollar exchange rate resulted in a net expense.  The increase in preferred stock warrant liability was due to the revaluation of our preferred stock warrants outstanding through a Monte Carlo valuation model due to higher enterprise value and the increased likelihood of an initial public offering as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Revenue

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2013 vs. 2012					% of Revenue
	2013		2012		$		%			2013			2012
Revenue:
Sales revenue	$	44,905	$	28,704	$	16,201		56.4	%		59.5	%		59.1	%
Rental revenue		30,538		19,872		10,666		53.7	%		40.5	%		40.9	%
Total revenue	$	75,443	$	48,576	$	26,867		55.3	%		100.0	%		100.0	%

The increase in sales revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, related to an increase in business-to-business sales and an increase in direct-to-consumer sales in the United States and worldwide due to increased sales and marketing efforts and the adoption of portable oxygen concentrators. We experienced a price erosion of 4% in business-to-business sales, which was partially offset by the shift towards direct-to-consumer sales, which experienced a 2% increase in the average selling price. This resulted in a 4% decrease in the average selling price of our products. The increase in rental revenue was related to our increased rental patients from over 13,500 as of December 31, 2012 to over 21,300 as of December 31, 2013 due to additional marketing efforts and increased sales personnel.

59

Cost of revenue and gross profit

	Year ended December 31,						Change 2013 vs. 2012					% of Revenue
	2013			2012			$		%			2013			2012
Cost of sales revenue	$	24,306		$	17,384		$	6,922		39.8	%		32.2	%		35.8	%
Cost of rental revenue		12,146			7,243			4,903		67.7	%		16.1	%		14.9	%
Total cost of revenue	$	36,452		$	24,627		$	11,825		48.0	%		48.3	%		50.7	%
Gross profit - sales revenue	$	20,599		$	11,320		$	9,279		82.0	%		27.3	%		23.3	%
Gross profit - rental revenue		18,392			12,629			5,763		45.6	%		24.4	%		26.0	%
Total gross profit	$	38,991		$	23,949		$	15,042		62.8	%		51.7	%		49.3	%
Gross margin percentage – sales    revenue		45.9	%		39.4	%
Gross margin percentage- rental    revenue		60.2	%		63.6	%
Total gross margin percentage		51.7	%		49.3	%

The increase in cost of revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold and increased bill of material costs for our products associated with the sales shift to the direct-to-consumer channel where system packages include higher accessories per order. Cost of revenue includes depreciation of our rental assets of $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 versus $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The continued shift towards rental revenue in our revenue mix, along with the initial launch of our higher margin Inogen One G3 in September 2012, accounted for the gross margin improvement from 49% to 51%. The gross margin on our rental revenue was 60% in the year ended December 31, 2013 versus 64% in the year ended December 31, 2012 due to lower reimbursement levels. The gross margin on our sales revenue including sales of used rental equipment was 45% in the year ended December 31, 2013 versus 39% in the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the improved revenue mix towards direct-to-consumer sales.

Research and development expense

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2013 vs. 2012					% of Revenue
	2013		2012		$		%			2013			2012
Research and development expense	$	2,398	$	2,262	$	136		6.0	%		3.2	%		4.7	%

The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million increase in personnel related expenses as a result of increased headcount, a $0.3 million increase in patent and patent defense costs, and $0.1 million in additional research and development spend on new product development.

Research and development expenses were $2.4 million, or 3.2% of total revenue, for the year ending 2013 compared to $2.3 million, or 4.7% of total revenue, for the year ending 2012.

Sales and marketing expense

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2013 vs. 2012					% of Revenue
	2013		2012		$		%			2013			2012
Sales and marketing expense	$	18,375	$	12,569	$	5,806		46.2	%		24.4	%		25.9	%

The increase was primarily attributable to a $4.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased sales and marketing headcount to support the growth of our business, $1.0 million in primarily media-related marketing costs to continue to grow our rental patient base and consumer cash sales, and a $0.6 million increase in personnel-related expenses for customer service and clinical services to support our increased number of rental patients.

Sales and marketing expenses were $18.4 million, or 24.4% of total revenue, for the year ending 2013 compared to $12.6 million, or 25.9% of total revenue, for the year ending 2012.

60

General and administrative expense

	Year ended December 31,				Change 2013 vs. 2012					% of Revenue
		2013		2012	$		%			2013			2012
General and administrative expense	$	13,754	$	8,289	$	5,465		65.9	%		18.2	%		17.1	%

The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.9 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased administrative headcount in billing, finance, information technology and compliance to support the growth of our business. In addition, we incurred $0.7 million more in company-wide bonus expense as a result of our higher headcount and better than planned results. To accommodate the higher headcount in 2013, we incurred higher facility costs of $0.2 million for rent, utilities, property taxes and maintenance. In addition, we incurred $0.4 million of general and administrative cost associated with the preparation of an initial public offering that were not capitalizable.

In addition, bad debt expense increased $1.1 million due to the growth of our patient population and associated rental revenue bad debt as well as increased bad debt from our business-to-business channel due to a single customer write off. The provision for doubtful accounts, expressed as a percentage of total revenue, was 2.7% and 2.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses were $13.8 million, or 18.2% of total revenue, for the year ending 2013 compared to $8.3 million, or 17.1% of total revenue, for the year ending 2012.

Other income (expense), net

	Year ended December 31,						Change 2013 vs. 2012						% of Revenue
	2013			2012			$			%			2013			2012
Interest expense	$	(562	)	$	(493	)	$	(69	)		14.0	%		-0.7	%		-1.0	%
Interest income	$	12		$	88			(76	)		-86.4	%		0.0	%		0.2	%
Revaluation of preferred stock warrant    liability	$	(262	)	$	148			(410	)		-277.0	%		-0.3	%		0.3	%
Other income	$	196		$	10			186			1860.0	%		0.3	%		0.0	%
Total other expense, net	$	(616	)	$	(247	)	$	(369	)		149.4	%		-0.8	%		-0.5	%

The higher interest income in 2012 was associated with interest accruing on a past due customer balance that was not relevant in 2013. The increase in interest expense in 2013 was driven by the increase in average debt balances under our revolving credit and term loan agreement compared to the prior year. Other income, net, in 2013 was primarily associated with investment income received in connection with the sale of our interest in our former product liability insurance company. This other income is not expected to recur in future periods.

The increase in preferred stock warrant liability was due to the revaluation of our preferred stock warrants outstanding through a Monte Carlo valuation model due to higher enterprise value and the increased likelihood of an initial public offering as of December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012.

Liquidity and capital resources

As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $56.8 million, which consisted of highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through cash from operations, the sale of equity securities and, to a lesser extent, from borrowings. As of December 31, 2014, we had $0.6 million debt outstanding in patent licensing debt. Since inception, we have received net proceeds of $91.7 million from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $52.5 million in net proceeds in connection with the sale of common stock in our initial public offering. As of December 31, 2014, we had $15.0 million in available debt capacity under the revolving facility. Our principal uses of cash are funding our capital expenditures including additional rental assets.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents together with our short-term investments and available borrowings under our revolving credit agreement and the cash to be generated from expected product sales and rentals, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and investing requirements for at least the next 12 months.

61

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Cash provided by operating activities	$	15,697		$	13,467		$	4,004
Cash used in investing activities		(16,254	)		(18,142	)		(12,475	)
Cash provided by financing activities		43,872			3,084			19,677

Operating activities

We derive operating cash flows from cash collected from the sale of our products and services. These cash flows received are partially offset by our use of cash for operating expenses to support the growth of our business. Net income in each period has increased associated with increased sales associated with product mix and lower costs. In addition, operating expense leverage has increased as expenses have not grown as quickly as sales due to improved operating efficiencies. The changes in cash related to operating assets and liabilities discussed below were primarily due to the following factors that occurred across all periods: an increase in cash used related to inventory and rental assets as we increased inventory and rental assets to support our growth in revenue; an increase in cash used by accounts receivable resulting from growth in rental receivables which typically have a longer collection cycle; and an increase in cash related to accounts payable resulting from the higher level of operating expenses needed to support the higher sales level.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2014 consisted of our net income of $6.8 million and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $12.1 million, provision for rental revenue adjustments of $7.9 million, provision for sales returns of $3.5 million, loss on disposal of rental units and other fixed assets of $1.9 million, provision for excess and obsolete inventory and inventory losses of $0.2 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million, ($1.6) million in excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements and a net change of $1.6 million in our deferred tax asset. These items were partially offset by net changes in our operating assets and liabilities of ($19.9) million.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2013 consisted of our net income of $25.4 million and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $8.5 million, provision for rental revenue adjustments of $6.6 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $2.0 million, provision for sales returns of $1.8 million, loss on disposal of rental units and other fixed assets of $0.3 million, loss on change in fair value of warrants of $0.3 million and stock-based compensation of $0.2 million. These items were partially offset by the reversal of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets of $21.8 million and by net changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $10.0 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2012 consisted of our net income of $0.6 million and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $5.0 million, provision for rental revenue adjustments of $3.1 million, provision for doubtful accounts of $1.1 million, provision for sales returns of $0.6 million, and loss on rental units of $0.3 million, These items were partially offset by net changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $6.6 million.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for each of the periods presented was primarily for the purchase of rental assets, research and development laboratory, manufacturing and computer equipment and software to support our expanding business.

In the year ended December 31, 2014, we invested $14.5 million in rental assets and $1.6 million in other property and equipment and $0.2 million in intangible assets.  In 2013, we invested $15.1 million in rental assets and $3.0 million in other property and equipment. In 2012, we invested $10.4 million in rental assets deployed and $2.0 million in other property and equipment.

We expect to continue investing in property and equipment as we expand our operations. Our operations are inherently capital intensive due to our portions of revenue derived from our rental business model; investments will continue to be required in order to grow and maintain our rental revenue.

Financing activities

Historically, we have funded our operations through the issuance of stock, the incurrence of indebtedness, as well as cash flows from operations.

62

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of gross proceeds of approximately $56.5 million (before total offering expenses and broker discounts of approximately $6.0 million) in connection with our IPO, $6.0 million of new debt issuance under our revolving credit and term loan agreement entered into in October 2012, $1.9 million received upon exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants, common stock options and employee stock purchase, and $1.6 million from excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements on the exercise of employee stock options. This was partially offset by repayments of borrowings under our revolving credit and term loan agreement of $15.9 million and $0.2 million on our contractual obligation.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $1.9 million received upon exercise of series D convertible preferred stock warrants and common stock options and $6.0 million of new debt issuance under our revolving credit and term loan agreement entered into in October 2012. This was partially offset by repayments of borrowings under our revolving credit and term loan agreement of $4.0 million.  In addition, the Company incurred $0.6 million in costs associated with the IPO completed in February 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of the issuance of 2,840,260 shares of series G convertible preferred stock which generated net proceeds of $19.9 million in March 2012, the incurrence of an aggregate of $6.0 million of borrowings under our revolving credit and term loan agreement, and the exercise of series B convertible and series C convertible preferred stock warrants for $0.4 million. This was partially offset by repayment of $6.5 million of borrowings under our revolving credit and term loan agreement.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable before allowance for doubtful accounts, rental adjustments and sales returns increased $9.5 million, or 70%, from $13.6 million at December 31, 2013 to $23.1 million at December 31, 2014.

Included in accounts receivable are earned but unbilled receivables of $3.7 million at December 31, 2014 and $1.4 million at December 31, 2013. Delays, ranging from a day to several weeks between the date of service, and billing can occur due to delays in obtaining certain required payor-specific documentation from internal and external sources. Earned but unbilled receivables are aged from the date of service and are considered in our analysis of historical performance and collectability.

Due to the nature of the industry and the reimbursement environment in which we operate, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of reimbursement amounts for services from some payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. These adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review.

Management performs analyses to evaluate the net realizable value of accounts receivable. Specifically, management considers historical realization data, accounts receivable aging trends, other operating trends and relevant business conditions. Because of continuing changes in the healthcare industry and third-party reimbursement, it is possible that management’s estimates could change, which could have an impact on operations and cash flows.

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue from Medicare. Revenue is recognized at net realizable amounts estimated to be paid by payors and patients. Our billing system contains payor-specific price tables that reflect the fee schedule amounts in effect or contractually agreed upon by various government and commercial payors for each item of equipment or supply provided to a customer. For Medicare and Medicaid revenue, as well as most other third-party payors, final payment is subject to administrative review and audit. We make estimated provisions for adjustments, including adjustments from administrative review and audit, based on historical experience. We closely monitor our historical collection rates as well as changes in applicable laws, rules and regulations and contract terms in an attempt to use the most accurate information available in determining these provisions. However, due to the complexities involved in these estimates, actual payments we receive could be different from the amounts we estimate and record.

Collection of rental receivables from third-party payors and patients is a significant source of cash and is critical to our operating performance. Our primary collection risks relate to patient accounts for which the primary insurance payor has paid, but patient responsibility amounts (generally deductibles and co-insurance) remain outstanding. We record bad debt expense based on a percentage of revenue using historical data specific to us. The percentage and amounts used to record bad debt expense and the allowance for doubtful accounts are supported by various methods including current and historical cash collections, bad debt write-offs and aging of accounts receivable. We write-off accounts receivable against the allowance when all collection efforts (including payor appeals processes) have been exhausted. We routinely review accounts receivable balances in conjunction with our historical contractual adjustments and bad debt rates and other economic conditions that might ultimately affect the collectability of patient accounts when we consider the adequacy of the amounts we record as provision for doubtful accounts.

63

Accounts receivable balance concentrations by major category as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows:

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Percentage of accounts receivable outstanding:
Medicare		27	%		26	%
Medicaid/other government		11	%		3	%
Private insurance		25	%		29	%
Patient responsibility		7	%		18	%
Business to business sales		30	%		24	%
Total		100	%		100	%

The following table sets forth the percentage breakdown of our accounts receivable by aging category by invoice date as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Accounts receivable by aging category:
Unbilled		16	%		11	%
Aged 0-90 days		48	%		56	%
Aged 91-180 days		8	%		13	%
Aged 181-365 days		12	%		16	%
Aged over 365 days		16	%		4	%
Total		100	%		100	%

The following table sets forth the percentage breakdown of our allowances to accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Percentage of allowance to accounts receivable
Bad debt reserve		5	%		8	%
Rental adjustments & write-offs reserve		10	%		16	%
Direct to consumer sales returns reserve		1	%		1	%
Total percentage of allowance to accounts receivable		16	%		25	%

The decrease in total percentage of our allowances to accounts receivable from 25% as of December 31, 2013 to 16% as of December 31, 2014 was primarily related to our increasing portion of sales receivables in our total receivables, which have lower adjustment and bad debt allowances. These balances aged over 365 days have increased from 4% to 16% in the periods presented primarily related to our rental business and patient co-pay balances.  We have implemented new collection procedures with third party collection agencies to achieve higher collectability rates, as well as timelier payment processing from Medicare, Medicaid and third party, payors whereby they assist with the follow-up and completion of additional requests from these payors to expedite payment.  We believe our reserves are adequate and properly present the collectability of our outstanding accounts receivable balances based on our analysis of these balances.  We review the accounts receivables on a monthly basis to assess the allowance for doubtful accounts, and adjust the reserves accordingly.

The ultimate collection of accounts receivable may not be known for several months because the third party collection firm started collection efforts in 2014. We record bad debt expense based on a percentage of revenue using historical data specific to us. The percentage and amounts used to record bad debt expense and the allowance for doubtful accounts are supported by various methods and analyses, including current and historical cash collections, bad debt write-offs, aged accounts receivable and consideration of any payor-specific concerns. The ultimate write-off of an accounts receivable occurs once collection is considered to be unlikely.

64

We do not use an aging threshold for account receivable write-offs. However, the age of an account balance may provide an indication that collection procedures have been exhausted, and would be considered in the review and approval of an account balance write-off.

Sources of funds

Our cash provided in operations in the year ended December 31, 2014 was $15.7 million compared to $13.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014 we had cash and cash equivalents of $56.8 million and available borrowing capacity under our working capital revolving line of credit of $15 million.

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operating activities and available borrowings under our borrowing arrangements will be sufficient to fund capital expenditures, operating expenses and other cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. In the future, we may make material investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.

Amended and restated revolving credit and term loan agreement

In October 2012, we entered into an amended and restated revolving credit and term loan agreement with Comerica Bank as the administrative agent, which we refer to as our Comerica revolving credit and term loan agreement. This agreement incorporated amounts outstanding under one prior loan agreement whereby the existing balances and the payback terms were not changed. This transaction did not result in any debt extinguishment losses or gains. We did not incur or defer any financing cost directly related to the amended loan and security agreement.

The revolving credit and term loan agreement also provided for a pre-existing term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $3.0 million, which we refer to as Term Loan A, a pre-existing term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $8.0 million, which we refer to as Term Loan B, a new term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $12.0 million, which we refer to as Term Loan C, and an accounts receivable revolving line of credit amounting to up to $1.0 million based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable, which we refer to as the revolver.

We had borrowings of $0, $0.4 million and $1.4 million outstanding under Term Loan A as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We had borrowings of $0, $3.8 million and $6.4 million outstanding under Term Loan B, as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were borrowings of $0, $5.7 million and $0 outstanding under Term Loan C as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were no borrowings under the revolver during 2014, 2013, or 2012. The revolver expired on October 13, 2013 and we have no plans to renew or replace it.

Payments of interest for the Term Loan were generally payable monthly. Payment of principal is payable monthly. Each term loan bears interest at the base rate, which is a rate equal to the applicable margin plus the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate, as defined in the agreement, plus 1%, and (iii) the daily adjusting LIBOR rate, plus 1%. The applicable margins for Term Loans A, B and C are 1.25%, 2.50% and 2.25%, respectively. Upon the closing of an acquisition or initial public offering during the term of the revolving credit and term loan agreement, the lenders were entitled to a fee equal to $120,000. This fee was initiated upon the close of the IPO that occurred in February, 2014, and was subsequently paid in March, 2014 and is recorded as other finance and bank fees in 2014.

In November 2014, we secured a primary banking relationship that provides access to a $15 million working capital revolving line of credit, and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JP Morgan Chase.  This agreement is a three year working capital revolving line of credit which replaces the previous loan facility we maintained with Comerica.  The interest rate on outstanding debt balances will be LIBOR plus 1.25%.  We are required to maintain a tangible net worth not less than $90 million and EBITDA of $10 million for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014. We were in compliance as of December 31, 2014, and no outstanding debt balances were outstanding on the credit facility.

The revolving credit and term loan agreement contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments, engage in transactions with our affiliates. In addition, we must comply with certain financial covenants relating to liquidity, debt service, and leverage ratios. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, in order to be in compliance with the liquidity requirements, debt service ratios, and leverage ratios of existing debt obligations, we were required to

65

maintain $2.5 million of Adjusted EBITDA in the previous six months, and we had $6.5 million in Adjusted EBITDA, and $18.7 million of cash and qualified accounts receivable, and we had $13.5 million of actual cash. Our obligations under the revolving credit and term loan agreement were secured by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property.

We may from time to time, depending upon market conditions and financing needs, seek to refinance or repurchase our debt securities or loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Use of funds

Our principal uses of cash are funding our new rental asset deployments and other capital purchases, operations, satisfaction of our obligations under our debt instruments, and other working capital requirements. Over the past several years, our revenue has increased significantly from year to year and, as a result, our cash flows from customer collections have increased as have our profits. As a result, our cash provided by operating activities has increased over time and now is a source of capital to the business. We expect operating activities to continue to be a source of capital to the business in the future.

Due to the portion of our business that drives rental revenue, which needs continuing asset deployments to new patients, our cash used in investing activities has increased over time. We expect our investment cash requirements to increase in the future as we increase our rental patient base and deploy rental assets among Medicare and private payors.

We may need to raise additional funds to support our investing operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our operations and ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders.

Contractual obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014.

	Payments due by period
			Less than		1-3		3-5		More than
Contractual obligations	Total		1 year		years		years		5 years
(in thousands)
Operating leases-properties (1)	$	2,957	$	829	$	904	$	910	$	314
Operating leases-equipment and other (2)		101		41		56		4		—
Long-term debt obligations (3)		614		299		315		—		—
Total	$	3,672	$	1,169	$	1,275	$	914	$	314

(1) We lease manufacturing and office space in both Richardson, TX and Goleta, CA with terms that expire between 2019 and 2022.

(2) This consist of multiple miscellaneous office and processing equipment in both Texas and California with terms expiring within 3 months to 5 years.

(3) In 2011, we entered into an amendment of a licensing agreement whereby we were assigned the entire right, title and interest in a portfolio of patents in exchange for an imputed promissory note calculated via prime plus 2 points for $0.7 million, in addition to a $0.8 million existing obligation to the original licensor, for a total of $1.5 million due to the original licensor in installments starting May 22, 2011, and ending October 31, 2016.

Critical accounting policies and significant estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

66

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to:

● revenue recognition;

● stock-based compensation;

● inventory and rental asset valuation;

● accounts receivables and allowance for bad debts, returns and adjustments;

● fair value measurements; and

● income taxes.

Revenue recognition

We generate revenue primarily from sales and rentals of our products. Our products consist of our proprietary line of oxygen concentrators and related accessories. A small portion of our revenue comes from extended service contracts and freight revenue for product shipments.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonable assured. Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment of the product. Provisions for estimated returns and discounts are made at the time of shipment. Provisions for warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are also provided for at the time of shipment.

Accruals for estimated warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. We use judgment to estimate these accruals and, if we were to experience an increase in warranty claims or if costs of servicing our products under warranty were greater than our estimates, our cost of revenue could be adversely affected in future periods. The provisions for estimated returns, discounts and warranty obligations are made based on known claims and discount commitments and estimates of additional returns and warranty obligations based on historical data and future expectations. We accrued $1.1 million and $0.8 million to provide for future warranty costs at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Revenue from the sale of used rental equipment is recognized upon delivery and when collectability is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met. When a rental unit is sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gains or losses are included in gross profit.

Revenue from the sales of our services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured, which is generally when shipment as occurred. We offer extended service contracts on our Inogen One systems for periods ranging from 12 to 24 months after the end of the standard warranty period. Revenue from extended service contracts and lifetime warranty is deferred and recognized in income over the contract period. To calculate the value associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit margins of the overall company, the average cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties and created a best estimate. Lifetime warranty revenue is deferred and recognized after the standard three year warranty period, on a straight-line basis, in year four and five. Under the lifetime warranty, the company will provide replacement equipment without any additional cost to the consumer for the duration of the patient’s life. Lifetime warranties are non-transferable.

We recognize equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, per ASC 840—Leases. We have separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a master lease agreement with any payor. We evaluate the individual lease contracts at lease inception and the start of each monthly renewal period to determine if there is reasonable assurance that the bargain renewal option associated with the potential capped free rental period would be exercised. Historically, the exercise of such bargain renewal option is not reasonably assured at lease inception and most subsequent monthly lease renewal periods. If we determine that the reasonable assurance threshold for an individual patient is met at lease inception or at a monthly lease renewal period, such determination would impact the bargain renewal period for an individual lease. We would first consider the lease classification issue (sales-type lease or operating lease) and then appropriately recognize or defer rental revenue over the lease term, which may include a portion of the capped rental period. To date, we have not deferred any amounts associated with the capped rental period. Amounts related to the capped rental period have not been material in the periods presented.

67

The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the industry and the reimbursement environment in which we operate, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts which provides for those accounts from which payment is not expected to be received, although product was delivered and revenue was earned. Upon determination that an account is uncollectible, it is written-off and charged to the allowance. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the following month.

Rental revenue is recognized as earned, less estimated adjustments. Revenue not billed at the end of the period is reviewed for the likelihood of collections and accrued. The rental revenue stream is not guaranteed and payment will cease if the patient no longer needs oxygen or returns the equipment. Revenue recognized is at full estimated allowable; transfers to secondary insurances / patient responsibility have no net effect on revenue. Rental revenue is earned for that month if the patient is on service on the first day of the 30-day period commencing on the recurring date of service for a particular claim, regardless if there is a change in condition/death after that date. There is no refund for revenue collected in the 3 year period if the patient does not reach the end of the 5 year capped period. In the event that a third-party payor does not accept the claim for payment, the consumer is ultimately responsible for payment for the products and services. We have determined that the balances are collectable at the time of revenue recognition because the patient signs a notice of financial responsibility outlining their obligations.

Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts that were earned but not able to be billed for various reasons. The criteria for recognizing revenue had been met as of period-end, but there were specific reasons why we were unable to bill Medicare and private insurance for these amounts. As a result, we create an unbilled rental revenue accrual based on these earned revenues not billed based on a percentage of unbilled amounts and historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date represents management’s best estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value, prior to the IPO, as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

● Fair Value of Our Common Stock. Prior to the IPO our common stock was not publicly traded and we estimated the fair value of the common stock as discussed in “Pre-IPO Common Stock Valuations” below. Following our IPO, we established a policy of using the closing sale price per share of our common stock as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of grant for purposes of determining the exercise price per share of our options to purchase common stock.

● Expected Term. The expected term for stock options granted to employees (including members of our board of directors) was estimated using the simplified method allowed under SEC guidance. For grants to nonemployees, the expected term is equal to the contractual term, which have ranged from seven to ten years.

● Expected Volatility. Given the limited trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers, which we have designated, based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers, which we have designated, consist of several public companies in the industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

68

● Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

● Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends to common stockholders and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Pre-IPO Common Stock Valuations

Prior to the IPO, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was approved by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share equal to the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Because there had been no public market for our common stock, the board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

● contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock;

● the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock relative to the common stock;

● the prices of preferred stock sold to third-party investors in arms-length transactions;

● the prices of common stock sold to third-party investors in secondary transactions or repurchased by us in arms-length transactions;

● our operating and financial performance;

● current business conditions and projections;

● our stage of development;

● the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

● any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for common stock;

● the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

● the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants issued, we determined the enterprise value, added net cash, then allocated the equity value to each class of equity securities outstanding (preferred stock, common stock and options).

Inventory and rental asset valuation

Inventory consists of raw materials, certain component parts to be used in manufacturing our products and finished goods. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, including material, labor, and manufacturing overhead, whereby the standard costs are updated at least quarterly to approximate actual costs using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method and market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. We record adjustments to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items. The business environment in which we operate is subject to changes in technology and customer demand. We review inventory for excess and obsolete products and components at least quarterly, taking into account product life cycle and development plans, product expiration and quality issues, historical experience and our current inventory levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than anticipated, additional inventory adjustments could be required.

Rental assets are valued at standard cost to manufacture or purchase the product, including appropriate labor and overhead. Costs are reviewed at least quarterly to confirm standard costs approximate actual costs using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Rental assets are depreciated over the life of the asset, typically 18 months to 60 months. Rental asset disposals or losses are recorded at net book value in cost of revenue.

69

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal sales and rental terms. We perform continuing credit evaluations of the customers’ financial condition and generally do not require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level that, in our opinion, is adequate to absorb potential losses related to account receivables and is based upon our continuous evaluation of the collectability of outstanding balances. Our evaluation takes into consideration such factors as past bad debt experience, economic conditions, and information about specific receivables. Our evaluation also considers the age and composition of the outstanding amount in determining their net realizable values. The allowance is based on estimates and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments to these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods that they become known. The allowance is increased by bad debt provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by direct write-offs, net of recoveries. In the event that a third-party payor does not accept the claim for payment, the consumer is ultimately responsible for payment for the products and services.

In general, our allowance for doubtful accounts is higher for our rental revenue compared to our sales revenue. The nature of our rental business necessitates a larger bad debt reserve against billings, as a higher percentage of our billed revenue may never be collected as a result of the failure of some patients to pay their co-insurance and deductible obligations and some billing disputes with payors.

Provision for sales returns applies to direct-to-consumer sales only. We do not allow returns from providers. This reserve is calculated based on actual historical return rates under our 30-day return program and is applied to the current period’s sales revenue for direct to consumer sales. We have experienced a small increase in the historical returns rate during the period, primarily due to increased competition among other providers and resellers and a slight increase in product failures in the relevant periods.

We also record an allowance for rental revenue adjustments and write-offs, which is recorded as a reduction of rental revenue and rental accounts receivable balances. These adjustments and write offs result from contractual adjustments, audit adjustments, or billing not paid due to another provider performing same or similar functions for the patient in the same period, all of which prevent billed revenue to become realizable. The reserve is based on historical revenue adjustments as a percentage of rental revenue billed during the related period.

Included in accounts receivable are earned but unbilled receivables of $3.7 million in December 31, 2014 and $1.4 million at December 31, 2013. Delays in billing can occur between the date revenue is earned and when billing occurs due to delays in receiving the appropriate paperwork for each payor. Earned but unbilled receivables are aged from the date of service and are considered in our analysis of historical performance and collectability. A portion of revenue and related costs are deferred each month for monthly rental revenue based on the timing of the recurring billing and then recorded as revenue in the subsequent month.

Fair value measurements

Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, creates a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and states that a fair value measurement should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities adjusted to fair value in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

The warrant liability is marked to market each reporting date until the warrants are settled. The fair value of the warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo option pricing model, which takes into consideration the market values of comparable public companies, considering among other factors, the use of multiples of earnings, and adjusted to reflect the restrictions on the ability of the company’s securities to trade in an active market.

Income taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets including net operating losses and liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities.

70

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Step one, recognition, requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered “more likely than not” to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. If we determine that a position is “more likely than not” to be sustained, then we proceed to step two, measurement, which is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

At December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $59.3 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of approximately $1.2 million, which may be used to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. These NOL carryforwards expire during the period 2023 through 2031.

Our realization of the benefits of the NOLs and credit carryforwards is dependent upon sufficient taxable income in future fiscal years. Our utilization of NOLs to offset future income subject to taxes is subject to annual limitations due to a current period “change in ownership” pursuant to the provisions section 382 of the Code and similar state provisions and may be further limited in the future.  Even after factoring in the limitations of the current period ownership change, the Company was able to determine, based upon future projections of income, that it is more likely than not that all of its federal NOLs and credit carryforwards will be utilized before they expire.  However, the Company determined that some of its California NOLs will expire unused and therefore has a valuation allowance of $2.9 million relating to these NOLs.  In the current period, the Company released (or reversed) $1.2 million of the California NOLs valuation allowance due to expiration of California NOL’s and changes in estimates of future projections of income, resulting in a determination that it is more likely than not that all but $32.8 million ($2.9 million tax effect) of the California NOLs will be utilized.

We recognize interest and penalties on taxes, if any, within operations as income tax expense. No significant interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

We operate in multiple states. The statute of limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2010 for federal and 2010 to 2011 for various state tax purposes. However, the net operating losses generated on the federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and state tax authorities.

We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of NOLs in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to the inception of the company.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Revenue from contracts with customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP.

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Company’s pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which the Company will adopt the standard in 2017.

We have reviewed other recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that other than ASU 2014-09 discussed above they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the financial statements as a result of future adoption.

71

As an “emerging growth company” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by management over our internal control over financial reporting. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing or any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are designed and operating effectively, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports. This could cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for any other contractually narrow or limited purpose. However, from time to time we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify parties against third-party claims including certain real estate leases, supply purchase agreements, and directors and officers. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and in most instances a maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot by reasonably estimated until a specific claim is asserted thus no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets for any of the periods presented.

Inflation

We experience pricing pressures in the form of continued reductions in reimbursement rates, particularly from governmental payors such as Medicare or Medicaid but also private payors. We can also be impacted by rising costs for certain inflation-sensitive operating expenses such as labor and employee benefits. However, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases, especially in contracts where pricing is fixed over a specific period. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including fluctuation in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest rate fluctuation risk

The principal market risk we face is interest rate risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $56.8 million as of December 31, 2014, which consisted of highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. The primary goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short-term nature of our cash and cash equivalents. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income. If overall interest rates had decreased by 10% during the periods presented, our interest income would not have been materially affected.

As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any outstanding term loan agreements.  We paid off all outstanding bank debt and accrued interest under the amended and restated revolving credit and term loan agreement with Comerica Bank on August 22, 2014 in the amount of $11.6 million.

72

In November 2014, the Company secured a primary banking relationship that provides access to a $15.0 million working capital revolving line of credit, and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JP Morgan Chase.  This agreement is a three year working capital revolving line of credit which replaces the previous loan facility the Company maintained with Comerica.  The interest rate on outstanding debt balances will be LIBOR plus 1.25%.  The Company is required to maintain a tangible net worth not less than $90 million and EBITDA of $10 million for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014. The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2014, and no outstanding debt balances were outstanding on the credit facility.

Foreign currency exchange risk

Prior to the fourth quarter of 2014, our international customer and distributor agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in U.S. dollars. In the last quarter of 2014, the Company began accepting payment in Euros, and had an exchange translation loss of $0.1 million.   The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 would not have been material. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future. To date, we have not entered into any material foreign currency hedging contracts although we may do so in the future.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Limitations on effectiveness of controls

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

The Company maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures (defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act) which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other processes, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Due to inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

73

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014. Based on such evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2014 due to the existence of a material weakness over the perfection of compliance documentation for direct-to-consumer sales and rental which could affect the financial reporting described below. Notwithstanding the existence of the material weakness discussed below, our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has concluded that the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation under the COSO framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2014 due to the material weakness described below. The Company was not required to adopt the COSO 2013 framework as of December 31, 2014

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  We identified a material weakness with respect to internal control over the review of sales order documentation supporting our direct-to-consumer sales and rentals prior to revenue recognition.  The primary factors contributing to this material weakness were the improper use of technology to simulate medical documentation and absence of sufficient monitoring controls over illegitimate delivery of medical documentation related to direct-to-customer sales and rentals.

Plan for Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are in the process of implementing a remediation plan to supplement control over financial reporting to address this material weakness.  Steps we are taking to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting of revenue include: implementation of a combination of new and revised control procedures in our sales order review process and compliance audit program, supplemented document retention policies on sales documentation, additional quarterly screening through data analytics to confirm compliance with our policies, and improved processes and controls in our customer relationship management software system. 

These actions are subject to ongoing review by our senior management, as well as oversight by the audit committee of our board of directors. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot, at this time, estimate when such remediation may occur, and our initiatives may not prove successful in remediating this material weakness.

As long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, we will not be required to obtain an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, our independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses and/or significant deficiencies, in addition to the material weakness discussed above, may have been identified. Our qualification as an emerging growth company may last for up to five years following our IPO.

Changes in internal controls over financial reporting

During the three months ended December 31, 2014, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over the review of sales order documentation supporting our direct-to-customer sales and rentals prior to revenue recognition. As described above under “Plan for Remediation of Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” we have been taking steps to remediate the material weakness identified above and plan to take additional actions to remediate the underlying cause of the material weakness.

74

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

On April 24, 2015, our compensation, nominating and governance committee met to determine bonus compensation to our named executive officers under our 2014 Bonus Plan.  For 2014, our corporate-level goals included achieving specified Adjusted EBITDA targets for the year.  For Adjusted EBITDA achievement at the target level, each named executive officer would receive 100% of his or her 2014 target award opportunity.  Performance above 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target entitles each named executive officer to an increase to his or her incentive award payment based on the extent of the achievement above target.   For our 2014 Bonus Plan, our adjusted EBITDA target was $18.3 million at 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA, and $20.7 million at 150% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding expenses incurred in connection with our initial public offering and follow on offering costs. The compensation, nominating and governance committee approved bonuses to our NEO’s as follows:

	Target award opportunity		Actual award amount
Name and principal position	($)		($)
Raymond Huggenberger	$	264,000	$	396,000
President and Chief Executive Officer
Scott Wilkinson		103,200		154,800
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Alison Bauerlein		108,000		162,000
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Annual Meeting

The Company has postponed its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Time on Thursday, May 14, 2015. The Annual Meeting will be rescheduled at a later date to be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company is also resetting the record date for the Annual Meeting, as postponed.

As soon as practicable upon determining the date of the Annual Meeting, the Company will provide additional information with respect to the Annual Meeting, including the date, time and place of the rescheduled Annual Meeting and the new record date for the Annual Meeting.

75

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table identifies certain information about our directors and executive officers as of March 31, 2015. Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Name	Age	Position(s)
Raymond Huggenberger	56	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Scott Wilkinson	50	Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Alison Bauerlein	33	Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Secretary and Corporate Treasurer
Matthew Scribner	47	Executive Vice President, Operations
Brenton Taylor	33	Executive Vice President, Engineering
Byron Myers	35	Vice President, Marketing
Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.(2)	47	Chairman of the Board
Timothy Petersen(1)(2)	51	Director
Benjamin Anderson-Ray(1)	60	Director
Loren McFarland(1)	56	Director
Heather Rider(2)	55	Director

(1) Member of our audit committee.

(2) Member of our compensation, nominating and governance committee.

Executive Officers

Raymond Huggenberger has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors of Inogen since 2008. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Huggenberger held various management positions with Sunrise Medical Inc., a global manufacturer and distributor of durable medical equipment, including: Vice President of Marketing for Sunrise’s German subsidiary from 1994 to 1996, President of Sunrise’s German division from 1998 until 2000, President of the European Operating Group from 2000 to 2002, President and Chief Operating Officer from 2002 until 2004, and President of European Operations 2006 to 2007. Mr. Huggenberger also held various management positions with McDermott and Bull Inc., an executive search firm, from 2005 to 2006 and in the healthcare division of TA Triumph Adler AG, a document process management firm, from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Huggenberger currently serves on the board of directors of Wellfount Corporation, a pharmacy services company, and previously served on the board of IYIA Technologies, a healthcare company. Mr. Huggenberger graduated from AKAD University in Rendsburg, Germany in Economics and completed the Advanced Marketing Strategies Program at INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France. The board of directors believes that he is qualified to serve as a director of Inogen because of his deep understanding of our business, operations and strategy.

Scott Wilkinson has served as our Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing since 2008 and in this role currently oversees Inogen’s global operations in sales, marketing, customer service, product management, medical billing, and clinical services. Previously, he served as our Director of Product Management from 2005 to 2006 and Vice President, Product Management from 2006 to 2008. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Wilkinson worked for Invacare Corporation, a designer and manufacturer of oxygen products, as a Group Product Manager and helped launch their $100 million oxygen product line segment. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Wilkinson served as a Product Line Director with Johnson & Johnson, a healthcare company. From 1988 to 1999, Mr. Wilkinson worked as a Research Scientist, Product Manager, and Project Leader at Kimberly Clark, a consumer products company. Mr. Wilkinson received a Bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Akron and an MBA from University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh.

Alison Bauerlein is a co-founder of Inogen and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2009 and Executive Vice President, Finance since March 2014.  Ms. Bauerlein has also served as Corporate Secretary and Corporate Treasurer since 2002.  Ms. Bauerlein previously served as our Vice President, Finance from 2008 until March 2014. Prior to serving in these positions, Ms. Bauerlein also served as Controller with our company from 2008 to 2009 and 2001 to 2004, and the Director of Financial Planning and Analysis from 2004 to 2008. During her time with our company, Ms. Bauerlein has helped the company raise approximately $91 million in venture capital funding. Ms. Bauerlein currently serves on the board of directors of Active Life Scientific, Inc. Ms. Bauerlein received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics/Mathematics with high honors from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

76

Matthew Scribner has served as our Executive Vice President, Operations since March 2014.  Prior to serving this position, Mr. Scribner served as our Vice President, Operations from 2008 until March 2014, the Director of Manufacturing from 2007 to 2008 and the Director of Supply Chain from 2004 to 2007. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Scribner worked for Computer Motion, a manufacturer of surgical robots that was acquired by Intuitive Surgical, in various executive capacities, including as a Manufacturing Manager and as a Project Manager. From 1989 to 2013, Mr. Scribner served in the United States Navy as a helicopter pilot, on both active duty and as a reservist. He was mobilized and deployed to Iraq in 2003 to fly in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom. He achieved the rank of Commander and retired from the U.S. Navy in July 2013. Mr. Scribner received a Bachelor of Science degree in Ocean Engineering from the United States Naval Academy. Mr. Scribner also received an MBA from the University of San Diego.

Brenton Taylor is a co-founder of Inogen and has served as our Executive Vice President, Engineering since March 2014. Prior to serving in this position, Mr. Taylor served as our Vice President, Engineering from 2008 until March 2014 and as the Director of Technology with our company from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Taylor is listed as an inventor on more than 20 of the company’s U.S. patents related to portable oxygen concentrator development. Mr. Taylor received a Bachelor of Science degree in Microbiology from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Byron Myers is a co-founder of Inogen and has served as our Vice President, Marketing since 2011. In this role, Mr. Myers leads Inogen’s Marketing Department and Direct to Consumer sales channel. Prior to serving in this position, Mr. Myers held various roles with our company, including: Product Manager from 2002 to 2006, Director of Marketing from 2006 to 2007 and 2008 to 2011, International Product Manager during 2007, and Director of International Product Management from 2007 to 2008. Mr. Myers received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics/Mathematics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an MBA from the Rady School of Management at the University of California, San Diego.

Directors

Raymond Huggenberger. See “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance — Executive Officers” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Mr. Huggenberger’s biographical information.

Heath Lukatch, Ph.D. has served as chairman of our board of directors since 2008, and as a director since 2006. Dr. Lukatch is employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S. Dr. Lukatch joined Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in 2006. As of April 30, 2015, Mr. Lukatch will no longer be employed by Novo Ventures (us) Inc.  Prior to joining Novo Ventures (US) Inc., Dr. Lukatch was a Managing Director responsible for biotechnology venture investments at Piper Jaffray Ventures and SightLine Partners, a private equity firm and spin off of Piper Jaffray Ventures, from 2001 to 2006. Prior to joining Piper Jaffray Ventures, Dr. Lukatch worked as a strategy consultant with McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm, from 1997 to 2000. Dr. Lukatch also served as co-founder and chief executive officer of AutoMate Scientific, a biotechnology instrumentation company from 1991 to 1997, and held scientific positions with Chiron Corporation, a biotechnology company, from 1990 to 1991, Roche Bioscience, a healthcare company, from 1996 to 1997, and Cetus Corporation, a biotechnology company, in 1987. He currently serves on the boards of directors of AnaptysBio, Inc., Cianna Medical, Inc., Flexion Therapeutics, Inc., Nora Therapeutics, Inc., Panmira Pharmaceuticals LLC., and Spinifex, Inc.  Dr. Lukatch previously served on the boards of directors of Amira Pharmaceuticals, Elevation Pharmaceuticals, Inc., FoldRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., InSound Medical, Inc., NeuroTherapeutics Pharma, Inc., Synosia Therapeutics, Inc., and Verax Biomedical, Inc. Dr. Lukatch received his Ph.D. in Neuroscience from Stanford University where he was a DOD USAF Fellow, and his B.A. in Biochemistry from the University of California at Berkeley. The board of directors believes that he is qualified to serve as a director of Inogen because of his extensive industry experience and experience as a venture capital investor and a board member for several venture-backed healthcare companies

Timothy Petersen has served as a member of the board of directors of Inogen since 2010. He has been a managing director at Arboretum Ventures, a venture capital firm, since 2002. Prior to joining Arboretum, he was the managing director of the Zell Lurie Institute for Entrepreneurial Studies at the University of Michigan from 1999 to 2002. During his tenure at the University of Michigan, he also directed the Wolverine Venture Fund, the Institute’s venture capital fund focusing on early-stage life science and technology investments. Prior to the University of Michigan, Mr. Petersen was a manager in the investment banking practice at Plante Moran Corporate Finance, a professional services and consulting firm, and served as a management consultant at Industrial Economics, Inc., a consulting firm. He currently serves on the boards of Advanced ICU Care, Inc., IntelliCyt Corp., Fidelis SeniorCare, Inc., Tangent Medical Technologies, Inc., My Health Direct, Inc., KFx Medical Corp., and CerviLenz, Inc. Previously, Mr. Petersen served on the boards of HealthMedia, Inc. (sold to Johnson & Johnson), PathCentral, Inc., and Accuri Cytometers, Inc. (sold to Becton, Dickinson and Company). Mr. Petersen earned a BA in Economics from Williams College. He also holds an MS in Economics from the University of Wisconsin-Madison, and an MBA from the Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan. The board of directors believes that he is qualified to serve as a director of Inogen because of his extensive experience as an investor and board member for various healthcare companies.

77

Benjamin Anderson-Ray has served as a member of the board of directors since 2013. He has been a partner and advisor with Trinitas Advisors, a consulting firm, since 2009. Prior to joining Trinitas Advisors, he served as the chief executive officer of three manufacturing companies: Hubbardton Forge, LLC from 2008 to 2009, Chromcraft Revington, Inc. from 2005 to 2008 and Gravograph New Hermes from 2002 to 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Anderson-Ray held various senior leadership roles at Sunrise Medical, a medical equipment manufacturer, including president of the Global Business Group in 2001, president of the Continuing Care Group from 1998 to 2000, and president of the Mobility Products Division from 1996 to 2001. Earlier in his career, Mr. Anderson-Ray held management and marketing roles at GE Lighting, a lighting solutions company, from 1984 to 1993, Black & Decker Home Products, a product manufacturing company, from 1993 to 1994, and Rubbermaid Home Products, a manufacturer and distributor of household items, from 1994 to 1996. He currently serves on the boards of Sommetrics. Inc., the Episcopal Church Foundation, and the Addison County Economic Development Corporation. Mr. Anderson-Ray has Bachelor’s degrees in Marketing and Horticulture from Michigan State University, an MBA from the University of Michigan, and is a Certified Advisor with The CEO Advantage. The board of directors believes that he is qualified to serve as a director of Inogen because of his leadership experience and his extensive industry experience.

Loren McFarland has served as a member of the board of directors of Inogen since 2013. He has been president and managing member of Santa Barbara Financial Services, LLC since 2008. Prior to founding Santa Barbara Financial Services, he served as the chief financial officer and treasurer of Mentor Corporation, a medical equipment company (now a division of Ethicon, Inc., a Johnson & Johnson company), from 2004 to 2007. Prior to that, Mr. McFarland fulfilled various finance and accounting roles at Mentor from 1985 to 2004. He worked as a certified public accountant and audit supervisor with Touche Ross & Co., an accounting firm, from 1981 to 1985 and served in the North Dakota Army National Guard from 1978 to 1984. He currently serves on the board of Cure Medical, LLC, a privately held manufacturer of disposable urology products, and on the board and executive committee of the MIT Enterprise Forum of the Central Coast. Previously, Mr. McFarland served on the board of directors of Patient Safety Technologies, Inc. (PSTX) as the financial expert on the audit committee and as a member of the compensation committee. Mr. McFarland has a Bachelor’s degree in accounting from the University of North Dakota and an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles. He completed an ISS Director Certification Program in October 2008 at the University of California, Los Angeles’ Anderson School. The board of directors believes that he is qualified to serve as a director of Inogen because of his leadership experience and his extensive experience in finance and accounting.

Heather Rider has served as a member of the board of directors of Inogen since 2014.  From 2012 to 2013, Ms. Rider served as Vice President, Global Human Resources of Cymer, Inc., a publicly-traded supplier of light sources for semiconductor manufacturing that was acquired by ASML Holding NV in 2013. From October 2010 to September 2012, Ms. Rider served as Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources of Alphatec Holdings, Inc., a publicly-traded medical device company focused on surgical treatment of spine disorders, and from 2006 to 2010, she served as Vice President, Human Resources of Intuitive Surgical, Inc., a publicly-traded manufacturer of robotic surgical systems. From 2001 to 2005, Ms. Rider served as Senior Vice President of Global Human Resources of Sunrise Medical, Inc., a global manufacturer and distributor of durable medical equipment.  From 1998 to 2001, Ms. Rider served as Vice President of Human Resources of Biosense Webster, a member of the J & J family of companies, and a medical device manufacturer of intracardiac catheters and location technology. Prior to 1998, Ms. Rider served as Head of Human Resources for City of Hope, a leading research and treatment center for cancer, diabetes and other life-threatening diseases, CAP/MPT, a medical malpractice provider for physicians in California and medical malpractice insurance for large physician groups and hospitals, and Environmental Diagnostics International, a bio-diagnostics company with focus on the detection of environmental compounds and diseases using monoclonal antibody technology. Ms. Rider holds a B.A. in Psychology from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. from Pepperdine University. The board of directors believes that she is qualified to serve as a director of Inogen because of her extensive executive-level experience with healthcare and life science companies.

Family relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Board composition and risk oversight

Our board of directors is currently composed of six directors. Five of the six directors that comprise our board of directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. All of the directors other than Benjamin Anderson-Ray, Loren McFarland and Heather Rider were initially elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that terminated automatically by its terms upon the completion of our initial public offering in February 2014. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws currently in effect provide that the number of directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors.

During 2014, our board of directors met seven times.

78

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2015 for the Class I directors, 2016 for the Class II directors and 2017 for the Class III directors.

The Class I directors are Timothy Petersen and Heather Rider.

The Class II directors are Loren McFarland and Benjamin Anderson-Ray.

The Class III directors are Heath Lukatch, Ph.D. and Raymond Huggenberger.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. Our board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. Our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of our risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected our board of directors’ leadership structure.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has a separately-designated audit committee. The members of our audit committee are Messrs. McFarland (Chairman), Petersen and Anderson-Ray, each of whom is a non-employee member of our Board. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations.  Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards.  Our audit committee chairman, Mr. McFarland, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our Board in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee also:

· approves the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent auditors;

· oversees the work of our independent auditors;

· approves engagements of the independent auditors to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

· reviews the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent auditors;

· reviews our financial statements and our critical accounting policies and estimates;

· reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

· reviews and discusses with management and the independent auditors the results of our annual audit, our annual and quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements of NASDAQ Global Select Market.  A copy of the charter of our audit committee is available on our website at www.inogen.com in the Corporate Governance section of our Investor Relations webpage.  During 2014, our audit committee held eleven meetings.

79

Identifying and Evaluating Nominees for Director

The compensation, nominating and governance committee will use the following procedures to identify and evaluate any individual recommended or offered for nomination to the Board:

· The compensation, nominating and governance committee will consider candidates recommended by stockholders in the same manner as candidates recommended to the Committee from other sources.

· In its evaluation of director candidates, including the members of the Board eligible for re-election, the compensation, nominating and governance committee will consider the following:

- The current size and composition of the Board and the needs of the Board and the respective committees of the Board.

- Such factors as character, integrity, judgment, diversity of experience, independence, area of expertise, corporate experience, length of service, potential conflicts of interest, other commitments and the like.  The compensation, nominating and governance committee evaluates these factors, among others, and does not assign any particular weighting or priority to any of these factors.

- Other factors that the compensation, nominating and governance committee deems appropriate.

The compensation, nominating and governance committee also focuses on issues of diversity, such as diversity of gender, race and national origin, education, professional experience and differences in viewpoints and skills.  The committee does not have a formal policy with respect to diversity; however, our Board and the compensation, nominating and governance committee believe that it is essential that members of our Board represent diverse viewpoints.

· The compensation, nominating and governance committee requires the following minimum qualifications to be satisfied by any nominee for a position on the Board:

- The highest personal and professional ethics and integrity.

- Proven achievement and competence in the nominee’s field and the ability to exercise sound business judgment.

- Skills that are complementary to those of the existing Board.

- The ability to assist and support management and make significant contributions to the Company’s success.

- An understanding of the fiduciary responsibilities that is required of a member of the Board and the commitment of time and energy necessary to diligently carry out those responsibilities.

· If the compensation, nominating and governance committee determines that an additional or replacement director is required, the Committee may take such measures that it considers appropriate in connection with its evaluation of a director candidate, including candidate interviews, inquiry of the person or persons making the recommendation or nomination, engagement of an outside search firm to gather additional information, or reliance on the knowledge of the members of the compensation, nominating and governance committee, the Board or management.

The compensation, nominating and governance committee may propose to the Board a candidate recommended or offered for nomination by a stockholder as a nominee for election to the Board.

Stockholder Recommendations for Nominations to the Board  

It is the policy of the compensation, nominating and governance committee of the Board to consider recommendations for candidates to the Board from stockholders holding no less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock continuously for at least twelve (12) months prior to the date of the submission of the recommendation or nomination.

A stockholder that wants to recommend a candidate for election to the Board should direct the recommendation in writing by letter to the Company, attention of the Secretary, at 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, CA 93117.  The recommendation must include the candidate’s name, home and business contact information, detailed biographical data, relevant qualifications, a signed letter from the candidate confirming willingness to serve, information regarding any relationships between the candidate and the Company and evidence of the recommending stockholder’s ownership of Company stock.  Such recommendations must also include a statement from the recommending stockholder in support of the candidate, particularly within the context of the criteria for Board membership, including issues of character, integrity, judgment, diversity of experience, independence, area of expertise, corporate experience, length of service, potential conflicts of interest, other commitments and the like and personal references.

80

A stockholder that instead desires to nominate a person directly for election to the Board at an annual meeting of the stockholders must meet the deadlines and other requirements set forth in Section 2.4 of the Company’s Bylaws and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Section 2.4 of the Company’s Bylaws requires that a stockholder who seeks to nominate a candidate for director must provide a written notice to the Secretary of the Company not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received by the Secretary of the Company not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made.  That notice must state the information required by Section 2.4 of the Company’s Bylaws, and otherwise must comply with applicable federal and state law.  The Secretary of the Company will provide a copy of the Bylaws upon request in writing from a stockholder.  “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto.

Communications with the Board

The Board believes that management speaks for Inogen, Inc.  Individual Board members may, from time to time, communicate with various constituencies that are involved with the Company, but it is expected that Board members would do this with knowledge of management and, in most instances, only at the request of management.

In cases where stockholders and other interested parties wish to communicate directly with our non-management directors, messages can be sent to our Secretary, at Inogen, Inc., 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, California 93117, Attn: Secretary.  Our Secretary monitors these communications and will provide a summary of all received messages to the Board at each regularly scheduled meeting of the Board.  Our Board generally meets on a quarterly basis.  Where the nature of a communication warrants, our Secretary may determine, in his or her judgment, to obtain the more immediate attention of the appropriate committee of the Board or non-management director, of independent advisors or of Company management, as our Secretary considers appropriate.

Our Secretary may decide in the exercise of his or her judgment whether a response to any stockholder or interested party communication is necessary.

This procedure for stockholder and other interest party communications with the non-management directors is administered by the Company’s compensation, nominating and governance committee.  This procedure does not apply to (a) communications to non-management directors from officers or directors of the Company who are stockholders, (b) stockholder proposals submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (c) communications to the Audit Committee pursuant to the Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, executive officers, and holders of more than 10% of our common stock to file with the SEC reports regarding their ownership and changes in ownership of our securities. Except as set forth below, we believe that our directors, executive officers, and 10% stockholders complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements in 2014.

· A late Form 4 report was filed by entities affiliated with Versant Ventures, a beneficial owner of more than 10% of our common stock, on September 12, 2014 to report transactions that occurred on September 9, 2014.

· A late Form 4 report was filed by Brenton Taylor, an executive officer, on October 2, 2014 to report transactions that occurred on September 25, 2014.

· A late Form 4 report was filed by entities affiliated with Versant Ventures on December 29, 2014 to report transactions that occurred on December 23, 2014.

· An amendment to a Form 4 report was filed by entities affiliated with Versant Ventures, a beneficial owner of more than 10% of our common stock, on December 29, 2014 to correct a Form 4 that was originally filed on December 22, 2014.

· An amendment to a Form 3 report was filed by Brenton Taylor, an executive officer, on December 30, 2014 to correct a Form 3 that was originally filed on February 12, 2014.

81

In making these statements, we have relied upon examination of the filings made with the SEC and the written representations of our directors and executive officers.

Code of ethics and conduct

We adopted a written code of ethics and conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A current copy of the code is posted on our website at: http://investor.inogen.com/corporate-governance.cfm. We intend to post any amendments to our code of ethics, and any waivers of the code of ethics for directors and executive officers, on the same website.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation awarded to, or earned by, our executive officers, including each of our named executive officers, during 2014 and 2013.

Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary ($)		Bonus ($)		Stock Awards ($)		Option Awards ($)(1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2)		Other Compensation ($)(3)		Total Compensation
Raymond Huggenberger,	2014	$	435,118		—		—	$	1,090,897	$	396,000	$	—	$	1,922,015
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	2013		346,883		—		—		186,685		260,163		10,236		803,967
Alison Bauerlein,	2014	$	267,773		—		—	$	410,887	$	162,000	$	—	$	840,660
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer	2013		203,542		—		—		140,654		106,860		—		451,056
Scott Wilkinson,	2014	$	256,053		—		—	$	321,264	$	154,800	$	—	$	732,117
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing	2013		215,946		—		—		140,044		113,372		—		469,362

(1) The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service—based vesting conditions. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

(2) Represents the amounts earned and payable under the 2013 Bonus Plan and 2014 Bonus Plan. 2013 Bonus Plan payments were paid in 2014 and 2014 Bonus Plan payments were approved by the compensation, nominating and governance committee and are scheduled to be paid in the second quarter of 2015.

(3) Amount represents a housing allowance paid to Mr. Huggenberger.

2014 Non—Equity Incentive Plan Payments

For 2014, the target incentive amounts for our named executive officers were the following:

	Target award opportunity		Actual award amount
Name and principal position	($)		($)
Raymond Huggenberger	$	264,000	$	396,000
President and Chief Executive Officer
Scott Wilkinson		103,200		154,800
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Alison Bauerlein		108,000		162,000
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

82

Our 2014 incentive compensation plan, or 2014 Bonus Plan, provides our named executive officers with an annual incentive compensation payment, subject to our achievement of our corporate performance goals.  For 2014, our corporate-level goals included achieving specified Adjusted EBITDA targets for the year.  If our Adjusted EBITDA achievement is at target, each named executive officer would receive 100% of his or her 2014 target award opportunity.  Performance above 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target entitles each named executive officer to an increase to his or her incentive award payment based on the extent of the achievement above target.   For our 2014 Bonus Plan, our adjusted EBITDA target was $18.3 million at 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA, and $20.7 million at 150% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding expenses incurred in connection with our initial public offering and following on offering costs.

The 2014 Bonus Plan reached maximum payout for all executive officers of 150% of target and was approved by the compensation, nominating and governance committee on April 24, 2015 for payment May 1, 2015.

2013 Non—Equity Incentive Plan Payments

For 2013, the target incentive amounts for our named executive officers were the following:

	Target award opportunity		Actual award amount
Name and principal position	($)		($)
Raymond Huggenberger	$	173,442	$	260,163
President and Chief Executive Officer
Scott Wilkinson		75,581		113,372
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Alison Bauerlein		71,240		106,860
Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Our 2013 incentive compensation plan, or 2013 Bonus Plan, provides our named executive officers with an annual incentive compensation payment, subject to our achievement of our corporate performance goals.  For 2013, our corporate-level goals included achieving specified Adjusted EBITDA targets for the year.  If our Adjusted EBITDA achievement is at target, each named executive officer would receive 100% of his or her 2013 target award opportunity.  Performance above 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target entitles each named executive officer to an increase to his or her incentive award payment based on the extent of the achievement above target.  For our 2013 Bonus Plan, our adjusted EBITDA target was $10.5 million, excluding expenses incurred in connection with our initial public offering.

The 2013 Bonus Plan reached maximum payout for all executive officers of 150% of target and was approved by the compensation, nominating and governance committee on March 19, 2014 for payment April 11, 2014.

Processes and Procedures for Compensation Decisions

Our compensation, nominating and governance committee is responsible for the executive compensation programs for our executive officers and reports to our board of directors on its discussions, decisions and other actions.  Typically, our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations to our compensation, nominating and governance committee, often attends committee meetings and is involved in the determination of compensation for the respective executive officers who report to him, except that the Chief Executive Officer does not make recommendations as to his own compensation.  Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations to our compensation, nominating and governance committees regarding short- and long-term compensation for all executive officers (other than himself) based on our results, an individual executive officer’s contribution toward these results and performance toward individual goal achievement.  Our compensation, nominating and governance committee then reviews the recommendations and other data and makes decisions as to total compensation for each executive officer, as well as each individual compensation component.  Our compensation, nominating and governance committee reviews and approves, or makes recommendations for approval by the independent members of the Board regarding the compensation of each executive officer, including our Chief Executive Officer.

83

Our compensation, nominating and governance committee is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation advisors, as it sees fit, in connection with the establishment of our compensation programs and related policies.  In 2013, our compensation, nominating and governance committee retained Pearl Meyer & Partners, a national compensation consultant, to provide it with information, recommendations and other advice relating to executive compensation on an ongoing basis.  Accordingly, Pearl Meyer & Partners now serves at the discretion of our compensation, nominating and governance committee.  Our compensation, nominating and governance committee engaged Pearl Meyer & Partners to assist in developing an appropriate group of peer companies to help us determine the appropriate level of overall compensation for our executive officers, as well as assess each separate element of compensation, with a goal of ensuring that the compensation we offer to our executive officers is competitive and fair.  

Employment Agreements for Executive Officers

Raymond Huggenberger

We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Raymond Huggenberger, our president and chief executive officer, effective October 1, 2013. As of March 1, 2015, Mr. Huggenberger’s current base salary is $475,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 60% of his base salary.

Mr. Huggenberger is entitled under his employment agreement to the following severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations.

If Mr. Huggenberger’s employment is terminated without “cause” (excluding by reason of death or disability) or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits if he timely signs and does not revoke a release of claims:

· if outside the Change in Control Period, continued payment of his base salary for a period of 24 months (collectively, the “CEO Severance Payments”); and

· throughout the period during which he would be able to obtain COBRA coverage, Mr. Huggenberger and his dependents will only be required to pay the portion of the costs of medical benefits as Mr. Huggenberger was required to pay as of the date of his termination, or Mr. Huggenberger will receive taxable monthly payments for the equivalent period in the event the Company determines that the COBRA subsidy could violate applicable law (the “CEO COBRA Benefits”).

The Change in Control Period is the period beginning three months before a change in control, as defined in the employment agreement, and ending 12 months after a change in control.

If, during the Change of Control Period, Mr. Huggenberger’s employment is terminated without “cause” (excluding by reason of death or disability) or he resigns for “good reason”, he will be eligible to receive the CEO Severance Payments and CEO COBRA Benefits, however the CEO Severance Payments will continue for a period of 36 months.

In the event any of the amounts provided for under this employment agreement or otherwise payable to Mr. Huggenberger would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, Mr. Huggenberger would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits under this employment agreement or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to Mr. Huggenberger. The employment agreement does not require us to provide any tax gross-up payments.

Scott Wilkinson and Alison Bauerlein

We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with each of Scott Wilkinson, our executive vice president, sales and marketing and Alison Bauerlein, our executive vice president, finance and chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary, effective October 1, 2013. As of March 1, 2015, Mr. Wilkinson’s current base salary is $275,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 40% of his base salary and Ms. Bauerlein’s current base salary is $290,000 and she is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 40% of her base salary.

Each of Mr. Wilkinson and Ms. Bauerlein is entitled under their respective employment agreements to the following severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations.

84

If the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without “cause” (excluding by reason of death or disability) or the named executive officer resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), such named executive officer will be eligible to receive the following benefits if he or she timely signs and does not revoke a release of claims: 

· if outside the Change in Control Period continued payment of his or her base salary for a period of 12 months (the “NEO Severance Payments”); and

· throughout the period during which he would be able to obtain COBRA coverage, the named executive and his or her eligible dependents will only be required to pay the portion of the costs of medical benefits as he or she was required to pay as of the date of his termination, or he or she will receive taxable monthly payments for the equivalent period in the event the Company determines that the COBRA subsidy could violate applicable law, (the “NEO COBRA Benefits”).

If, during the Change of Control Period, the named executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause (excluding by reason of death or disability) or he or she resigns for good reason, he or she will be eligible to receive the NEO Severance Payments and NEO COBRA Benefits, however the NEO Severance Payments will continue for a period of 24 months.

In the event any of the amounts provided for under an employment agreement or otherwise payable to the named executive officer would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the named executive officer would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits under the employment agreement or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to the named executive officer. Neither employment agreement requires us to provide any tax gross-up payments.

Merger or Change of Control

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an award holder is terminated on or within the 12 months following a change in control, as a result of an involuntary termination as defined in the 2014 Plan, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

In addition, in the event of a change in control, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units held by our outside directors, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In 2014 and 2013, we made no matching contributions into the 401(k) plan.  Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

85

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers, as of December 31, 2014.

		Option Awards								Stock Awards
Name	Grant Date	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable			Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable		Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date	Number of Shares or Units of Stock that have not Vested (#)	Market Value of Shares of Units of Stock that have not Vested ($)
Raymond Huggenberger	2/24/2010		223,694	(1)		—	$	0.60	2/23/2020
	3/28/2012		49,072	(2)		24,537	$	0.81	3/27/2022
	10/10/2013		12,961	(8)		31,480	$	8.37	10/9/2023
	4/1/2014		—	(3)		173,445	$	16.62	3/31/2021
			285,727			229,462
Scott Wilkinson	11/21/2005		6,666	(4)		—	$	8.70	11/20/2015
	3/27/2008		25,000	(5)		—	$	2.40	3/26/2018
	2/24/2010		40,000	(6)		—	$	0.60	2/23/2020
	10/11/2011		14,730	(7)		2,947	$	0.75	10/10/2021
	3/28/2012		15,989	(2)		7,995	$	0.81	3/27/2022
	10/10/2013		9,723	(8)		23,615	$	8.37	10/9/2023
	4/1/2014		—	(3)		51,124	$	16.62	3/31/2021
			112,108			85,681
Alison Bauerlein
	3/27/2008		32,798	(5)		—	$	2.40	3/26/2018
	2/10/2009		20,000	(9)		—	$	0.60	2/9/2019
	2/24/2010		30,399	(6)		—	$	0.60	2/23/2020
	10/11/2011		—	(7)		1,685	$	0.75	10/10/2021
	3/28/2012		18,630	(2)		9,316	$	0.81	3/27/2022
	10/10/2013		6,127	(8)		23,718	$	8.37	10/9/2023
	4/1/2014		—	(3)		65,311	$	16.62	3/31/2021
			107,954			100,030

(1) The option fully vested on 12/24/2011.

(2) 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest monthly May 1, 2012 subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(3) The option vested with the respect to 25% of the shares subject to the option on April 1, 2015, and 1/36th of the remaining shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(4) The option fully vested on November 21, 2009.

(5) The option fully vested on January 1, 2012.

(6) The option fully vested on February 24, 2014.

(7) 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest monthly August 1, 2012 subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(8) 1/48th of the shares subject to the option vest monthly November 1, 2013 subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(9) The option fully vested on February 10, 2013.

Director Compensation

The table below shows compensation earned by our non-employee directors during 2014.  Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, one director, Mr. Huggenberger, was an employee.  Mr. Huggenberger’s compensation is discussed in “Executive Compensation.”

86

Director Compensation Table

Name	Cash Compensation ($)(2)(3)		Option Awards ($)(1)		Total ($)
Loren McFarland(3)	$	55,000	$	76,556	$	131,556
Benjamin Anderson-Ray(4)		35,000		76,556		111,556
Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.(5)		70,000		—		70,000
Timothy Petersen(6)		35,000		76,556		111,556
Heather Rider(7)		14,000		18,529		32,529
Charles Larsen(8)		21,000		76,556		97,556

(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for 2014, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. See the notes to our audited financial statements elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.

(2) Cash fees earned for board and committee service reflect a partial year of service at the amounts discussed in the “Cash compensation” section below.

(3) As of December 31, 2014, Mr. McFarland had two options to purchase a total of 15,416 shares consisting of an option to purchase 2,083 and an option to purchase 13,333 shares of our common stock. The first option vested in 12 successive equal monthly installments from grant date of October 1, 2013 and the second option vests in 24 successive equal monthly installments from grant date of April 1, 2014, respectively, subject to continued service through each such date. 2,083 and 4,444 shares of our common stock subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2014.

(4) As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Anderson-Ray had two options to purchase a total of 14,999 shares consisting of an option to purchase 1,666 and an option to purchase 13,333 shares of our common stock. The first option vested in 12 successive equal monthly installments from grant date of October 1, 2013 and the second option vests in 24 successive equal monthly installments from grant date of April 1, 2014, respectively, subject to continued service through each such date. 1,666 and 4,444 shares of our common stock subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2014.

(5) As of December 31, 2014, Dr. Lukatch had no options granted or outstanding. The cash compensation of $70,000 was accrued, but not paid as of December 31, 2014.

(6) As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Petersen had one option to purchase a total of 13,333 shares of our common stock. The option vests in 24 successive equal monthly installments from grant date of April 1, 2014, subject to continued service through such date. 4,444 shares of our common stock subject to this option were vested as of December 31, 2014.

(7) As of December 31, 2014, Ms. Rider had one option to purchase a total of 2,222 shares of our common stock. The option vests in 24 successive equal monthly installments from grant date of August 15, 2014, subject to continued service through such date. 370 shares of our common stock subject to this option was vested as of December 31, 2014.

(8) As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Larsen had no outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock.  Mr Larsen forfeited 2,222 options that had vested during his term on the Board related to the 13,333 options which were granted to him during the year.   Mr. Larsen resigned from the Board in the first quarter of 2014.

See “Executive Compensation” for information about the compensation of directors who are also our employees.

Cash Compensation

Following our initial public offering, all non-employee directors are entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services:

· $35,000 per year for service as a board member;

· $20,000 per year for service as chair of the board;

· $20,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee; and

· $15,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation, nominating and governance committee.

All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears.

87

Options

On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director will be granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 6,666 shares of our common stock, which grant will vest in twelve equal monthly installments beginning with the first monthly anniversary after the grant date, but will vest fully on the date of the next annual meeting held after the date of grant if not fully vested on such date, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through each vesting date.

Additionally, on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director who serves as chairman of our Board or one of its committees will be granted a nonstatutory stock option to purchase: 1,666 shares of our common stock (chairman of the Board), 1,666 shares of our common stock (chairman of the audit committee), and/or 1,666 shares of our common stock (chairman of the compensation, nominating and governance committee). Each of these grants will vest in twelve equal monthly installments beginning with the first monthly anniversary after the grant date, but will vest fully on the date of the next annual meeting held after the date of grant if not fully vested on such date, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through each vesting date.

For further information regarding the equity compensation of our non-employee directors, see the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

Compensation Committee Interlocks

During the past fiscal year, none of the members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee (which includes current members Dr. Lukatch, Mr. Petersen and Ms. Rider, and former member Mr. Anderson-Ray) is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of our company.  None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our Board or compensation, nominating and governance committee.

Compensation Committee Report

The compensation, nominating and governance committee has reviewed and discussed the section captioned “Executive Compensation,” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, with management and, based on such review and discussion, the compensation committee has recommended to our board of directors that this “Executive Compensation” section be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Respectfully submitted by the members of the compensation, nominating and governance committee of the board of directors:

Heath Lukatch Ph.D., Chairman

Timothy Petersen

Heather Rider

88

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans.

Plan Category	(a) Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		(b) Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (1)		(c) Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by    security holders (2)(3)		2,261,633	$	7.31		369,889
Equity compensation plans not approved    by security holders		—		—		—
Total		2,261,633	$	7.31		369,889

(1) The weighted average exercise price is calculated based solely on outstanding stock options.

(2) Includes the following plans: 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”), and 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).

(3) The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of: (i) 895,346 shares; (ii) 4% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or (iii) such other amount as our board of directors may determine.  Our 2014 Plan had 221,178 options available for issuance as of December 31, 2014. Our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for sale under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of: (i) 179,069 shares; (ii) 1.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or (iii) such other amount as may be determined by the administrator. Our ESPP had 148,711 shares available for sale as of December 31, 2014. On January 1, 2015, the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 Plan and our ESPP increased by 762,373 shares and 179,069 shares, respectively, pursuant to these provisions. These increases are not reflected in the table above.

Principal Stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 15, 2015 for:

· each of our directors;

· each of our named executive officers;

· all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

· each person or group who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership on 19,282,247 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 15, 2015. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

89

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Inogen, Inc., 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, CA 93117.

Name of Beneficial Owner+	Number of Shares Beneficially Owned		Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned
5% Stockholders:
Novo A/S (1)		3,549,320		18.41	%
Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures (2)		1,302,862		6.76	%
Directors and Executive Officers, including our Named Executive Officers:
Raymond Huggenberger (3)		306,435		1.56	%
Scott Wilkinson (4)		99,728	*
Alison Bauerlein (5)		150,146	*
Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.		—	*
Tim Petersen (6)		826,360		4.28	%
Benjamin Anderson-Ray (7)		9,443	*
Loren McFarland (8)		12,985	*
Heather Rider (9)		3,833	*
All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons) (10)		1,906,176		9.50	%

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1) Consists of 3,549,320 shares held by Novo A/S. Novo A/S is a Danish limited liability company. The board of directors of Novo A/S, which consists of Sten Scheibye, Göran Ando, Jørgen Boe, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Riisgaard and Per Wold-Olsen, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by Novo A/S and may exercise such control only with the support of a majority of the members of the Novo A/S board of directors. As such, no individual member of the Novo A/S board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Novo A/S. Dr. Lukatch, a member of our board of directors, is employed as a Partner of Novo Ventures (US) Inc. Dr. Lukatch is not deemed a beneficial owner of, and does not have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by Novo A/S. The address of Novo A/S is Tuborg Havnevej 19, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

(2) Based solely on a review of Form 4’s filed with the Security and Exchange Commission, consists of (i) 31,334 shares held of record by Versant Affiliates Fund II-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“VAF II-A”), (ii) 7,812 shares held of record by Versant Side Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“VSF II”), and (iii) 1,263,716 shares held of record by Versant Venture Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“VVC II”). Versant Ventures II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“VV II”) serves as the sole general partner of VAF II-A, VSF II and VVC II own no shares directly. Brian G. Atwood, Samuel D. Colella, Ross A. Jaffe, William J. Link, Ph.D., Donald B. Milder, Rebecca B. Robertson, Bradley J. Bolzon, Charles M. Warden, and Barbara N. Lubash are directors and/or members of VV II and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by VAF II-A, VSF II and VVC II; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by VAF II-A, VSF II and VVC II except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.  The address for such entities and persons is c/o Versant Ventures, 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 4, Suite 210, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(3) Includes 6,808 shares held and options to purchase 299,627 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

(4) Consists of options to purchase 99,728 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

(5) Includes 55,575 shares held and options to purchase 94,571 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

90

(6) Consists of (i) 511,462 shares held of common stock held of record by Arboretum Ventures II, L.P., (ii) 120,106 shares held of common stock held of record by Arboretum Ventures IIa, L.P., (iii) 112,212 shares held of common stock held of record by Arboretum Ventures 1, LLC, and (iv) 74,803 shares of common stock held of record by Arboretum Ventures 1-A, LLC, and options to purchase 7,777 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015. Arboretum Investment Manager II, LLC (“AIM II”) serves as the general partner of Arboretum Ventures II, L.P. and serves as the sole manager of Arboretum Investment Manager IIa, LLC, which serves as the general partner of Arboretum Ventures IIa, L.P. Jan Garfinkle and Timothy Petersen are the managing members of AIM II and share the power to vote or dispose of these shares and therefore each of the foregoing managing members may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Arboretum Investment Manager, LLC (“AIM”) serves as the managing member of Arboretum Ventures 1, LLC and Arboretum Ventures 1-A, LLC. Jan Garfinkle and Timothy Petersen are the managing members of AIM and share the power to vote or dispose of these shares and therefore each of the foregoing managing members may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Arboretum Ventures, 303 Detroit Street, Suite 301, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104. Timothy Petersen is a member of our board of directors.

(7) Consists of options to purchase 9,443 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

(8) Includes 3,125 shares held and options to purchase 9,860 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

(9) Includes 3,000 shares held and options to purchase 833 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

(10) Includes 992,395 shares held, and options to purchase 913,781 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2015.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Related Person Transactions

In the ordinary course of our business, we have entered into a number of transactions with our officers, directors and 5% or greater stockholders.  We believe we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.  We have adopted a formal written policy providing that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing “related party transactions,” which are transactions (i) in which we are or will be a participant, (ii) in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and (iii) in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, nominee for director, executive officer, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock and their immediate family members. Under this policy, all related party transactions may be consummated or continued only if approved or ratified by our audit committee.

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since the beginning of our last fiscal year, to which we were or will be a party, in which:

· the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

· any of our directors, nominees for director, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there has not been, nor is there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and warrants to purchase our common stock, including Novo A/S, entities affiliated with Arboretum Ventures, and entities affiliated with Versant Ventures.  As of April 15, 2015, the holders of approximately 8.1 million shares of our common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act.

Voting Agreement

All of the directors other than Benjamin Anderson-Ray, Loren McFarland and Heather Rider were initially elected to the board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement. Upon the completion of our initial public offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares so as to elect certain nominees terminated and none of our stockholders has any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of the board of directors.

91

Other Agreements

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers.

We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change of control benefits. For a description of employment agreements with our named executive officers, see “Employment Agreements for Executive Officers.”

We have granted stock options to our named executive officers, other executive officers and certain of our directors.

Director Independence

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period after the completion of our initial public offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit and compensation, nominating and governance committee be independent. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of our audit committee, our Board, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our Board has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board has determined that none of Mr. Anderson-Ray, Ms. Rider, Dr. Lukatch, Mr. McFarland, and Mr. Petersen, representing five of our six directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our Board also determined that Messrs. McFarland (chairman), Petersen and Anderson-Ray, who comprise our audit committee, and Dr. Lukatch (chairman), Mr. Petersen and Ms. Rider, who comprise our compensation, nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our Board deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Leadership Structure

Dr. Lukatch currently serves as the chairman of our Board. Our Board believes the current board leadership structure provides effective independent oversight of management while allowing our Board and management to benefit from Dr. Lukatch’s leadership and years of experience as a venture capital investor in the biotech industry. Dr. Lukatch is best positioned to identify strategic priorities, lead critical discussion and execute our strategy and business plans. Dr. Lukatch possesses detailed in-depth knowledge of the issues, opportunities, and challenges facing us. Independent directors and management sometimes have different perspectives and roles in strategy development. Our Board believes that Dr. Lukatch’s role enables strong leadership, creates clear accountability, facilitates information flow between management and our Board, and enhances our ability to communicate our message and strategy clearly and consistently to stockholders.  

Board Meetings and Committees

During 2014, our Board held seven meetings (including regularly scheduled and special meetings), and each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate of (i) the total number of meetings of our Board held during the period for which he or she served as a director and (ii) the total number of meetings held by all committees of our Board on which he or she served during the periods that he or she served.

92

It is the policy of our Board to regularly have separate meeting times for independent directors without management. Although we do not have a formal policy regarding attendance by members of our Board at annual meetings of stockholders, we encourage, but do not require, our directors to attend.

We have established an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and governance committee. We believe that the composition of these committees meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with the requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market with respect to committee composition of independent directors. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. McFarland (Chairman), Petersen and Anderson-Ray, each of whom is a non-employee member of our Board. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations.  Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards.  Our audit committee chairman, Mr. McFarland, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our Board in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee also:

· approves the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent auditors;

· oversees the work of our independent auditors;

· approves engagements of the independent auditors to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

· reviews the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent auditors;

· reviews our financial statements and our critical accounting policies and estimates;

· reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

· reviews and discusses with management and the independent auditors the results of our annual audit, our annual and quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements of NASDAQ Global Select Market.  A copy of the charter of our audit committee is available on our website at www.inogen.com in the Corporate Governance section of our Investor Relations webpage.  During 2014, our audit committee held eleven meetings.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee are Dr. Lukatch, Mr. Petersen and Ms. Rider.  Dr. Lukatch is the chairman of our compensation, nominating and governance committee.  The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and SEC rules and regulations.  Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Our compensation, nominating and governance committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs.  Our compensation, nominating and governance committee also:

· assists the Board in providing oversight of the Company’s overall compensation plans and benefits programs s;

· reviews and approves, or makes recommendations for approval by the independent members of the Board regarding corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other senior officers;

· evaluates the performance of our officers in light of established goals and objectives;

· reviews and approves, or make recommendations regarding compensation of our officers based on its evaluations;

· administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans;

· evaluates and makes recommendations regarding the organization and governance of our Board and its committees;

93

· evaluates and proposes nominees for election to our Board;

· assesses the performance of members of our Board and makes recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

· recommends desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conducts searches for potential members of our Board; and

· reviews and makes recommendations with respect to our corporate governance guidelines.

Our compensation, nominating and governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the listing standards of NASDAQ Global Select Market.  A copy of the charter of our nominating and governance committee is available on our website at www.inogen.com in the Corporate Governance section of our Investor Relations webpage.  During 2014, our compensation, nominating and governance committee held two meetings.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors selected BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”) to be the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Audit Fees

The following table presents fees for professional audit services and other services rendered to us by BDO USA, LLP for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	2014		2013
Audit fees (1)	$	631,000	$	643,000
Audit-related fees (2)		—		—
Tax fees (3)		142,000		97,000
All other fees (4)		—		—
Total fees	$	773,000	$	740,000

(1) “Audit Fees” consist of fees billed for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of our annual financial statements, review of our quarterly financial statements, and services that are normally provided by BDO USA, LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. Fees for 2013 and 2014 also included fees billed for professional services rendered in connection with our Form S-1 and Form S-8 registration statements related to our initial public offering of common stock and follow-on offering of common stock completed in 2014.

(2) “Audit-Related Fees” consist of fees billed for professional services for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” BDO USA, LLP did not bill us for any such services for each of the last two fiscal years.

(3) “Tax Fees” consist of fees billed for professional services rendered by BDO USA, LLP for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

(4) “All Other Fees” consist of fees billed for services other than the services reported in Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees, and Tax Fees.  BDO USA, LLP did not bill us for any such services for each of the last two fiscal years.

Auditor Independence

In 2014, there were no other professional services provided by BDO USA, LLP that would have required our audit committee to consider their compatibility with maintaining the independence of BDO USA, LLP.

Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our audit committee has established a policy governing our use of the services of our independent registered public accounting firm.  Under the policy, our audit committee is required to pre-approve all audit and permissible non‑audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm in order to ensure that the provision of such services does not impair such accounting firm’s independence.  All fees paid to BDO USA, LLP for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were pre-approved by our audit committee.

94

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Financial Statements

The financial statements listed in the accompanying index (page F-1) to the financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

All other schedules have been omitted because the information either has been shown in the financial statements or notes thereto, or is not applicable or required under this section.

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Exhibits

Exhibits are filed as part of this Report and are hereby incorporated by reference. Refer to Exhibit Index included herein.

95

Inogen, Inc.

Index to financial statements

Contents

Financial statements

Report of BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm	F-2
Financial Statements
Balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013	F-3
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	F-5
Statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013	F-6
Statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013	F-7
Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012	F-8
Notes to financial statements	F-10

F-1

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Inogen, Inc.

Goleta, California

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Inogen, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and the related statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Inogen, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth within.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 26, 2015

F-2

Inogen, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(amounts in thousands)

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	56,836		$	13,521
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $3,745 and $3,390 at December 31, 2014 and 2013,    respectively		19,349			10,231
Inventories, net of allowances of $141 and $100 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively		7,616			4,248
Deferred cost of rental revenue		515			289
Income tax receivable		2,129			87
Deferred tax asset - current		4,976			3,923
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		1,122			531
Total current assets		92,543			32,830
Property and equipment
Rental equipment, net of allowances of $832 and $157 at December 31, 2014 and 2013,    respectively		48,359			37,573
Manufacturing equipment and tooling		3,985			2,551
Computer equipment and software		3,699			2,973
Furniture and equipment		649			601
Leasehold improvements		756			887
Land and building		126			—
Construction in process		193			1,093
Total property and equipment		57,767			45,678
Less accumulated depreciation		(25,840	)		(15,956	)
Property and equipment, net		31,927			29,722
Intangible assets, net		270			215
Deferred tax asset - noncurrent		15,248			17,865
Other assets		97			1,765
Total assets	$	140,085		$	82,397

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-3

Inogen, Inc.

Balance Sheets (continued)

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	11,273		$	8,764
Accrued payroll		4,066			2,898
Current portion of long-term debt		299			5,258
Warranty reserve		781			420
Deferred revenue		2,316			1,487
Income tax payable		—			—
Total current liabilities		18,735			18,827
Long-term liabilities
Warranty reserve - noncurrent		334			389
Preferred stock warrant liability		—			260
Deferred revenue-noncurrent		2,176			776
Long-term debt, net of current portion		315			5,391
Other noncurrent liabilities		375			455
Total liabilities		21,935			26,098
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 10,000,000 authorized as of December 31,2013; 0
and 9,541,631 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $0 and $136,660 at
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (Note 7)		—			118,671
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 10,000,000 and 100,000 shares authorized; 0 and
66,666 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $0 and $250 at
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (Note 7)		—			247
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 200,000,000 and 60,000,000 shares authorized;   19,059,364 and 280,974 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013,    respectively.		19			1
Additional paid-in capital		174,824			—
Accumulated deficit		(56,693	)		(62,620	)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)		118,150			(62,372	)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)	$	140,085		$	82,397

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4

Inogen, Inc.

Statements of Operations

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Years ended December 31,
		2014			2013			2012
Revenue
Sales revenue	$	73,096		$	44,905		$	28,704
Rental revenue		39,441			30,538			19,872
Total revenue		112,537			75,443			48,576
Cost of revenue (expense)
Cost of sales revenue		38,693			24,306			17,384
Cost of rental revenue, including depreciation of $10,339, $7,132    and $4,056, respectively		18,327			12,146			7,243
Total cost of revenue		57,020			36,452			24,627
Gross profit		55,517			38,991			23,949
Operating expenses
Research and development		2,977			2,398			2,262
Sales and marketing		24,087			18,375			12,569
General and administrative		17,942			13,754			8,289
Total operating expenses		45,006			34,527			23,120
Income from operations		10,511			4,464			829
Other income (expense)
Interest expense		(449	)		(562	)		(493	)
Interest income		42			12			88
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability		36			(262	)		148
Other income (expense)		(88	)		196			10
Total other expense, net		(459	)		(616	)		(247	)
Income before provision for income taxes		10,052			3,848			582
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		3,226			(21,587	)		18
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)
Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating net income (loss)    per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic common shares		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Diluted common shares		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5

Inogen, Inc.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

	Series B						Series C						Series D						Series E						Series F						Series G						Total
	redeemable						redeemable						redeemable						redeemable						redeemable						redeemable						redeemable
	convertible						convertible						convertible						convertible						convertible						convertible						convertible
	preferred stock						preferred stock						preferred stock						preferred stock						preferred stock						preferred stock						preferred
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			stock
Balance, December 31, 2011		423,082		$	5,026			343,848		$	6,048			1,487,225		$	32,571			1,634,874		$	26,925			2,701,957		$	12,552			—			—		$	83,122
Warrants exercised		2,429			30			22,055			412			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			442
Accretion of Series G financing costs		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			55			55
Deemed dividend on redeemable    convertible preferred stock		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			1,119			—			1,503			—			3,159			5,781
Balance, December 31, 2012		425,511			5,056			365,903			6,460			1,487,225			32,571			1,634,874			28,044			2,701,957			14,055			2,840,260			23,159			109,345
Warrants exercised		—			—			—			—			85,901			2,048			—			—			—			—			—			—			2,048
Deemed dividend on redeemable    convertible preferred stock		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			1,086			—			1,565			—			4,627			7,278
Balance, December 31, 2013		425,511			5,056			365,903			6,460			1,573,126			34,619			1,634,874			29,130			2,701,957			15,620			2,840,260			27,786			118,671
Warrants exercised		—			—			11,094			279			11,415			314			—			—			—			—			—			—			593
Deemed dividend on redeemable    convertible preferred stock		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			139			—			207			—			641			987
Conversion of preferred stock to    common stock in connection with    initial public offering		(425,511	)		(5,056	)		(376,997	)		(6,739	)		(1,584,541	)		(34,933	)		(1,634,874	)		(29,269	)		(2,701,957	)		(15,827	)		(2,840,260	)		(28,427	)		(120,251	)
Balance, December 31, 2014		—		$	—			—		$	—			—		$	—			—		$	—			—		$	—			—		$	—		$	—

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6

Inogen, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

	Series A
	convertible										Additional						Total
	preferred stock						Common stock				paid-in			Accumulated			stockholders'
	Shares			Amount			Shares		Amount		capital			deficit			equity(deficit)
Balance, December 31, 2011		66,666		$	247			250,440	$	1	$	—		$	(75,814	)	$	(75,566	)
Stock-based compensation		—			—			—		—		60			—			60
Stock options exercised		—			—			4,270		—		3			—			3
Warrants exercised-common		—			—			17,386		—		5			—			5
Accretion of Series G financing costs		—			—			—		—		—			(55	)		(55	)
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible    preferred stock		—			—			—		—		(68	)		(5,713	)		(5,781	)
Net income		—			—			—		—		—			564			564
Balance, December 31, 2012		66,666			247			272,096		1		—			(81,018	)		(80,770	)
Stock-based compensation		—			—			—		—		230			—			230
Stock options exercised		—			—			8,878		—		10			—			10
Warrants exercised - preferred		—			—			—		—		1			—			1
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible
preferred stock		—			—			—		—		(241	)		(7,037	)		(7,278	)
Net income		—			—			—		—		—			25,435			25,435
Balance, December 31, 2013		66,666		247				280,974	1			—			(62,620	)		(62,372	)
Stock-based compensation		—			—			—		—		1,363			88			1,451
Employee stock purchase		—			—			30,358		—		413			—			413
Stock options exercised		—			—			736,519		1		945			—			946
Warrants exercised - preferred & common		—			—			222,455		—		61			—			61
Reclassification of warrant liability		—			—			—		—		76			—			76
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible    preferred stock		—			—			—		—		—			(987	)		(987	)
Conversion of preferred stock		(66,666	)		(247	)		14,259,647		14		120,484			—			120,251
Issuance of common stock in connection with
initial public offering		—			—			3,529,411		3		49,841			—			49,844
Excess tax benefits from stock-based
compensation arrangements		—			—			—		—		1,641			—			1,641
Net income		—			—			—		—		—			6,826			6,826
Balance, December 31, 2014		—		$	—			19,059,364	$	19	$	174,824		$	(56,693	)	$	118,150

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-7

Inogen, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in thousands)

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		12,080			8,544			4,984
Loss on rental units		1,895			305			258
Loss on disposal of other fixed assets		2			16			5
Provision for sales returns		3,451			1,770			627
Provision for doubtful accounts		1,692			2,045			1,071
Provision for rental revenue adjustments		7,898			6,613			3,102
Provision for inventory obsolescence		147			78			42
Provision for other inventory losses		55			—			—
Stock-based compensation expense		1,451			230			60
Increase (decrease) in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability		(36	)		262			(148	)
Deferred tax assets		1,564			(21,788	)		—
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements		(1,641	)		—			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(22,159	)		(13,628	)		(7,462	)
Inventories		(3,570	)		(267	)		(2,436	)
Deferred costs of rental revenue		(226	)		(130	)		(89	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(591	)		(378	)		(15	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		3,637			2,150			1,705
Accrued payroll		1,168			543			893
Warranty reserve		306			362			197
Deferred revenue		2,229			1,169			500
Income tax receivable		(401	)		(87	)		—
Income tax payable		—			(25	)		4
Deferred tax liabilities		—			(10	)		3
Other noncurrent liabilities		(80	)		258			139
Net cash provided by operating activities		15,697			13,467			4,004
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment in intangible assets		(205	)		(37	)		(63	)
Production of rental equipment		(14,481	)		(15,075	)		(10,361	)
Purchases of property and equipment		(1,551	)		(3,030	)		(2,024	)
Payment of deposit		(17	)		—			(27	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(16,254	)		(18,142	)		(12,475	)

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-8

Inogen, Inc.

Statements of cash flows (continued)

(amounts in thousands)

	Years ended December 31,
Cash flows from financing activities	2014			2013			2012
Net proceeds from issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock		—			—			19,945
Proceeds from borrowings		6,000			6,000			6,000
Proceeds from redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants   and common stock warrants exercised		506			1,883			422
Proceeds from stock options exercised		946			10			3
Proceeds from initial public offering		56,471			—			—
Costs associated with initial public offering		(6,031	)		(597	)		—
Employee stock purchase		413			—			—
Repayment of debt from investment in intangible assets		(213	)		(212	)		(213	)
Repayment of borrowings		(15,861	)		(4,000	)		(6,480	)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements		1,641			—			—
Net cash provided by financing activities		43,872			3,084			19,677
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		43,315			(1,591	)		11,206
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		13,521			15,112			3,906
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	56,836		$	13,521		$	15,112
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for interest	$	487		$	552		$	462
Cash paid during the period for income taxes		2,061			311			37
Non-cash transactions:
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		987			7,278			5,781

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-9

Inogen, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Nature of business

Inogen, Inc. (Company or Inogen) was incorporated in Delaware on November 27, 2001. The Company is a medical technology company that primarily develops, manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen concentrators used to deliver supplemental long-term oxygen therapy to patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Traditionally, these patients have relied on stationary oxygen concentrator systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders for mobile use, which we call the delivery model. The tanks and cylinders must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of oxygen, which requires patients to plan activities outside of their homes around delivery schedules and a finite oxygen supply. Additionally, patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to their stationary concentrators simply to enable mobility within their homes. The Company’s proprietary Inogen One systems concentrate the air around the patient to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen anytime, anywhere with a portable device weighing approximately 4.8 or 7.0 pounds. Our Inogen One G3 and G2 have up to 4.5 and 5 hours of battery life, respectively, with a single battery and can be plugged into an outlet when at home, in a car, or in a public place with outlets available. The Companies Inogen One systems reduce the patient’s reliance on stationary concentrators and scheduled deliveries of tanks with a finite supply of oxygen, thereby improving patient quality of life and fostering mobility.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

Accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates used in preparing these financial statements include accounts receivable reserves, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, warrant liability, stock-based compensation expense and income tax provision. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

Sales revenue

The Company generates revenue primarily from sales and rentals of its products. The Company’s products consist of its proprietary line of oxygen concentrators and related accessories. Other revenue comes from service contracts, extended warranty contracts and freight revenue for product shipments.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment of the product. Provisions for estimated returns and discounts are made at the time of shipment. Provisions for standard warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are also provided for at the time of shipment.

Revenue from the sales of used rental equipment is recognized upon delivery and when collectability is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met. When a rental unit is sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gains or losses are included in gross profit.

Revenue from the sales of the Company’s services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured. The Company offers extended service contracts on its Inogen One concentrator line for periods ranging from 12 to 24 months after the end of the standard warranty period. Revenue from these extended service contracts is recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the contract period.

F-10

The Company also offers a lifetime warranty for direct-to-consumer sales. For a fixed price, the Company agrees to provide a fully functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. Lifetime warranties are only offered to patients upon the initial sale of oxygen equipment by the Company, and are non-transferable. Product sales with lifetime warranties are considered to be multiple element arrangements within the scope of ASC 605-25.

There are two deliverables when product that includes a lifetime warranty is sold. The first deliverable is the oxygen concentrator equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years. The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that provides for a functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining lifetime of the patient. These two deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting.

The revenue is allocated to the two deliverables on a relative selling price method. The Company has vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price for the equipment. To determine the selling price of the lifetime warranty, the company uses its best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable as the lifetime warranty is neither separately priced nor is the selling price available through third-party evidence. To calculate the selling price associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit margins of the overall business, the average estimated cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties. A significant estimate used to calculate the price and expense of lifetime warranties is the life expectancy of patients. Based on clinical studies, the company estimates that 60% of patients will succumb to their disease within three years. Given the approximate mortality rate of 20% per year, the company estimates on average all patients will succumb to their disease within five years. The Company has taken into consideration that when patients decide to buy an Inogen portable oxygen concentrator with a lifetime warranty, they typically have already been on oxygen for a period of time, which can have a large impact on their life expectancy from the time our product is deployed.

After applying the relative selling price method, revenue from equipment sales is recognized when all other revenue recognition criteria for product sales are met. Lifetime warranty revenue is recognized using the straight-line method during the fourth and fifth year after the delivery of the equipment which is the estimated usage period of the contract based on the average patient life expectancy.

Shipping and handling costs for sold products and rental assets, shipped to the Company’s customers are included on the statements of operations as part of cost of sales revenue and cost of rental revenue, respectively. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $1,478 and $4,101 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $772 and $3,149, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $639 and $1,922 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Income from shipping and handling fees charged to its customers is included in other revenue on the statements of operations. The Company earned $486, $376 and $214 from shipping and handling fees for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively.

Accruals for estimated standard warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. The provisions for estimated returns, discounts and warranty obligations are made based on known claims and discount commitments and estimates of additional returns and warranty obligations based on historical data and future expectations. The Company has accrued $1,115 and $809 to provide for future warranty costs at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Rental revenue

The Company recognizes equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, per ASC 840 — Leases. The Company has separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a master lease agreement with any payor. The Company evaluates the individual lease contracts at lease inception and the start of each monthly renewal period to determine if there is reasonable assurance that the bargain renewal option associated with the potential capped free rental period would be exercised. Historically, the exercise of such a bargain renewal option is not reasonably assured at lease inception and most subsequent monthly lease renewal periods. If the Company determines that the reasonable assurance threshold for an individual patient is met at lease inception or at a monthly lease renewal period, such determination would impact the bargain renewal period for an individual lease. The Company would first consider the lease classification issue (sales-type lease or operating lease) and then appropriately recognize or defer rental revenue over the lease term, which may include a portion of the capped rental period. To date, the Company has not deferred any amounts associated with the capped rental period. Amounts related to the capped rental period have not been material in the periods presented.

The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the industry and the reimbursement environment in which the Company operates, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as

F-11

additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts which provides for those accounts from which payment is not expected to be received, although product was delivered and revenue was earned. Upon determination that an account is uncollectible, it is written-off and charged to the allowance. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the following month.

Rental revenue is recognized as earned, less estimated adjustments. Revenue not billed at the end of the period are reviewed for the likelihood of collections and accrued. The rental revenue stream is not guaranteed and payment will cease if the patient no longer needs oxygen or returns the equipment. Revenue recognized is at full estimated allowable amounts; transfers to secondary insurances / patient responsibility have no net effect on revenue. Rental revenue is earned for that month if the patient is on service on the first day of the 30-day period commencing on the recurring date of service for a particular claim, regardless if there is a change in condition/death after that date.

Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts for which the revenue recognition criteria had been met as of period-end but were not billed. The estimate of unbilled rental revenue accrual is based on historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, debt and warrants. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair values based on the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s debt approximates carrying value based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. Imputed interest associated with the Company’s non-interest bearing debt is insignificant.

The fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

Fair value accounting

Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, creates a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and states that a fair value measurement should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities adjusted to fair value in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

Level inputs, as defined by ASC 820, are as follows:

Level input	Input definition
Level 1	Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level 2	Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.
Level 3	Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2013 for the liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Preferred stock warrant liability	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260

F-12

The following table summarizes the fair value measurements using significant Level 3 inputs, and changes therein, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Warrant liability
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	164
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(166	)
Change in fair value		262
Balance as of December 31, 2013		260
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(148	)
Change in fair value		(36	)
Reclassification of liability to additional paid in capital		(76	)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	—

The preferred stock warrant liability is marked to market each reporting date until the warrants are settled. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which takes into consideration the market values of comparable public companies, considering among other factors, the use of multiples of earnings, and adjusted to reflect the restrictions on the ability of the Company’s shares to trade in an active market.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates market value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal sales and rental terms. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of the customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level that, in management’s opinion, is adequate to absorb potential losses related to account receivables and is based upon the Company’s continuous evaluation of the collectability of outstanding balances. Management’s evaluation takes into consideration such factors as past bad debt experience, economic conditions and information about specific receivables. The Company’s evaluation also considers the age and composition of the outstanding amounts in determining their net realizable value. The allowance is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments to these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods that they become known. The allowance is increased by bad debt provisions charged to bad debt expense in operating expense and reduced by direct write-offs, net of recoveries.

Provision for sales returns applies to direct to consumer sales only. The Company does not allow returns from providers. This reserve is calculated based on actual historical return rates under our 30-day return program and is applied to the current period’s sales revenue for direct to consumer sales.

The Company also records an allowance for rental revenue adjustments and write-offs, which is recorded as a reduction of rental revenue and rental accounts receivable balances. These adjustments and write offs result from contractual adjustments, audit adjustments, untimely claims filings or billings not paid due to another provider performing same or similar functions for the patient in the same period, all of which prevent billed revenue to become realizable. The reserve is based on historical revenue adjustments as a percentage of rental revenue billed during the related period.

When recording the allowance for doubtful accounts, the bad debt expense account (general & administrative expense account) is charged, when recording allowance for sales returns, the sales returns account (contra sales revenue account) is charged, and when recording the allowance for adjustments, the rental revenue adjustments account (contra rental revenue account) is charged.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, included in accounts receivable on the balance sheets are earned but unbilled receivables of $3,653 and $1,435 respectively.

F-13

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. At times, cash account balances may be in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). However, management believes the risk of loss to be minimal. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these institutions and has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments to date.

Concentration of customers and vendors

The Company sells its products to home medical equipment providers in the United States and in foreign countries on a credit basis. No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue for 2013 and 2014. In 2012 one customer accounted for 12% of our total revenue.

The Company also rents products directly to patients, which resulted in a customer concentration relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. Medicare’s service reimbursement programs (net of patient co-insurance obligations) accounted for 76%, 73% and 66% of rental revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and based on total revenue were 27%, 29% and 27% for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable balances relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs amounted to $4,875 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014, $2,560 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and $3,043 or 33% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2012.

The Company currently purchases raw materials from a limited number of vendors, which resulted in a concentration of three major vendors that accounted for 19%, 16%, and 10%, respectively, of total raw material purchases in 2014. The three major vendors supply the Company with raw materials used to manufacture the Company’s products. For 2013, the Company’s three major vendors accounted for 17%, 15%, and 8%, respectively, of total raw material purchases.

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Non-U.S. revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. A breakdown of the Company’s revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. revenue	$	88,094	$	58,677	$	35,538
Non-U.S. revenue		24,443		16,766		13,038
Total revenue	$	112,537	$	75,443	$	48,576

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, including material, labor and manufacturing overhead, whereby the standard costs are updated at least quarterly to reflect approximate actual costs using the first-in, first out (FIFO) method and market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. The Company records adjustments at least quarterly to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items. Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Raw materials and work-in-progress	$	6,774		$	3,783
Finished goods		983			565
Less: reserves		(141	)		(100	)
Inventories	$	7,616		$	4,248

F-14

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the assets estimated useful lives as follows:

Rental equipment	1.5-5 years
Manufacturing equipment and tooling	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3 years
Furniture and equipment	3-5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of 3-10 years or life of underlying lease

Expenditures for additions, improvements and replacements are capitalized and depreciated to a salvage value of zero. Repair and maintenance costs are included in cost of revenue in the statements of operations. Repair and maintenance expense, including both labor and parts, for rental equipment was $1,628 and $1,020 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Rental equipment	$	10,339	$	7,132	$	4,056
Other property and equipment		1,591		1,209		630
Total depreciation and amortization	$	11,930	$	8,341	$	4,686

Accumulated depreciation related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
Property and equipment	2014		2013
Rental equipment, net of allowance	$	48,359	$	37,573
Other property and equipment		9,408		8,105
Property and equipment		57,767		45,678
Accumulated depreciation
Rental equipment		21,084		12,545
Other property and equipment		4,756		3,411
Accumulated depreciation		25,840		15,956
Net property and equipment
Rental equipment		27,275		25,028
Other property and equipment		4,652		4,694
Property and equipment, net	$	31,927	$	29,722

Long-lived assets

The Company accounts for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances that indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not impairment to such value has occurred. No impairments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Deferred rent

The Company’s operating leases for its office facilities in California and Texas include a rent abatement period and scheduled rent increases. The Company has accounted for the leases to provide straight-line charges to operations over the life of the leases.

F-15

Research and development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs, which approximated $3,290, $2,840 and $2,503 during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are expensed as incurred, excluding the production costs of direct response commercials. Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the future tax consequences of transactions that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This accounting standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, within operations as income tax expense. No significant interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

The Company operates in multiple states. The statute of limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2011 for federal and 2010 to 2011 for various state tax purposes. However, the net operating loss generated on the federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and state tax authorities. We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of net operating losses in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to the inception of the company.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which establishes accounting for share-based awards exchanged for employee services and requires companies to expense the estimated fair value of these awards over the requisite employee service period. Share–based compensation cost is determined at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight line basis over the employee’s requisite service period.

As part of the provisions of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

Business segments

The Company operates in only one business segment-manufacturing and marketing and sales of respiratory equipment.

Stock Split

On November 11, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved a 3:1 reverse stock split. This became effective as of November 12, 2013 and the effect of this event has been reflected in all of the share quantities and per share amounts throughout these financial statements. The shares of common stock retained a par value of $0.001.

F-16

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial statements to conform to current period financial statement presentation. These revisions increased working capital by $844 at December 31, 2013, but did not impact previously reported total revenue, net income, earnings per share, stockholders’ deficit or cash flows.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share, or EPS, is computed in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share, and is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents unless the effect is to reduce a loss or increase the income per share. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company, options and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive.

The shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share represent the weighted-average common shares outstanding, reduced by the weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase. Further, as the Company’s preferred stockholders have the right to participate in any dividend declared on the Company’s common stock, basic and diluted EPS are potentially subject to computation using the two-class method, under which the Company’s undistributed earnings are allocated amongst the common and preferred shareholders. However, as the company recorded a net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012, presentation of EPS using the two class method was not necessary. The Company had net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and has presented EPS using the two class method.

As further discussed in Note 11, on February 20, 2014, the Company completed an initial public offering of 4,411,763 shares of common stock at a price of $16.00 per share. The Company sold 3,529,411 shares of common stock and certain stockholders sold 882,352 shares of common stock. As of March 7, 2014 the underwriters elected to purchase 99,550 additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price. All preferred stock outstanding as of the IPO automatically converted into 14,259,647 shares of common stock. This IPO transaction has materially altered the number of common shares outstanding.

F-17

The computation of EPS is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator—basic:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less:  undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic		(567	)		(10,781	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic	$	5,272		$	211		$	(5,217	)
Numerator—diluted:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted		(514	)		(9,625	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted	$	5,325		$	1,367		$	(5,217	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268
Net income (loss) per share - basic common stock	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted common stock	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Warrants		—			—			233,611
Preferred convertible stock		—			—			14,057,509
Stock options		546,142			—			1,646,223
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)		546,142			—			15,937,343
Denominator calculation from basic to diluted:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Warrants		128,016			219,766			—
Stock Options		1,726,913			1,511,855			—
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268

The computations of diluted net income applicable to common shareholders exclude redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants and common stock options which were anti-dilutive for the period ended December 31, 2012.

Revenue from contracts with customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP.

F-18

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Company’s pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which the Company will adopt the standard in 2017.

3. Intangible assets

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company acquired Comfort Life Medical, LLC (Comfort Life). The acquisition resulted in recording an intangible asset in the amount of $92 related to the Medicare license held by the acquired company. The Company amortizes this intangible asset over its estimated useful life of ten years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no impairments recorded related to this intangible asset.

On April 1, 2009, Comfort Life Medical, LLC merged with Inogen, Inc., and was simultaneously dissolved.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company was assigned four patents previously held as an exclusive license from Air Products & Chemicals (APC) in exchange for an increase in a long term liability due to APC of $250. The acquisition of these patents resulted in an intangible asset of $250. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company purchased additional patents from APC for a total value of $650. The Company amortizes these intangible assets over an estimated useful life of five years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no impairments recorded related to these intangible assets. The Company in 2013 calculated imputed interest on these patents and associated debt over the term of the contractual agreement, and reduced the underlying asset, debt by $177. The company recalculated interest and amortization of the period based on adjusted asset and debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company acquired Breathe Oxygen Services, LLC. The acquisition resulted in recording an intangible asset in the amount of $66 related to the Medicare license held by the acquired company that allowed them to operate in the state of Tennessee as well as assets of the company. The Company amortizes this intangible asset over its estimated useful life of ten years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no impairments recorded related to this intangible asset.

On August 29, 2011, Breathe Oxygen Services, LLC merged with Inogen, Inc., and was simultaneously dissolved.

The Company also capitalizes costs incurred for the production of direct response advertising commercials and amortizes these intangible assets over a useful life of two years. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company paid $95 for its G2 commercial and during the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid $63 for its G3 commercial.

Amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $150 and $203 and $298, respectively.

The following tables represent the changes in net carrying values of the intangibles as of the respective dates:

December 31, 2014	Average estimated useful lives (in years)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Licenses	10	$	185	$	81	$	104
Patents and websites	5		873		749		124
Commercial	2		128		86		42
Total		$	1,186	$	916	$	270
December 31, 2013	Average estimated useful lives (in years)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Licenses	10	$	185	$	63	$	122
Patents	5		723		662		61
Commercial	2		73		41		32
Total		$	981	$	766	$	215

F-19

Annual estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

	Intangible
Years ending December 31,	amortization
2015	$	84
2016		65
2017		48
2018		48
2019		25
Thereafter		—
	$	270

4. Long-term debt

JP Morgan Chase debt

In November 2014, the Company secured a primary banking relationship that provides access to a $15,000 working capital revolving line of credit, and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JP Morgan Chase.  This agreement is a three year working capital revolving line of credit which replaces the previous loan facility the Company maintained with Comerica.  The interest rate on outstanding debt balances will be LIBOR plus 1.25%.  The Company is required to maintain a tangible net worth not less than $90,000 and EBITDA of $10,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014.  The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2014, and no outstanding debt balances were outstanding on the credit facility.

Comerica debt

On October 12, 2012, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit and term loan agreement with its lenders whereby the existing balances and the payback terms were not changed. This transaction did not result in any debt extinguishment losses or gains. The Company did not incur or defer any financing cost directly related to the amendment of the credit and term loan agreement. Due to the completion of the IPO during the term of this facility, a fee equal to 1% of the facility amount of $120, was paid to the lenders in March of 2014, and was included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Statements of Operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

The amended and restated credit and term loan agreement with the Company’s current lenders provided for new borrowings of up to $12,000 secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The amended and restated credit and term loan agreement provided for the existing term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $3,000 (Term Loan A), a term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $8,000 (Term Loan B), a new term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $12,000 (Term Loan C), and an accounts receivable revolving line of credit amounting to up to $1,000 based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined (AR Revolver).

Principal and interest amounts for all the term loans were payable monthly.  Each term loan bore interest at the Base Rate, which is a rate equal to the applicable margin plus the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate, as defined in the agreement, plus 1% and (iii) the daily adjusting LIBOR rate, plus 1%. The applicable margins for Term Loans A, B, and C were 1.25%, 2.5% and 2.25%, respectively.

The Term Loan A facility of $3,000 is presented net of principal payments that began in May 2011. The net balances of this term loan facility were $0 and $417 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Term Loan B facility for $8,000 is presented net of principal payments that began in May 2012. The net balances of this term loan facility were $0 and $3,778 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Term Loan C facility for $12,000 is presented net of principal payments that began in November 2013. The net balances were $0 and $5,666 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The AR Revolver expired on October 13, 2013, and was not renewed by the Company. There were no borrowings under the AR Revolver as of and during the year ended December 31, 2014.

F-20

The interest rates were 4.5% for Term Loan A, 5.75% for Term Loan B, and 5.5% for Term Loan C at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all covenants of the amended and restated credit and term loan agreement.

In November 2014, the Company secured a primary banking relationship that provides access to a $15,000 working capital revolving line of credit, and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JP Morgan Chase.  This agreement is a three year working capital revolving line of credit which replaces the previous loan facility the Company maintained with Comerica.  The interest rate on outstanding debt balances will be LIBOR plus 1.25%.  The Company is required to maintain a tangible net worth not less than $90,000 and EBITDA of $10,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014.  The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2014, and no outstanding debt balances were outstanding on the credit facility.

The Company paid all outstanding balances and accrued interest on the term loan agreements on August 22, 2014 totaling $11,600.

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Term Loan A, bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments of $83 beginning May 2011 through April 2014	$	—		$	417
Term Loan B, bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments of    $222 beginning May 2012 through April 2015		—			3,778
Term Loan C bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments    of $167 beginning November 2013 through May 2014,    $367 a month beginning June 2014 through October 2016.		—			5,666
Contractual obligation, bearing imputed interest at prime plus two,    quarterly payments of $53 beginning May 2011 through    October 2014 and quarterly payments of $81 beginning    January 2015 through October 2016		614			788
Subtotal		614			10,649
Less: current maturities		(299	)		(5,258	)
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	315		$	5,391

As of December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate payments due under non-cancelable debt are summarized as follows:

Years ending December 31,
2015	$	299
2016		315
2017		—
Total	$	614

5. Income taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

Years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
Current tax expense
Federal	$	(1,139	)	$	(42	)	$	—
State		(525	)		(169	)		(15	)
Total current tax expense		(1,664	)		(211	)		(15	)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
Federal		(2,782	)		(798	)		523
State		(3	)		(313	)		88
Total deferred tax benefit (expense)		(2,785	)		(1,111	)		611
Plus (less): change in valuation allowance		1,223			22,909			(614	)
Total deferred tax benefit (expense), net		(1,562	)		21,798			(3	)
Income tax benefit (expense)	$	(3,226	)	$	21,587		$	(18	)

F-21

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
NOL and credit carryforward	$	22,924		$	25,233
Accrued expenses		3,575			2,686
Valuation allowance		(2,899	)		(4,122	)
Allowance, reserves and other		1,965			—
		25,565			23,797
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant, and equipment		(3,674	)		(1,643	)
Other		(1,667	)		(366	)
		(5,341	)		(2,009	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	20,224		$	21,788

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the last three years is as follows:

Years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
U.S. Statutory rate		34.00	%		34.00	%		34.00	%
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)		2.47			5.48			4.53
Nondeductible expenses		1.39			2.54			(2.77	)
Remeasured deferred for state rate change		(0.25	)		(8.25	)		(137.26	)
Change in valuation allowance		(12.16	)		(595.34	)		105.55
R&D credit (net of reserve)		(3.49	)		—			—
Expiration of net operating losses		8.09			—			—
Other		2.04			0.58			(1.02	)
Effective income tax rate		32.09	%		(560.99	)%		3.03	%

The Company is a C-Corporation for both federal and state income tax purposes.

The Company operates in multiple states. The statute of limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2011 for federal and 2010 to 2011 for various state tax purposes. However, the net operating loss generated on the federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and state tax authorities.

Income tax provision was $3,226 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to income tax benefit of $21,587 for the year ended December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $59,319 and $46,434 of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, that begin to expire in 2023 and 2015 for federal and state purposes, respectively, if not utilized.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $57,463 and $52,769 of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, that begin to expire in 2023 and 2015 for federal and state purposes, respectively, if not utilized.

F-22

Our existing net operating losses are subject to limitations arising from a current period ownership change subject to the provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and if we undergo one or more future ownership changes our ability to utilize net operating losses could be further limited.  In general, under Section 382 of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses to offset future taxable income. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Even after factoring in the limitations of the current period ownership change, the Company was able to determine that, based upon future projections of income, it is more likely than not that all of its federal net operating losses will be utilized before they expire.  However, the Company determined that some of its California net operating losses will expire unused and therefore has a valuation allowance of $2,899 relating to these net operating losses.  In the current period, the Company released (or reversed) $1,223 of the California NOLs valuation allowance due to expiration of California NOLs and changes in estimates of future projections of income, resulting in a determination that is more likely than not that all but $32,796 ($2,899 tax effected) of the California net operating losses will be utilized.

Due to overall cumulative losses incurred over the years, the Company maintained a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 the Company evaluated the current facts and circumstances and concluded that the negative evidence that existed as of December 31, 2012, no longer existed. Accordingly, the Company relied on positive evidence, which included cumulative income in the trailing three years and a forecast of taxable income sufficient to utilize its deferred tax assets including net operating loss carryforwards. During 2013, the Company determined that it was appropriate to release $22,909 of the valuation allowance at December 31, 2013.

The Company accounts for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Accounting Standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total unrecognized tax benefits were $577 and $306, respectively. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No significant interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Reconciliation of liability for unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at beginning of period	$	306	$	—
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		123		—
Additions for tax positions of prior years		148		306
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—		—
Settlements		—		—
Balance at end of period	$	577	$	306

We do not expect a material increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

F-23

6. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its offices and certain equipment under operating leases that expire through December 2019. At December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate payments due under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2014
2015	$	870
2016		483
2017		477
2018		457
2019		458
Thereafter		313
	$	3,058

Rent expense of $750, $910 and $806 was included in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Warranty obligation

The following table identifies the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Product warranty liability at beginning of period	$	809		$	447
Accruals for warranties issued		1,075			533
Adjustments related to preexisting warranties    (including changes in estimates)		406			322
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)		(1,175	)		(493	)
Product warranty liability at end of period	$	1,115		$	809

Legislation and HIPAA

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state and local governments. These laws and regulations include, but are not necessarily limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, government healthcare program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse. Government activity has continued with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of fraud and abuse statutes and regulations by healthcare providers. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government healthcare programs together with the imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services previously billed.

The Company believes that it is in compliance with fraud and abuse regulations as well as other applicable government laws and regulations. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation as well as regulatory actions unknown or unasserted at this time.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) assures health insurance portability, reduces healthcare fraud and abuse, guarantees security and privacy of health information, and enforces standards for health information. The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH Act) imposes notification requirements of certain security breaches relating to protected health information. The Company may be subject to significant fines and penalties if found not to be compliant with the provisions outlined in the regulations.

Amended & Restated Employment agreements

On October 1, 2013, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) including considerations for salary, bonus awards, and severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations up to period of thirty-six months.

F-24

On October 1, 2013, the Company has entered into employment agreements with certain key employees including considerations for salary, bonus awards, and severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations up to period of twenty-four months.

Legal proceedings

On November 4, 2011, we filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Inova Labs Inc., or Defendant, for infringement of two of our patents. The case, Inogen Inc. v. Inova Labs Inc., Case No. 8:11-cv-01692-JST-AN, or the Lawsuit, involves U.S. Patent Nos. 7,841,343, entitled “Systems and Methods For Delivering Therapeutic Gas to Patients”, or the ’343 patent, and 6,605,136 entitled “Pressure Swing Adsorption Process Operation And Optimization”, or the ’136 patent. We alleged in the Lawsuit that certain of Defendant’s oxygen concentrators infringe various claims of the ’343 and ’136 patents. The Lawsuit seeks damages, injunctive relief, costs and attorney fees.

The Defendant has answered the complaint, denying infringement and asserting various sets of defenses including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability, patent misuse, unclean hands, laches and estoppel. The Defendant also filed counterclaims against us alleging patent invalidity, non-infringement and inequitable conduct. We denied the allegations in the Defendant’s counterclaims. We have filed a motion to dismiss Defendant’s inequitable conduct counterclaim.

The Defendant filed a request with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office seeking an inter parties reexamination of the ’343 and ’136 patents. The Defendant also filed a motion to stay the Lawsuit pending outcome of the reexamination. On March 20, 2012, the Court granted the Defendant’s motion to stay the Lawsuit pending outcome of the reexamination and also granted our motion to dismiss the Defendant’s inequitable conduct counterclaim.

The Company is party to various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. The Company carries insurance, subject to deductibles under the specified policies, to protect against losses from certain types of legal claims. The Company does not anticipate that any of these proceedings will have a material impact on the Company. Refer to Note 11 for subsequent events for additional information on lawsuits.

7. Convertible preferred stock

Prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering in February 2014, the Company was authorized to issue common stock and Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G preferred stock.

A summary of the terms of the various types of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013, is as follows:  

Series	B			C			D			E			F			G			Total
Shares authorized		500,000			400,000			1,700,000			1,700,000			2,800,000			2,900,000			10,000,000
Shares issued		425,511			365,903			1,573,126			1,634,874			2,701,957			2,840,260			9,541,631
Par value	$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001
Conversion rate		1.45108			1.73014			1.87951			2.69244			1.0000			1.0000
Liquidation preference per share	$	11.880		$	17.580		$	21.900		$	19.224		$	7.140		$	14.083
Dividend rate		5	%		8	%		8	%		8	%		8	%		8	%
							July			October			February
							2005 to			2007 to			2010 to			March
Issue date	July 2003			June 2004			July 2007			February 2009			June 2010			2012
Redemption date	January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,
	2016			2016			2016			2016			2016			2016

F-25

A summary of the terms of non-redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

Series A
Shares authorized		100,000
Share issued		66,666
Par value	$	0.001
Conversion rate		1.01706
Liquidation preference per share	$	3.750
Dividend rate		5	%
Issue date	May 2002

There was no outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014.

Upon closing of the initial public offering on February 20, 2014, all the preferred stockholders converted their shares into 14,259,647 shares of common stock.  

Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of other classes of stock outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed by the Company in connection with the completion of its initial public offering, the Company’s board of directors is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in the Company’s control or other corporate action. As of December 31, 2014, no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding, and the board of directors has not authorized or designated any rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions for any class of preferred stock.

Dividends

Prior to our IPO, Series G preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on all existing series of preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price. Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G preferred stock, Series F preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on all existing series of preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.

Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G and F preferred stock, the Series E preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.

Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, and E preferred stock, the Series D preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A, B and C preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.

Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E and D preferred stocks, the Series C preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A and B preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price. Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E, D and C preferred stocks, the Series A and B preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock at the rate of 5% of its original issue price. Dividends were only payable when, as and if declared and were not cumulative for all series. There were no dividends declared during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-26

Liquidation preferences

Prior to our IPO, in the event of any liquidation, including deemed liquidation (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation), dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series G, F and E preferred stock were entitled to be paid out an amount per share of Series G, F and E preferred stock equal to two times the original Series G, F and E issue price, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends before any amounts are paid to both holders of common stock and any other series of preferred stock. All other series of preferred stock were to be redeemed at their original issue price plus any declared, but unpaid dividends.

After preferential liquidation proceeds are paid or set aside for payment to all Series of preferred stock, the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders were to be distributed ratably among the holders of common and preferred stock on an as-converted to common stock basis.

Conversion

Prior to our IPO, all series of preferred stock were convertible at any time after issuance, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable issue price by the applicable conversion price of each as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate for all series will initially be one for one, subject to anti-dilution and other customary adjustments (see “Anti-dilution” below).

Prior to our IPO, each share of preferred stock was automatically convertible into common stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, upon (i) the election of both the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series F preferred stock and Series G preferred stock, voting together as a single class provided, or (ii) the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with aggregate proceeds of at least $40 million at an offering price of at least $17.85 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.). If the Series G preferred shares were converted to common stock in connection with an initial public offering in which shares are sold to the public at a price that was less than $14.0832 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.), then immediately prior to such conversion, the applicable conversion rate of the Series G preferred stock was to be increased to the extent necessary to make the Series G preferred holders whole as if the initial public offering price to the public had been equal to $14.0832 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.).

Upon closing of the initial public offering on February 20, 2014, all the preferred stockholders converted their shares into 14,259,647 shares of common stock.

Anti-dilution

Prior to our IPO, upon each issuance by the Company of any Additional Shares, as defined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation, without consideration or for consideration less than the Series A to G conversion price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such additional stock, then the Series A to G conversion price was reduced based on a defined formula.

Prior to our IPO, the Series A to D and Series E to G preferred stock was subject to adjustment on a partial ratchet basis and on a full ratchet basis, respectively, if the Company issued additional stock at a price per share less than the then Applicable Conversion Price, except for customary exceptions already set forth in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation.

On March 12, 2012, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of 2,840,260 shares of Series G Preferred Stock for $20,000, at a price of $7.0416 per share (March Issuance).

Immediately prior to such Issuance, the Series A Conversion Price was $3.687, the Series B Conversion Price was $8.436, the Series C Conversion Price was $10.836, the Series D Conversion Price was $12.651, the Series E Conversion Price was $3.570, and the Series F Conversion Price was $3.570.

According to the formula defined in a prior Certificate of Incorporation and simultaneous with the March Issuance, the Series A Conversion Price was not adjusted and remained at $3.687 per share, the Series B Conversion Price was adjusted to $8.187 per share, the Series C Conversion Price was adjusted to $10.161 per share, the Series D Conversion Price was adjusted to $11.652 per share, the Series E Conversion Price was not adjusted and remained at $3.570 per share, and the Series F Conversion Price was not adjusted and remained at $3.570 per share.

F-27

Voting rights

Prior to our IPO, the holder of any share of preferred stock had the right to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each such share of preferred stock and has full voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock. The preferred stockholders were entitled to vote with the holders of common stock on all matters except as specifically provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise prohibited by law.

Protective provisions

Prior to our IPO, the holders of at least 66 ²/₃% of preferred stock on an as converted to common stock basis were required to approve certain specified actions as outlined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, the holders of at least 60% of the Series D preferred stock were required to approve certain specified actions as outlined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, the Company could not amend its prior Certificate of Incorporation without the approval of at least 66 ²/₃% of any series of preferred stock if such amendment would change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of such series.

Redemption

Prior to our IPO, from and after January 1, 2016, each holder of the Series B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock, upon written approval of the holders of at least a majority of the related series shares then outstanding, could, at its option, at any time (and from time to time), require the Company to redeem all or part of the series held by such holder by delivery of a written notice requesting such redemption and the number of shares to be redeemed. The redemption price was equivalent to the liquidation preference for each series of preferred stock.

Prior to our IPO, the redemption provisions of the Series B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock were not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Company has presented these series of preferred stock as a component of redeemable convertible preferred stock and not stockholders’ deficit. The Company initially recorded these series of preferred stock at their fair value. As the Series E and F preferred stock have redemption amounts greater than their initial fair value, the Company accretes the carrying value to the redemption value using the interest method. The accretion is treated in the same manner as dividends on nonredeemable stock and are recorded by charges against additional paid-in capital or accumulated deficit.

8. Stock incentive plan

The Company has a 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (2012 Plan) under which the Company has reserved 1,216,772 shares of common stock, to be issued in connection with stock options and other equity awards issued under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for option grants at exercise prices not less than 100% of the fair value of common stock on the date of grant. The Company’s 2012 Plan terminated in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and, accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under this plan. The 2012 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of December 31, 2014, the combined reserve under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan was 1,531,258 shares of common stock.

Previously, the Company had a 2002 Plan, as amended. As of March 12, 2012, the 2002 Plan was terminated and the 2012 Plan was created in its place. On termination, the 2002 Plan had 1,424,540 shares of common stock outstanding. Any shares returned to the 2002 Plan as a result of expiration or termination of equity awards (up to 1,424,646 shares) are added to the 2012 Plan Share reserve.

The Company’s board of directors has adopted a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, and the Company’s stockholders have approved it. The 2014 Plan became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our initial public offering. The Company’s 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to the Company’s employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

As of December 31, 2014, a total of 895,346 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which options to purchase 730,375, shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding, and 221,178 shares remained available for issuance.  In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2014 Plan will also include shares returned to the 2012 Plan and 2002 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to such previously granted awards under the 2012 Plan and 2002 Plan is 2,328,569 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

· 895,346 shares;

F-28

· 4% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

· such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Options typically expire between seven and ten years from the date of grant and vest over one to four year terms. Options have been granted to employees and consultants of the Company at the deemed fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors, of the shares underlying the options at the date of grant.

The Company’s board of directors adopted a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2014 ESPP Plan, and the Company’s stockholders have approved it.  The 2014 ESPP Plan became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our initial public offering which was filed on February 12, 2014.  The Company’s 2014 ESPP Plan provides for the grant to all eligible employees an option to purchase stock under the 2014 ESPP Plan, within the meaning Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, and provides for six-month offering periods.  Our ESPP Plan permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, incentive compensation, bonuses, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for equity compensation and other similar compensation.  A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,500 shares during a purchase period.  Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month period.  The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date.  The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to least of:

· 179,069 shares

· 1.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

· Such other amount as may be determined by the administrator

The activity for the 2014 ESPP Stock Plan is as follows:

	First Offering		Second Offering
	Period		Period*
Employee accumulated payroll deductions		414		250
Total Shares Purchased		30,358		—
Payroll deductions used to purchase shares		413		—
Transfer to next offering period		1		—
FMV at enrollment date	$	16.00	$	21.69
FMV at purchase date	$	21.69		—
Purchase price	$	13.60		—
*Offering period ends March 2, 2015

The number of shares available to grant under the 2014 ESPP Plan as of December 31, 2014 was 148,711. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2014 for the 2014 ESPP Plan was $134 and is combined with the 2014 Stock Option Plan compensation expense for a total compensation expense of $1,451 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

F-29

The activity for stock options under our option plans is as follows:

	Options			Price per share	Weighted-average exercise price		Remaining weighted-average contractual terms (in years)		Per share average intrinsic value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012		1,646,223		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.06		6.99	$	0.41
Granted		716,326		$1.17-$8.37	$	3.95
Exercised		(8,874	)	$0.60-$8.70	$	1.35
Forfeited		(23,106	)	$0.60-$8.37	$	2.46
Expired		(1,894	)	$0.60-$8.70	$	1.53
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013		2,328,675		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.94		7.04	$	10.23
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013		1,524,325		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.16		5.95	$	11.01
Vested and expected to vest, at December 31, 2013		2,226,738		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.88		6.95	$	10.29
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013		2,328,675		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.94
Granted		754,916		$16.62-$24.52	$	17.81
Exercised		(736,519	)	$0.60-$16.62	$	1.28
Forfeited		(80,640	)	$0.60-$16.62	$	5.81
Expired		(4,799	)	$0.60-$8.37	$	1.09
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014		2,261,633		$0.60-$24.52	$	7.31		6.43	$	24.06
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2014		1,100,539		$0.60-$18.93	$	2.02		5.73	$	29.35
Vested and expected to vest, at December 31, 2014		2,144,974		$0.60-$24.52	$	7.19		6.38	$	24.18

The number of equity awards available for grant under the 2014 Plan as of December 31, 2014 and under the 2012 Plan for 2013 was 221,178 and 276,839, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value for options that were exercised for the year ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $15,495, $30, and $2, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

		Outstanding						Exercisable
				Weighted-						Weighted-
				average						average
				life		exercise				exercise
Exercise price per share		Shares		(years)		price		Shares		price
$	0.60		515,582		5.00	$	0.60		515,582	$	0.60
$	0.75		84,724		6.75		0.75		66,276		0.75
$	0.81		221,593		7.27		0.81		143,955		0.81
$	1.17		293,436		8.15		1.17		109,748		1.17
$2.40-$6.00			148,490		3.22		2.42		148,490		2.42
$	8.37		257,471		8.77		8.37		73,035		8.37
$	8.70		9,962		1.12		8.70		9,962		8.70
$	16.62		608,153		6.25		16.62		33,121		16.62
$	18.93		12,222		6.62		18.93		370		18.93
$	24.52		110,000		6.89		24.52		—		—
			2,261,633		6.43	$	7.31		1,100,539	$	2.02

F-30

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013:

		Outstanding						Exercisable
				Weighted-						Weighted-
				average						average
				life		exercise				exercise
Exercise price per share		Shares		(years)		price		Shares		price
$	0.60		920,687		5.96	$	0.60		916,917	$	0.60
$	0.75		128,845		7.75		0.75		76,466		0.75
$	0.81		244,979		8.26		0.81		102,329		0.81
$	1.17		427,805		9.09		1.17		82,249		1.17
$	2.10		66		0.09		2.10		66		2.10
$	2.40		316,089		4.13		2.40		316,089		2.40
$	4.24		7,461		0.52		4.50		7,461		4.24
$	8.37		271,829		9.77		8.37		11,834		8.37
$	8.70		10,914		2.19		8.70		10,914		8.70
			2,328,675		7.04	$	1.94		1,524,325	$	1.16

Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2014 and 2013 was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures at a rate of 6.9% and 7.0%, based on the Company’s historical option cancellations. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718, included in cost of sales, sales and marketing expense, general and administrative expense, and research and development expense, totaled $1,451, $230 and $60, respectively.

Valuation assumptions

The employee stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718 was determined using the Black-Scholes method.

Option valuation models require the input of subjective assumptions and these assumptions can vary over time. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term. The expected term of the options was based on the simplified method outlined in ASC 718. The volatility factors were based on five peer companies selected from Dow Jones Industry Classification Benchmark (ICB) codes 4535 and 4537. These codes include companies which are the same market categories as the Company, which is the medical equipment and supplies line of business. The peer companies were selected based on similarity of market capitalization, size and certain operating characteristics. The calculated volatility value was established by taking the historical daily closing values prior to grant date, over a period equal to the expected term, for each of the peer companies.

When the period of data available was less than the expected term, closing values for the longest period of time available were used. The calculated historical volatility of each of these companies was then averaged to determine the calculated value used by the Company.

The value of employee options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used:

	2014	2013	2012
Expected term (years)	4.02-6.99	5.26-6.03	5.51-6.07
Risk free interest rate	1.32-2.02%	1.08-1.76%	0.73-1.33%
Expected dividend yield	None	None	None
Volatility	42.15-52.73%	50.1-52.77%	48.95-50.52%

Under these assumptions, the total weighted average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $5,329, $1,705, and $95, respectively.

F-31

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 there was $4,948 and $1,370, respectively of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation granted under the Plan.

9. Warrants

In connection with certain of its redeemable convertible preferred stock issuances, convertible debt financings, and other financing arrangements the Company has issued warrants for shares of its common stock and various issues of its redeemable convertible preferred stock. Such warrants related to its redeemable convertible preferred stock have been recorded as liabilities as a result of non-standard anti-dilution rights and are carried at their estimated fair value using the Monte Carlo valuation model.

A summary of outstanding warrants at December 31, 2014 is as follows:

	Number of		Exercise		Expiration
Security	warrants		price/share		date
Common stock		15,218	$	0.30	2017-2019

A summary of outstanding warrants at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Number of		Exercise		Expiration
Security	warrants		price/share		date
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		14,215	$	17.580	2015
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		11,415		21.900	2013-2014
Series E  redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		3,120		9.612	2015
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		1,102		9.612	2016
Common stock		233,611		0.300	2017-2019
		263,463

A rollforward of warrant activity from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014 is as follows:

	Issued and						Issued and
	outstanding						outstanding
	warrants as of		Warrants		Warrants		warrants as of
	January 1, 2014		exercised		expired		December 31, 2014
Series C preferred		14,215		11,459		2,756		—
Series D preferred		11,415		11,415		—		—
Series E preferred		4,222		4,222		—		—
Common stock		233,611		218,393		—		15,218
		263,463		245,489		2,756		15,218

	Issued and						Issued and
	outstanding						outstanding
	warrants as of		Warrants		Warrants		warrants as of
	January 1, 2013		exercised		expired		December 31, 2013
Series C preferred		14,215		—		—		14,215
Series D preferred		132,169		85,895		34,859		11,415
Series E preferred		4,222		—		—		4,222
Common stock		233,611		—		—		233,611
		384,217		85,895		34,859		263,463

The fair value of the preferred warrant liability was $0 and $260 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded a gain/(loss) of $36 and ($262), respectively, on the change in fair value of the preferred warrants.

F-32

10. Quarterly summary of information (unaudited)

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data are as follows:

Quarterly Results 2014	Q1 March			Q2 June		Q3 September		Q4 December
Net sales	$	23,633		$	30,393	$	29,393	$	29,118
Gross profit		11,938			15,114		14,649		13,816
Net income	$	888		$	2,286	$	2,133	$	1,519
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders
Basic		(0.01	)		0.13		0.12		0.08
Diluted		(0.01	)		0.11		0.11		0.07

Quarterly Results 2013	Q1 March			Q2 June		Q3 September			Q4 December
Net sales	$	15,747		$	20,157	$	19,777		$	19,762
Gross profit		8,117			11,057		9,642			10,175
Net income	$	730		$	1,960	$	774		$	21,971
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders
Basic		(3.65	)		—		(3.90	)		0.91
Diluted		(3.65	)		—		(3.90	)		0.79

Earnings per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts will not necessarily equal the total for the year.

11. Subsequent events

On January 20, 2015, Inogen, Inc. (the “Company”), entered into a Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) amending that certain Multi-Purpose Commercial Building Lease dated February 1, 2010, as amended, (the “Lease”) by and between the Company and Rockbridge Investments, L.P., a California limited partnership, for its principal executive offices consisting of approximately 38,851 rentable square feet located at 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, California 93117 (collectively, the “Premises”).  The original term of the Lease expires on October 31, 2015, and, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the original term of the Lease is extended by an additional five (5) years commencing November 1, 2015 and ending October 31, 2020.  The minimum monthly rent under the Lease commencing on November 1, 2015 will be approximately $45 per month, and will increase annually by three percent (3%) each year thereafter during the extended term.  The Second Amendment also grants to the Company one option to renew the lease for an additional five (5) years commencing November 1, 2020 at the then prevailing fair market rental rate and otherwise pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit G to the original Lease.

Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On March 13 and March 19, 2015, plaintiffs Brad Christi and Roger D. Holford each filed, respectively, a lawsuit against Inogen, Raymond Huggenberger, Inogen’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Alison Bauerlein, Inogen’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our securities between November 12, 2014 and March 11, 2015. The complaints allege that Inogen, Mr. Huggenberger and Ms. Bauerlein violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Huggenberger and Ms. Bauerlein violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Specifically, the complaints allege that during the purported class period our financial statements and disclosures concerning internal controls over financial reporting were materially false and misleading.  The complaints seek compensatory damages in an unspecified amount, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expert fees, prejudgment and post-judgment interest and such other relief as the court deems proper.  The deadline for motions for appointment as lead plaintiff is May 12, 2015. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against these allegations.  We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.

F-33

On April 15, 2015, the NASDAQ, received a standard notice stating that the Company is not in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 525(c)(1), which requires timely filing of periodic financial reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The April 15, 2015 letter was sent as a result of the Companies delay in filing its Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, which the Company announced via a Form 8-K filing on April 14, 2015.  The NASDAQ notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading of Inogen’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select market.  Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, the Company has 60 calendar days from the date of the letter to submit a plan to regain compliance.  By filing year end December 31, 2014 financials on Form 10-K in April of 2015, which resulted in a late filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company will not be eligible to raise additional capital on Form S-3 for the next twelve months and instead would need to file Form S-1.

F-34

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

	Balance
	Beginning									Balance at
	of Year		Additions		Deletions		Adjustments			End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2014:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)	$	1,141	$	1,692	$	1,404	$	(249	)	$	1,180
Allowance for sales returns (2)		134		3,451		3,412		—			173
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3)		2,115		8,267		8,239		249			2,392
Allowance for inventory reserves (4)		100		201		160		—			141
Allowance for rental asset loss (5)		157		1,443		768		—			832
Year ended December 31, 2013:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)	$	742	$	2,045	$	1,284	$	(362	)	$	1,141
Allowance for sales returns (2)		64		1,770		1,700		—			134
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3)		1,255		6,613		6,115		362			2,115
Allowance for inventory reserves (4)		98		78		76		—			100
Allowance for rental asset loss (5)		77		292		212		—			157
Year ended December 31, 2012:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)	$	865	$	1,071	$	1,194	$	—		$	742
Allowance for sales returns (2)		33		627		596		—			64
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3)		984		3,102		2,831		—			1,255
Allowance for inventory reserves (4)		108		42		52		—			98
Allowance for rental asset loss (5)		—		378		301		—			77

(1) The additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts represent the estimates of bad debt expense based upon factors for which the company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable, with actual recoveries netted into additions. Deductions are the actual write-offs of the receivables.

(2) The additions to the allowance for sales returns represent estimates of returns based upon historical returns experience for the direct to patient sales channel only. No reserve is recorded for sales to providers. Deductions are the actual returns of products.

(3) The additions to the allowance for rental revenue adjustments represent estimates of revenue adjustments that will need to be recorded for billing errors on rental revenue. Deductions are the actual adjustments and write offs of the rental receivables for such revenue adjustments.

(4) The inventory allowances are adjusted quarterly for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items.

(5) The allowance for rental asset loss is based on estimated losses of the company’s rental assets that will potentially be lost, stolen or unrecoverable from the patient.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

INOGEN, INC.
(Registrant)
By:	/s/ Raymond Huggenberger
	Raymond Huggenberger
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: April 27, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Raymond Huggenberger and Alison Bauerlein, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Raymond Huggenberger Raymond Huggenberger	President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	April 27, 2015
/s/ Alison Bauerlein Alison Bauerlein	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	April 27, 2015
/s/ Heath Lukatch, Ph.D. Heath Lukatch, Ph.D.	Chairman of the Board	April 27, 2015
/s/ Benjamin Anderson-Ray Benjamin Anderson-Ray	Director	April 27, 2015
/s/ Heather Rider Heather Rider	Director	April 27, 2015
/s/ Loren McFarland Loren McFarland	Director	April 27, 2015
/s/ Timothy Petersen Timothy Petersen	Director	April 27, 2015

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference From Form	Incorporated by Reference From Exhibit Number	Date Filed
3.1	Thirteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.	S-1	3.2	11/27/13
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.	S-1	3.3	11/27/13
4.1	Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.	S-1/A	4.1	01/16/14
4.2	Ninth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated March 12, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein, as amended.	S-1/A	4.2	01/16/14
4.3	Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued in connection with the Registrant’s 2007 convertible note financing.	S-1	4.3	11/27/13
4.4	Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued in connection with the Registrant’s Series E Preferred Stock Financing.	S-1	4.4	11/27/13
4.5	Form of Warrant to Purchase Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.	S-1	4.5	11/27/13
4.6	Form of Warrant to Purchase Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Registrant’s Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated July 7, 2006.	S-1	4.6	11/27/13
4.7	Form of Warrant to Purchase Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued in connection with the Registrant’s Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated September 1, 2006.	S-1	4.7	11/27/13
4.8	Warrant to Purchase Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, dated September 18, 2006, issued to Venture Lending and Leasing IV, LLC.	S-1	4.8	11/27/13
4.9	Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.	S-1	4.9	11/27/13
4.10	Form of Second Warrant to Purchase Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.	S-1	4.10	11/27/13
10.1+	Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.	S-1	10.1	11/27/13
10.2+	2002 Stock Plan, as amended.	S-1	10.2	11/27/13
10.3+	Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2002 Stock Plan, as amended.	S-1	10.3	11/27/13
10.4+	2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.	S-1	10.4	11/27/13
10.5+	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.	S-1	10.5	11/27/13
10.6+	2014 Equity Incentive Plan.	S-1/A	10.6	01/28/14
10.7+	Form Agreements under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.	S-1/A	10.7	01/28/14
10.8+	2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.	S-1/A	10.8	01/28/14
10.9+	Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.	S-1	10.9	11/27/13
10.10+	Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant and Raymond Huggenberger.	S-1/A	10.10	12/23/13
10.11+	Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant and Scott Wilkinson.	S-1/A	10.11	12/23/13
10.12+	Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant and Alison Bauerlein.	S-1/A	10.12	12/23/13
10.13+	Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant and Matt Scribner.	S-1/A	10.13	12/23/13
10.14+	Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between the Registrant and Brenton Taylor.	S-1/A	10.14	12/23/13
10.15	Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated October 12, 2012, between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, as amended.	S-1/A	10.15	01/16/14

Exhibit Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference From Form	Incorporated by Reference From Exhibit Number	Date Filed
10.16	Security Agreement, dated October 12, 2012, between the Registrant and Comerica Bank.	S-1/A	10.16	01/16/14
10.17	Multi-Purpose Commercial Building Lease, dated February 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Rockbridge Investments, L.P., as amended.	S-1	10.17	11/27/13
10.18	Lease Agreement, dated May 3, 2012, between the Registrant and Bayview (TX) Holding LLC.	S-1	10.18	11/27/13
10.19	License Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, between the Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.	S-1/A	10.19	12/23/13
10.20	Amendment to License Agreement, dated October 23, 2009, between the Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.	S-1	10.20	11/27/13
10.21	Amendment No. 2 to License Agreement, dated October 4, 2010, between the Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.	S-1	10.21	11/27/13
10.22	Amendment No. 3 to License Agreement, dated March 22, 2011, between the Registrant and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.	S-1	10.22	11/27/13
10.23	Lease Agreement, dated December 4, 2014, between the Registrant and TCIT Dallas Industrial, Inc.	Filed Herewith	10.23	04/27/15
10.24	Inogen Continuing Security, dated November 7, 2014 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Filed Herewith	10.24	04/27/15
10.25	Inogen Credit Agreement, dated November 7, 2014 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Filed Herewith	10.25	04/27/15
10.26	Inogen LC Note, dated November 7, 2014 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	Filed Herewith	10.26	04/27/15
23.1	Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	Filed Herewith	23.1	04/27/15
24.1	Powers of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this Form 10-K).	Filed Herewith	24.1	04/27/15
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed Herewith	31.1	04/27/15
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a 14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed Herewith	31.2	04/27/15
32.1~	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	File Herewith	32.1	04/27/15
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

~ The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Inogen, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made this 4 day of December, 2014, between TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Landlord”), and the Tenant named below.

Tenant:	lnogen, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Tenant’s  Address and Telephone:	326 Bollay Drive Goleta, CA 93117 Phone:   1-800-678-5572
Premises:	That portion of the Building,  containing  approximately  23,890  rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.
Project:	The project commonly known as Innovation Park, containing approximately 116,171 rentable square feet.
Building:	1225 -1249 Commerce Drive Richardson, Texas 75081 The Building contains approximately 68,900 rentable square feet.
Tenant's Proportionate Share of Project:	20.56%
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Building:	34.67%
Lease Term:	Eighty − five (85) full calendar months, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the 85th full month following the Commencement Date.
Commencement Date:	January 1, 2015
Early Entry:	Tenant shall have access to the Premises as of December 1, 2014, solely for the purpose of installing Tenant's furniture, fixture, and equipment (“Early Entry”). The Early Entry will be under all terms and conditions of this Lease other than the obligation to pay Rent. Tenant’s right to enter the Premises for Early Entry is conditioned upon (i) Tenant's contractors working in harmony with Landlord’s contractors and (ii) delivery by Tenant and all Tenant contractors of the insurance required by this Lease.
Initial Monthly Base Rent:	See Addendum 1
Initial Estimated Monthly Operating Expense Payments: (estimates only and subject to adjustment to actual costs and expenses according to the provisions of this Lease)	1. Common Area Charges:	$     816.24
	2. Taxes:	$  1,771.84
	3. Insurance:	$       79.63
Initial Estimated Monthly Operating Expense Payments:		$  2,667.71
Initial Monthly Base Rent and Estimated Operating Expense Payments:		$13,617.29
Rent Payment Address:	P.O. Box 844219 Dallas, Texas 75284
Security Deposit:	$15,369.23
Broker:	Holt Lunsford Commercial (“Landlord's Broker”) and DFW Lee & Associates, L.P. (“Tenant’s Broker”)
Addenda:	1. Base Rent Adjustments  2. HVAC Maintenance Contract  3. Move Out Conditions
Exhibits:	A. Site Plan  B. Project Rules and Regulations  C. Commencement Date Certificate  D. Leasehold Improvements  E. Right of First Offer F. Renewal Option

- 1 -

1. Granting Clause. In consideration of the obligation of Tenant to pay rent as herein provided and in consideration of the other terms, covenants, and conditions hereof, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant takes from Landlord, the Premises. to have and to hold for the Lease Term, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

2. Acceptance of Premises. Tenant shall accept the Premises in its condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants and restrictions. Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended purposes. In no event shall Landlord have any obligation for any defects in the Premises or any limitation on its use. The taking of possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken except for items that are Landlord’s responsibility under Paragraph 10 and any punch list items agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant. No later than 10 days after written demand is made therefor by Landlord of Tenant, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Commencement Date Certificate in the form of Exhibit C attached to and hereby made a part of this Lease.

3. Use. The Premises shall be used only for the purpose of receiving, storing, shipping and selling (but specifically excluding retail selling) products, materials and merchandise made and/or distributed by Tenant and for such other lawful purposes as may be incidental thereto; provided, however, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant may also use the Premises for light manufacturing. Tenant shall not conduct or give notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises or subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise, or vibrations to emanate from the Premises, or take any other action that would constitute a nuisance or would disturb, unreasonably interfere with, or endanger Landlord or any tenants of the Project. Outside storage, including without limitation, storage of trucks and other vehicles, is prohibited without Landlord's prior written consent; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to park operable vehicles and trailers overnight at the truck loading docks and designated truck and trailer parking areas for the Premises and operable automobiles in the designated automobile parking areas, and further provided there is no interference with the access of other tenants to the Building and Project parking lots and truck courts. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall use and occupy the Premises in compliance with all laws, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended) (the “ADA”), orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises (collectively, “Legal Requirements”). The Premises shall not be used as a place of public accommodation under the ADA or similar state statutes or local ordinances or any regulations promulgated thereunder, all as may be amended from time to time. Tenant shall, at its expense, make any alterations or modifications, within or without the Premises, that are required by Legal Requirements related to Tenant's use or occupation of the Premises. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant's or Landlord's insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler credits. If any increase in the cost of any insurance on the Premises or the Project is caused by Tenant's use or occupation of the Premises, or because Tenant vacates the Premises, then Tenant shall pay the amount of such increase to Landlord. Any occupation of the Premises by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

4. Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. The first month’s Base Rent, the Security Deposit, and the first monthly installment of estimated Operating Expenses (as hereafter defined) shall be due and payable on the date hereof, and Tenant promises to pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. All payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (or to such other party as Landlord may from time to time specify in writing) shall be made by check or by Electronic Fund Transfer (“EFT”) of immediately available federal funds before 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time at the Rent Payment Address as provided above or such other place, within the continental United States, as Landlord may from time to time designate to Tenant in writing. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any rent due hereunder except as may be expressly provided in this Lease. If Tenant is delinquent in any monthly installment of Base Rent or of estimated Operating Expenses for more than 5 days, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand a late charge equal to 5 percent of such delinquent sum. The provision for such late charge shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as a penalty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the late fee referenced above shall not be charged with respect to the first occurrence (but not any subsequent occurrence) during any 12-month period that Tenant fails to make payment when due, until five days after Landlord delivers written notice of such delinquency to Tenant.

5. Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of an Event of Default (hereinafter defined), Landlord may use all or part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Event of Default,

- 2 -

without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord's obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee; no interest shall accrue thereon. The Security Deposit shall be the property of Landlord, but any remaining balance shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall be released from any obligation with respect to the Security Deposit upon transfer of this Lease and the Premises to a person or entity assuming Landlord's obligations under this Paragraph 5.

6. Operating Expense Payments. During each month of the Lease Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of the annual cost, as estimated by Landlord from time to time, of Tenant’s Proportionate Share (hereinafter defined) of Operating Expenses for the Project. Payments thereof for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the ownership, maintenance, and operation of the Project including, but not limited to costs of: Taxes (hereinafter defined) and fees payable to tax consultants and attorneys for consultation and contesting taxes; insurance; utilities; maintenance, repair and replacement of all portions of the Project, including without limitation, paving and parking areas, roads, non-structural components of the roofs (including the roof membrane), alleys, and driveways, mowing, landscaping, exterior painting, utility lines, lighting, electrical systems and other mechanical and building systems; amounts paid to contractors and subcontractors for work or services performed in connection with any of the foregoing; charges or assessments of any association to which the Project is subject; property management fees payable to a property manager, including any affiliate of Landlord (not to exceed three percent (3%) of gross revenues of the Project); security services, if any; trash collection, sweeping and removal; and additions or alterations made by Landlord to the Project or the Building in order to comply with Legal Requirements (other than those expressly required herein to be made by Tenant) or that are appropriate to the continued operation of the Project or the Building as an industrial building in the market area, provided that the cost of additions or alterations that are required to be capitalized for federal income tax purposes shall be amortized on a straight line basis over a period equal to the lesser of the useful life thereof for federal income tax purposes or 10 years. Operating Expenses do not include costs, expenses, depreciation or amortization for capital repairs and capital replacements required to be made by Landlord under Paragraph 10 of this Lease, debt service under mortgages or ground rent under ground leases, costs of restoration to the extent of net insurance proceeds received by Landlord with respect thereto, leasing commissions, or the costs of renovating space for tenants.

If Tenant’s total payments of Operating Expenses for any year are less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year, then Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within 30 days after demand, and if more, then Landlord shall retain such excess and credit it against Tenant’s next payments except that during the last calendar year of the Lease Term or any extension terms thereof, Landlord shall refund any such excess within 60 days following the termination of the Lease Term or any extension terms thereof, provided that Tenant is not in default of its obligations under this Lease. For purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, a year shall mean a calendar year except the first year, which shall begin on the Commencement Date, and the last year, which shall end on the expiration of this Lease. With respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates to the entire Project, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Project as reasonably adjusted by Landlord in the future for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project; and, with respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates only to the Building, Tenant’s “Proportionate Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building as reasonably adjusted by Landlord in the future for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Building. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Proportionate Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project or Building that includes the Premises. In the event that during all or any portion of any calendar year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Operating Expenses for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Operating Expenses to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Operating Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been at least ninety-five percent (95%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Operating Expenses for such calendar year. The estimated Operating Expenses for the Premises set forth on the first page of this Lease are only estimates, and Landlord makes no guaranty or warranty that such estimates will be accurate.

For purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses under Section 6, the maximum increase in the amount of Controllable Operating Expenses (defined below) that may be included in calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for each calendar year after 2015 shall be limited to 8% per calendar year on a cumulative, compounded basis; for example, the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Expenses that may be included in the calculation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for each calendar year after 2015 shall equal the product of the 2015 Controllable Operating Expenses and the following percentages for the following calendar years: 108% for 2016; 116.64% for 2017; 125.97% for 2018; 136.05% for 2019; etc. “Controllable Operating Expenses” shall mean all Operating Expenses which are within the reasonable control of Landlord; thus, excluding Taxes, insurance, utilities, snow removal costs, costs incurred to comply with governmental requirements, and other costs beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

- 3 -

7. Utilities. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, electricity, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler services, refuse and trash collection, and other utilities and services used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for utilities imposed by any governmental entity or utility provider, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining to Tenant’s use of the Premises. Landlord may cause at Tenant’s expense any utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider in the event Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s use of such jointly metered utility materially exceeds the use of such jointly metered utility by other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall pay its share of all charges for jointly metered utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of utilities shall result in the termination of this Lease or the abatement of rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer for normal restroom use.

8. Taxes. Landlord shall pay all taxes, assessments and governmental charges (collectively referred to as “Taxes”) that accrue against the Project during the Lease Term, which shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses charged to Tenant. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens thereof. All capital levies or other taxes assessed or imposed on Landlord upon the rents payable to Landlord under this Lease and any franchise tax, any excise, use, margin (including, but not limited to, any tax pursuant to Chapter 171 of the Texas Tax Code, as the same may be amended, renewed or replaced from time to time), transaction, sales or privilege tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents from the Premises and/or the Project or any portion thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly in estimated installments or upon demand, at the option of Landlord, as additional rent; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be liable for any net income taxes imposed on Landlord unless such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder. If any such tax or excise is levied or assessed directly against Tenant or results from any Tenant-Made Alterations (defined below), then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or fixtures placed in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant.

9. Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk or special form property insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Building and commercial general liability insurance on the Project in forms and amounts customary for properties substantially similar to the Project, subject to customary deductibles. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including but not limited to, rent loss insurance. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses charged to Tenant. The Project or Building may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project or Building will be determined by Landlord based upon the total insurance cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.

Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain during the Lease Term the following insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense: (a) commercial general liability insurance applicable to the Premises and its appurtenances providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of $2,000,000; and in the event property of Tenant’s invitees or customers are kept in, or about the, Premises, Tenant shall maintain warehouser’s legal liability or bailee customers insurance for the full value of the property of such invitees or customers as determined by the warehouse contract between Tenant and its customer; (b) all risk or special form property insurance covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant; (c) workers’ compensation insurance as required by the state in which the Premises is located and in amounts as may be required by applicable statute and shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord; (d) employers liability insurance of at least $1,000,000, (e) business automobile liability insurance having a combined single limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence insuring Tenant against liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any owned, hired or nonowned automobiles, and (f) business interruption insurance with a limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately 6 months of income. Any company writing any of Tenant’s insurance shall have an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). All commercial general liability, all risk or special form property insurance, and, if applicable, warehouser’s legal liability or bailee customers insurance policies shall name Tenant as a named insured and Landlord, its property manager, and other designees of Landlord as the interest of such designees shall appear, as additional insureds (General Liability and warehouser’s legal liability or bailee customers) and loss payee (Property-Special Form). The limits and types of insurance maintained by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of such insurance as required under this Lease prior to the earlier to occur of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant is provided with possession of the Premises, and thereafter upon renewals at least 15 days prior to the expiration of the insurance coverage. Acceptance by Landlord of delivery of any certificates of insurance does not constitute approval or agreement by Landlord that the insurance requirements of this section have been met, and failure of Landlord to identify a deficiency from evidence provided will not be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to maintain such insurance. In the event any of the insurance policies required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall be cancelled prior to the expiration date of such policy, or if Tenant receives notice of any cancellation of such insurance policies from the insurer prior to the expiration date of such policy, Tenant shall: (i) immediately deliver notice to Landlord that such insurance has been, or is to be, cancelled, (ii) shall promptly replace such insurance policy in order to assure no lapse of coverage shall occur, and (iii) shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of insurance for such policy.

- 4 -

The all-risk or special form property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, their officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors, in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees or contractors shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk coverable by all risk or special form property insurance, even if such loss or damage is caused solely or in part by the negligence of Landlord or Tenant, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors for such loss or damage, even if such loss or damage is caused solely or in part by the negligence of Landlord or Tenant. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Tenant and its agents, employees and contractors shall not be liable for, and Landlord hereby waives all claims against such parties for losses resulting from an interruption of Landlord’s business, or any person claiming through Landlord, resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, damage caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by the negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors. Landlord and its agents, employees and contractors shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for losses resulting from an interruption of Tenant’s business, or any person claiming through Tenant, resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, damage caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by the negligence of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.

10. Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord shall repair, at its expense and without pass through as an Operating Expense, the structural soundness of the roof (which does not include the roof membrane), the structural soundness of the foundation, and the structural soundness of the exterior walls of the Building in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, its agents and contractors excluded. The term “walls” as used in this Paragraph 10 shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors or overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 10, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to repair.

11. Tenant’s Repairs. Landlord, at Tenant’s expense as provided in Paragraph 6, shall maintain in good repair and condition the parking areas and other common areas of the Building, including, but not limited to driveways, alleys, landscape and grounds surrounding the Premises. Subject to Landlord’s obligation in Paragraph 10 and subject to Paragraphs 9 and 15, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises and all areas, improvements and systems exclusively serving the Premises including, without limitation, dock and loading areas, truck doors, plumbing, water and sewer lines up to points of common connection, fire sprinklers and fire protection systems, entries, doors, ceilings, windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls, and heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems. Such repair and replacements include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and other mechanical and building systems exclusively serving the Premises shall be maintained at Tenant’s expense pursuant to maintenance service contracts entered into by Tenant or, at Landlord’s election, by Landlord, in which case the costs of such contracts entered into by Landlord shall be included as an Operating Expense. The scope of services and contractors under such maintenance contracts shall be reasonably approved by Landlord. If Tenant fails to perform any repair or replacement for which it is responsible, Landlord may perform such work and be reimbursed by Tenant within 20 days after demand therefor. Tenant shall not be responsible for making any repairs to the structural portions of the Building; provided, however, that Tenant shall bear the full cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Building or Project that results from damage caused by Tenant, its agents, contractors, or invitees, subject to Paragraphs 9 and 15. Tenant shall additionally bear the full cost of any non-structural repair that benefits only the Premises.

Provided that Tenant enters into and maintains the maintenance service contract for the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems serving the Premises (the “Premises HVAC”) required pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for only the first $1,500.00 per each occurrence of repair or replacement per unit of the Premises HVAC (except to the extent repair or replacement is necessitated by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct in which case Tenant shall be responsible for all costs), with the remaining cost of such repair or replacement being borne by Landlord; provided, if any unit of the Premises HVAC is replaced during the Lease Term, then (i) the foregoing limitations will no longer apply to such unit and (ii) Tenant will be solely responsible for the maintenance, repair, and replacement of such replaced unit.

In addition to the foregoing, if Tenant determines that any unit of the Premises HVAC must be replaced prior to the end of the Lease Term (except to the extent replacement is necessitated by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct in which case Tenant shall be responsible for all costs), and Landlord agrees that such replacement is required, Landlord shall pay the cost of such replacement, it being understood and agreed that the cost of said improvement or replacement shall be amortized over a term of fifteen (15) years, beginning on the first day of the calendar month after the calendar month in which the replacement occurs, which amortization shall be based upon equal payments of principal and interest over said fifteen (15) year term, and interest shall be at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. Throughout that portion of the Lease Term during which such amortization occurs, Tenant shall pay, as additional Rent, simultaneously with its payment of each installment of Base Rent hereunder, beginning on the first day of the first calendar month after the replacement is installed, the amortized amount, including interest as specified above. The foregoing amortization will be valid to the extent Tenant provides Landlord with quarterly maintenance reports indicating maintenance has been performed on the units in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 11.

- 5 -

12. Tenant-Made Alterations and Trade Fixtures. Any alterations, additions, or improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant to the Premises (“Tenant-Made Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall cause, at its expense, all Tenant-Made Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall construct at its expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Tenant-Made Alterations. All Tenant-Made Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner by contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord and only good grades of materials shall be used. All plans and specifications for any Tenant-Made Alterations shall be submitted to Landlord for its approval. Landlord may monitor construction of the Tenant-Made Alterations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its costs in reviewing plans and specifications and in monitoring construction. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to see that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials, prior to beginning such construction, and Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all work free and clear of liens and shall provide certificates of insurance for worker’s compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Tenant-Made Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did work on the Tenant-Made Alterations and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors. Upon surrender of the Premises, all Tenant-Made Alterations and any leasehold improvements constructed by Landlord or Tenant shall remain on the Premises as Landlord’s property, except to the extent Landlord requires removal at Tenant’s expense of any such items or Landlord and Tenant have otherwise agreed in writing in connection with Landlord’s consent to any Tenant-Made Alterations. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by the removal of such Tenant-Made Alterations upon surrender of the Premises.

Tenant, at its own cost and expense and without Landlord’s prior approval, may erect such shelves, racking, bins, machinery and trade fixtures (collectively “Trade Fixtures”) in the ordinary course of its business provided that such items do not alter the basic character of the Premises, do not overload or damage the Premises, and may be removed without injury to the Premises, and the construction, erection, and installation thereof complies with all Legal Requirements and with Landlord’s requirements set forth above. Tenant shall remove its Trade Fixtures and shall repair any damage caused by such removal upon surrender of the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s consent for repainting, recarpeting, or other alterations, tenant improvements, alterations or physical additions to the Premises which are cosmetic in nature totaling less than $10,000 in any single instance or series of related alterations performed within a six-month period (provided that Tenant shall not perform any improvements, alterations or additions to the Premises in stages as a means to subvert this provision), in each case provided that (A) Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice thereof, a list of contractors and subcontractors to perform the work (and certificates of insurance for each such party) and any plans and specifications therefor prior to commencing any such alterations, additions, or improvements (for informational purposes only so long as no consent is required by Landlord as required by this Lease), (B) the installation thereof does not involve any core drilling or the configuration or location of any exterior or interior walls of the Building, and (C) such alterations, additions and improvements will not affect (i) the Building’s structure or the Building’s systems, (ii) the provision of services to other Building tenants, or (iii) the appearance of the Building’s common areas or the exterior of the Building.

13. Signs. Tenant shall not make any changes to the exterior of the Premises, install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, or painting, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Upon surrender or vacation of the Premises, Tenant shall have removed all signs and repair, paint, and/or replace the building fascia surface to which its signs are attached. Tenant shall obtain all applicable governmental permits and approvals for sign and exterior treatments. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and conform in all respects to Landlord’s requirements.

14. Parking. Tenant shall be entitled to park in common with other tenants of the Project in those areas designated for nonreserved parking. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project if Landlord reasonably determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties.

15. Restoration. If at any time during the Lease Term the Premises are damaged by a fire or other casualty. Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Premises. If the restoration time is estimated to exceed 6 months, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease upon notice to the other party given no later than 30 days after Landlord’s notice. If neither party elects to terminate this Lease or if Landlord estimates that restoration will take 6 months or less, then, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds, Landlord shall

- 6 -

promptly restore the Premises excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid by Tenant, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds or from Force Majeure events. Tenant at Tenant’s expense shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, or from Force Majeure events (as defined in Paragraph 33), all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly reenter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Lease Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than one month to repair such damage. Base Rent and Operating Expenses shall be abated for the period of repair and restoration commencing on the date of such casualty event in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided herein, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, to the extent the damage to the Project is attributable to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, with respect to any damage to the Project. an amount equal to the commercially reasonable deductible under Landlord’s insurance policy, within 30 days after presentment of Landlord’s invoice.

16. Condemnation. If any part of the Premises or the Project should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Base Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, the Base Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Lease Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. In the event of any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s Trade Fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant.

17. Assignment and Subletting. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. It shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold, delay or condition its consent, where required, to any assignment or sublease in any of the following instances: (a) the assignee or sublessee does not have a net worth calculated according to generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such assignment or sublease or the net worth of the Tenant at the time it executed the Lease; (b) occupancy of the Premises by the assignee or sublessee would, in Landlord’s opinion, violate any agreement binding upon Landlord or the Project with regard to the identity of tenants, usage in the Project, or similar matters; (c) the identity or business reputation of the assignee or sublessee will, in the good faith judgment of Landlord, tend to damage the goodwill or reputation of the Project; (d) the assignment or sublease is to another tenant in the Project and is at rates which are below those charged by Landlord for comparable space in the Project; or (e) in the case of a sublease, the subtenant has not acknowledged that the Lease controls over any inconsistent provision in the sublease. The foregoing criteria shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord to refuse its consent to such assignment or sublease. Any approved assignment or sublease shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall provide to Landlord all information concerning the assignee or sublessee as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord may revoke its consent immediately and without notice if, as of the effective date of the assignment or sublease, there has occurred and is continuing any default under the Lease. For purposes of this paragraph, a transfer of the ownership interests controlling Tenant shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease unless such ownership interests are publicly traded. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant may assign or sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, to any entity controlling Tenant, controlled by Tenant or under common control with Tenant (a “Tenant Affiliate”), without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection with any assignment or sublease not to exceed $1,500.00. This Lease shall be binding upon Tenant and its successors and permitted assigns. Upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice of a desire to assign or sublet the Premises, or any part thereof (other than to a Tenant Affiliate), Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 30 days after receipt of Tenant’s notice, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in Tenant’s notice, as of the date specified in Tenant’s notice for the commencement of the proposed assignment or sublease.

- 7 -

Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (regardless of whether Landlord’s approval has been obtained for any such assignments or sublettings). In the event that the rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto) exceeds the rental payable under this Lease, then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as additional rent hereunder all such excess rental and other excess consideration within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant; provided in the event of a sublease which is less than 100% of the Premises such excess rental and other consideration shall be applied on a square foot basis.

If this Lease be assigned or if the Premises be subleased (whether in whole or in part) or in the event of the mortgage, pledge, or hypothecation of Tenant’s leasehold interest or grant of any concession or license within the Premises or if the Premises be occupied in whole or in part by anyone other than Tenant, then upon a default by Tenant hereunder Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, sublessee, mortgagee, pledgee, party to whom the leasehold interest was hypothecated, concessionee or licensee or other occupant and, except to the extent set forth in the preceding paragraph, apply the amount collected to the next rent payable hereunder; and all such rentals collected by Tenant shall be held in trust for Landlord and immediately forwarded to Landlord. No such transaction or collection of rent or application thereof by Landlord, however, shall be deemed a waiver of these provisions or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of its covenants, duties, or obligations hereunder.

18. Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, and Landlord’s agents, employees and contractors (“Landlord Parties”), from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from claims by third parties for injuries to any person and damage to or theft or misappropriation or loss of property occurring in or about the Building and arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or due to any other act or omission of Tenant, its subtenants, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents, (collectively “Claims”), even if such Claims are caused solely or in part by the negligence or any of the Landlord Parties but not to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any such parties. The furnishing of insurance required hereunder shall not be deemed to limit Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 18.

19. Inspection and Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours upon 24 hours’ prior notice (except in the event of an emergency) for the purpose of showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate and modify common areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation, modification or restriction materially interferes with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions.

20. Quiet Enjoyment. If Tenant shall perform all of the covenants and agreements herein required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Lease Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

21. Surrender. Upon termination of the Lease Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss and condemnation covered by Paragraphs 15 and 16 excepted and otherwise in accordance with the Move Out Conditions Addendum attached hereto. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall remove any odor which may exist in the Premises resulting from Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises upon the termination of the Lease Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession. Any Trade Fixtures, Tenant-Made Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property. Tenant must, at Tenant’s sole cost, upon termination of this Lease, remove any and all data/telecommunications cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, whether inside walls, under any raised floor or above any ceiling. Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of any such cabling and wiring not so removed, as well as any damage caused by such removal. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Lease Term shall survive the termination of the Lease Term, including without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Operating Expenses and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

- 8 -

22. Holding Over. If Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Lease Term, unless otherwise agreed in writing, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) shall be applicable during such holdover period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord from time to time, upon demand, as Base Rent for the holdover period, an amount equal to 150% of the Base Rent in effect on the termination date, computed on a monthly basis for each month or part thereof during such holding over. All other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall be liable for all damages incurred by Landlord as a result of such holding over. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Paragraph 22 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. For purposes of this Paragraph 22, “possession of the Premises” shall continue until, among other things, Tenant has delivered all keys to the Premises to Landlord, Landlord has complete and total dominion and control over the Premises, and Tenant has completely fulfilled all obligations required of it upon termination of the Lease as set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation, those concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

23. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be an event of default (“Event of Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Base Rent or any other payment required herein when due, and such failure shall continue for a period of 5 days from the date such payment was due.

(b) Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall (i) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “proceeding for relief”); (iii) become the subject of any proceeding for relief which is not dismissed within 60 days of its filing or entry; or (iv) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(c) Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be cancelled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, except, in each case, as permitted in this Lease.

(d) Tenant shall not occupy or shall vacate the Premises whether or not Tenant is in monetary or other default under this Lease. Tenant’s vacating of the Premises shall not constitute an Event of Default if, prior to vacating the Premises, Tenant has made arrangements reasonably acceptable to Landlord to (i) ensure that Tenant’s insurance for the Premises will not be voided or cancelled with respect to the Premises as a result of such vacancy, (ii) ensure that the Premises are secured and not subject to vandalism, and (iii) ensure that the Premises will be properly maintained after such vacation, including, but not limited to, keeping the heating, ventilation and cooling systems maintenance contracts required by this Lease in full force and effect and maintaining the utility services. Tenant shall inspect the Premises at least once each month and report monthly in writing to Landlord on the condition of the Premises.

(e) Tenant shall attempt or there shall occur any assignment, subleasing or other transfer of Tenant’s interest in or with respect to this Lease except as otherwise permitted in this Lease.

(f) Tenant shall fail to discharge any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 20 days after any such lien or encumbrance is filed against the Premises.

(g) Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Paragraph 23, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such default shall continue for more than 30 days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such default (said notice being in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required as a prerequisite to a forcible entry and detainer or similar action for possession of the Premises).

24. Landlord’s Remedies. Upon each occurrence of an Event of Default and so long as such Event of Default shall be continuing, Landlord may at any time thereafter at its election; terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, (but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided) and/or pursue any other remedies at law or in equity. Upon the termination of this Lease or termination of Tenant’s right of possession, it shall be lawful for Landlord, without formal demand or notice of any kind, to re-enter the Premises by summary dispossession proceedings or any other action or proceeding authorized by law and to remove Tenant and all persons and property therefrom. If Landlord re-enters the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to keep in place and use, or remove and store, all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment at the Premises.

If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant the sum of: all Base Rent and all other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of such termination; the value of the Base Rent for any periods of abated Monthly Base Rent based on the Monthly Base Rent amount that immediately follows such period of abatement; the cost of reletting the whole or any part of the Premises, including without limitation brokerage fees and/or leasing commissions incurred by Landlord, and costs of removing and

- 9 -

storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, repairing, altering, remodeling, or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant or tenants, and all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in pursuing its remedies, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs; and the excess of the then present value of the Base Rent and other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease as would otherwise have been required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord during the period following the termination of this Lease measured from the date of such termination to the expiration date stated in this Lease, over the present value of any net amounts which Tenant establishes Landlord can reasonably expect to recover by reletting the Premises for such period, taking into consideration the availability of acceptable tenants and other market conditions affecting leasing. Such present values shall be calculated at a discount rate equal to the 90-day U.S. Treasury bill rate at the date of such termination.

If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right of possession (but not this Lease), Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet the Premises for the account of Tenant for such rent and upon such terms as shall be satisfactory to Landlord without thereby releasing Tenant from any liability hereunder and without demand or notice of any kind to Tenant. For the purpose of such reletting Landlord is authorized to make any repairs, changes, alterations, or additions in or to the Premises as Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable. If the Premises are not relet, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages a sum equal to the amount of the rental reserved in this Lease for such period or periods, plus the cost of recovering possession of the Premises (including attorneys’ fees and costs of suit), the unpaid Base Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder at the time of repossession, and the costs incurred in any attempt by Landlord to relet the Premises. If the Premises are relet and a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting [after first deducting therefrom, for retention by Landlord, the unpaid Base Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder at the time of reletting, the cost of recovering possession (including attorneys’ fees and costs of suit), all of the costs and expense of repairs, changes, alterations, and additions, the expense of such reletting (including without limitation brokerage fees and leasing commissions) and the cost of collection of the rent accruing therefrom] to satisfy the rent provided for in this Lease to be paid, then Tenant shall immediately satisfy and pay any such deficiency. Any such payments due Landlord shall be made upon demand therefor from time to time and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due from time to time. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect in writing to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.

Exercise by Landlord of any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same. Tenant and Landlord further agree that forbearance or waiver by Landlord to enforce its rights pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity, shall not be a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter as provided for in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. The terms “enter,” “re-enter,” “entry” or “re-entry,” as used in this Lease, are not restricted to their technical legal meanings. Any reletting of the Premises shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including without limitation a term different than the remaining Lease Term, rental concessions, alterations and repair of the Premises, lease of less than the entire Premises to any tenant and leasing any or all other portions of the Project before reletting the Premises). Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall not be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting.

25. Tenant's Remedies/Limitation of Liability.  Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary).  All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord's obligations hereunder. All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner, for the time being, of the Premises, and in the event of the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Lease Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner's ownership. Any liability of Landlord under this Lease shall be limited solely to its interest in the Project, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with this Lease nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

- 10 -

26. Landlord’s Lien/Security Interest. Tenant hereby grants Landlord a security interest, and this Lease constitutes a security agreement, within the meaning of and pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are situated as to all of Tenant’s property situated in, or upon, or used in connection with the Premises (except merchandise sold in the ordinary course of business) as security for all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay rent. Such personalty thus encumbered includes specifically all trade and other fixtures for the purpose of this Paragraph and inventory, equipment, contract rights, accounts receivable and the proceeds thereof. In order to perfect such security interest, Tenant shall execute such financing statements and file the same at Tenant’s expense at the state and county Uniform Commercial Code filing offices as often as Landlord in its discretion shall require; and Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord its agent for the purpose of executing and filing such financing statements on Tenant’s behalf as Landlord shall deem necessary.

27. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any first mortgage, now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant. Tenant agrees, at the election of the holder of any such mortgage, to attorn to any such holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such holder may at any time subordinate its mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such mortgage and had been assigned to such holder. The term “mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “holder” of a mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

28. Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant has no express or implied authority to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind upon, or in any manner to bind the interest of Landlord or Tenant in, the Premises or to charge the rentals payable hereunder for any claim in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction or repairs. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid all sums legally due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed on the Premises and that it will save and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, cost or expense based on or arising out of asserted claims or liens against the leasehold estate or against the interest of Landlord in the Premises or under this Lease. Tenant shall give Landlord immediate written notice of the placing of any lien or encumbrance against the Premises and cause such lien or encumbrance to be discharged within 20 days of the filing or recording thereof; provided, however, Tenant may contest such liens or encumbrances as long as such contest prevents foreclosure of the lien or encumbrance and Tenant causes such lien or encumbrance to be bonded or insured over in a manner satisfactory to Landlord within such 20 day period.

29. Estoppel Certificates. Tenant agrees, from time to time, within 10 days after request of Landlord, to execute and deliver to Landlord, or Landlord’s designee, any estoppel certificate requested by Landlord, stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, the date to which rent has been paid, that Landlord is not in default hereunder (or specifying in detail the nature of Landlord’s default), the termination date of this Lease and such other matters pertaining to this Lease as may be requested by Landlord. Tenant’s obligation to furnish each estoppel certificate in a timely fashion is a material inducement for Landlord’s execution of this Lease. No cure or grace period provided in this Lease shall apply to Tenant’s obligations to timely deliver an estoppel certificate.

30. Environmental Requirements. Except for Hazardous Material contained in products used by Tenant in de minimis quantities for ordinary cleaning and office purposes, and except for Hazardous Materials contained in products stored and/or distributed during Tenant’s normal course of business in their original, sealed, and unopened containers, Tenant shall not permit or cause any party to bring any Hazardous Material upon the Premises or transport, store, use, generate, manufacture or release any Hazardous Material in or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall operate its business in the Premises in strict compliance with all Environmental Requirements and shall remediate in a manner satisfactory to Landlord any Hazardous Materials released on or from the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants or invitees. Tenant shall complete and certify to disclosure statements as requested by Landlord from time to time relating to Tenant’s transportation, storage, use, generation, manufacture or release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises. The tent “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any governmental authority or agency regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. The term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is

- 11 -

and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom. No cure or grace period provided in this Lease shall apply to Tenant’s obligations to comply with the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 30.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 30, Tenant shall have no liability of any kind to Landlord as to Hazardous Materials on the Premises caused or permitted by (a) Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees; or (b) any other tenants in the Project or their agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees.

Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises or the Project and loss of rental income from the Project), claims, demands, actions, suits, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages), expenses (including, without limitation, remediation, removal, repair, corrective action, or cleanup expenses), and costs (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, consultant fees or expert fees and including, without limitation, removal or management of any asbestos brought into the property or disturbed in breach of the requirements of this Paragraph 30, regardless of whether such removal or management is required by law) which are brought or recoverable against, or suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of any release of Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is obligated to remediate as provided above or any other breach of the requirements under this Paragraph 30 by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, assignees or invitees, regardless of whether Tenant had knowledge of such noncompliance. The obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 30 shall survive any termination of this Lease.

Landlord shall have access to, and a right to perform inspections and tests of, the Premises to determine Tenant’s compliance with Environmental Requirements, its obligations under this Paragraph 30, or the environmental condition of the Premises. Access shall be granted to Landlord upon Landlord’s prior notice to Tenant and at such times so as to minimize, so far as may be reasonable under the circumstances, any disturbance to Tenant’s operations. Such inspections and tests shall be conducted at Landlord’s expense, unless such inspections or tests reveal that Tenant has not complied with any Environmental Requirement, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost of such inspection and tests. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights that Landlord holds against Tenant.

31. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at all times during the Lease Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current Project rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit B. In the event of any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the other terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project.

32. Security Service. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, while Landlord may patrol the Project, Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises and that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises.

33. Force Majeure. Landlord shall not be held responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, governmental regulations, governmental controls, delay in issuance of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”).

34. Entire Agreement/Disclaimer of Reliance on Representations. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof. No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or written, have been made by Landlord or Tenant, or anyone acting on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, which are not contained herein, and any prior agreements, promises, negotiations, or representations are superseded by this Lease. This Lease may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto. Each of the parties to this Lease has executed this Lease relying solely on its own judgment with the benefit of the advice of its own attorneys and/or brokers (or having decided to proceed without benefit of the advice of its own attorneys and/or brokers), and each party hereby disclaims reliance upon any statement or representation of the other party or any agent of such other party unless such statement or representation is expressly set forth in this Lease.

- 12 -

35. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

36. Brokers. Tenant represents and warrants that it has dealt with no broker, agent or other person in connection with this transaction and that no broker, agent or other person brought about this transaction, other than Tenant's Broker and Landlord’s Broker, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims by any other broker, agent or other person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with regard to this leasing transaction.

37. Miscellaneous.

(a) Any payments or charges due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be considered rent for all purposes of this Lease.

(b) If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

(c) All notices required or permitted to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by a reputable national overnight courier service, postage prepaid, or by hand delivery addressed to Landlord at c/o Holt Lunsford Commercial, Attn: Lauri Fowler, 5055 Keller Springs Road, Suite 300, Addison, Texas 75001. Either party may by notice given aforesaid change its address for all subsequent notices or add an additional party to be copied on all subsequent notices. Except where otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, notice shall be deemed given three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mail or immediately upon tender by personal delivery or by a contract delivery service to the addressee at its address set forth in this Lease, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Paragraph 37, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease or as otherwise required by law, Landlord retains the absolute right to withhold any consent or approval.

(e) At Landlord’s request from time to time Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of its most recent annual and quarterly financial statements prepared by Tenant or Tenant’s accountants and any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders.

(f) Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

(g) The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

(h) The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(i) Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(j) Any amount not paid by Tenant within 5 days after its due date in accordance with the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from such due date until paid in full at the lesser of the highest rate permitted by applicable law or 10 percent per year. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(k) Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(l) Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant's and Landlord's obligations under this Lease.

- 13 -

(m) All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. In the event of any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(n) In the event either party hereto initiates litigation to enforce the terms and provisions of this Lease, the non-prevailing party in such action shall reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable attorney's fees, filing fees, and court costs.

(o) Tenant agrees and understands that Landlord shall have the right (provided that the exercise of Landlord's rights does not adversely affect Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises or subject Tenant to additional costs), without Tenant's consent, to place a solar electric generating system on the roof of the Building or enter into a lease for the roof of the Building whereby such roof tenant shall have the right to install a solar electric generating system on the roof of the Building.

(p) This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one Lease. Execution copies of this Lease may be delivered by facsimile or email, and the parties hereto agree to accept and be bound by facsimile signatures or scanned signatures transmitted via email hereto, which signatures shall be considered as original signatures with the transmitted Lease having the same binding effect as an original signature on an original Lease. At the request of either party, any facsimile document or scanned document transmitted via email is to be re-executed in original form by the party who executed the original facsimile document or scanned document. Neither party may raise the use of a facsimile machine or scanned document or the fact that any signature was transmitted through the use of a facsimile machine or email as a defense to the enforcement of this Lease.

38. Limitation of Liability of Trustees, Shareholders, and Officers of Landlord. Any obligation or liability whatsoever of Landlord which may arise at any time under this Lease or any obligation or liability which may be incurred by it pursuant to any other instrument, transaction, or undertaking contemplated hereby shall not be personally binding upon, nor shall resort for the enforcement thereof be had to the property of, its trustees, directors, shareholders, officers, employees or agents, regardless of whether such obligation or liability is in the nature of contract, tort, or otherwise.

39. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

40. Determination of Charges. Landlord and Tenant agree that each provision of this Lease for determining charges and amounts payable by Tenant (including provisions regarding Tenant's Proportionate Share of Taxes and Operating Expenses) is commercially reasonable and, as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a statement of the amount of the charge or a method by which the charge is to be computed for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code.

41. Prohibited Persons and Transactions. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is currently in compliance with and shall at all times during the Lease Term (including any extension thereof) remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto.

42. Deceptive Trade Practices. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL ITS RIGHTS UNDER THE DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES — CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT, SECTION 17.41 ET SEQ. OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE, A LAW THAT GIVES CONSUMERS SPECIAL RIGHTS AND PROTECTIONS. AFTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF TENANT'S OWN SELECTION, TENANT VOLUNTARILY CONSENTS TO THIS WAIVER.

- 14 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

TENANT:

INOGEN, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:	/s/ Matthew Scribner
Name:	Matthew Scribner
Title:	EVP Operations

LANDLORD:

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:	/s/ Sebastian Grisoni
Name:	Sebastian Grisoni
Title:	Vice President

- 15 -

ADDENDUM 1

BASE RENT ADJUSTMENTS

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

Base Rent shall equal the following amounts for the respective periods set forth below:

Period			Monthly Base Rent
1/1/15	through	1/31/15	$0.00
2/1/15	through	1/31/16	$10,949.58
2/1/16	through	1/31/17	$11,228.30
2/1/17	through	1/31/18	$11,507.02
2/1/18	through	1/31/19	$11,785.73
2/1/19	through	1/31/20	$12,084.36
2/1/20	through	1/31/21	$12,382.98
2/1/21	through	1/31/22	$12,701.52

- 16 -

ADDENDUM 2

HVAC MAINTENANCE CONTRACT

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

Paragraph 11, captioned “TENANT REPAIRS,” is revised to include the following:

Tenant agrees to enter into and maintain through the term of the Lease, a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contract for servicing all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment serving the Premises. Landlord requires a qualified HVAC contractor perform this work. A certificate must be provided to the Landlord upon occupancy of the leased Premises.

The service contract must become effective within thirty (30) days of occupancy, and service visits shall be performed on a quarterly basis. Landlord suggests that Tenant send the following list to a qualified HVAC contractor to be assured that these items are included in the maintenance contract:

1. Adjust belt tension;

2. Lubricate all moving parts, as necessary;

3. Inspect and adjust all temperature and safety controls;

4. Check refrigeration system for leaks and operation;

5. Check refrigeration system for moisture;

6. Inspect compressor oil level and crank case heaters;

7. Check head pressure, suction pressure and oil pressure;

8. Inspect air filters and replace when necessary;

9. Check space conditions;

10. Check condensate drains and drain pans and clean, if necessary;

11. Inspect and adjust all valves;

12. Check and adjust dampers;

13. Run machine through complete cycle.

- 17 -

ADDENDUM 3

MOVE-OUT CONDITIONS

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

With respect to Paragraph 21 of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss, and condemnation covered by Paragraphs 15 and 16 excepted.

Before surrendering the Premises, Tenant shall remove all of its personal property and trade fixtures and such alterations or additions to the Premises made by Tenant as may be specified for removal thereof. If Tenant fails to remove its personal property and fixtures upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the same shall be deemed abandoned and shall become the property of the Landlord. The following list is designed to assist Tenant in the move-out procedures but is not intended to be all inclusive:

1.	Lights:	Office, warehouse, emergency and exit lights will be fully operational with all bulbs and ballasts functioning.
2.	Dock Levelers, Service Doors and Roll Up Doors:	All truck doors, service doors, roll up doors and dock levelers shall be serviced and placed in good operating order. This would include the necessary replacement of any dented truck door panels and adjustment of door tension to insure proper operation. All door panels which are replaced need to be painted to match the building standard.
3.	Dock Seals/Dock Bumpers:	Free of tears and broken backboards repaired. All dock bumpers must be left in place and well secured.
4.	Structural Columns:	All structural steel columns in the warehouse and office shall be inspected for damage. Repairs of this nature should be pre-approved by Landlord prior to implementation.
5.	Warehouse Floor:	Free of stains and swept with no racking bolts and other protrusions left in floor. Cracks should be repaired with an epoxy or polymer to match concrete color. All floor striping in the Premises shall be removed with no residual staining or other indication that such striping existed.
6.	Tenant-Installed Equipment and Wiring:	Removed and space turned to original condition when originally leased. (Remove air lines, junction boxes, conduit, etc.)
7.	Walls:	Sheetrock (drywall) damage should be patched and fire-taped so that there are no holes in either office or warehouse.
8.	Carpet and Tile:	The carpet and vinyl tiles should be in a clean condition and should not have any holes or chips in them. Landlord will accept normal wear on these items provided they appear to be in a maintained condition.
9.	Roof:	Any Tenant-installed equipment must be removed and roof penetrations properly repaired by licensed roofing contractor. Active leaks must be fixed and latest Landlord maintenance and repairs recommendation must have been followed. Tenant must check with Landlord’s property manager to determine if specific roofing contractor is required to perform work.
10.	Signs:	All exterior signs must be removed and holes patched and paint touched-up as necessary. All window signs should likewise be removed.
11.	Heating and Air Conditioning System:	Heating/air conditioning systems should be placed in good working order, including the necessary replacement of any parts to return the unit to a well maintained condition. This includes warehouse heaters and exhaust fans. Upon move out, Landlord will have an exit inspection performed by a certified mechanical contractor to determine the condition.

- 18 -

12.	Electrical & Plumbing:	All electrical and plumbing equipment to be returned in good condition and repair and conforming to code.
14.	Overall Cleanliness:	Clean windows, sanitize bathroom(s), vacuum carpet, and remove any and all debris from office and warehouse. Remove all pallets and debris from exterior of Premises. All trade fixtures, dumpsters, racking, trash, vending machines and other personal property to be removed.
15.	Upon Completion:	Contact Landlord’s property manager to coordinate turning in of keys, utility changeover and obtaining of final Landlord inspection of Premises which, in turn, will facilitate refund of Security Deposit.

- 19 -

EXHIBIT A

SITE PLAN

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN,

INC.

- 20 -

- 21 -

EXHIBIT B

PROJECT RULES AND REGULATIONS

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or its agents, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture. etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for seeing-eye dogs, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Further, parking any type of trucks, trailers or other vehicles in the Building is specifically prohibited. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord or in the Lease.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by any employee or other person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

- 22 -

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

20. Tenant shall not permit smoking in the office areas of the Premises.

21. No racking or storage shall occur within 12-inches of demising walls, office and warehouse separation walls, exterior walls, and columns.

22. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice (collectively referred to as “Signs”) shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion. All approved Signs shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant’s expense by a person or vendor approved by Landlord and shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense upon vacating the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to remove any Sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule at Tenant’s expense and without notice.

23. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or parking lot.

- 23 -

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF COMMENCEMENT DATE CERTIFICATE

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

COMMENCEMENT DATE CERTIFICATE

, 201

Notice Contact Name

Company Name

Notice Street Address

City, State Zip Code

RE: Lease dated Date between Customer & Owner for Premises Address

Dear Salutation Notice Contact Last Name:

Welcome to your new facility. We would like to confirm the terms of the above referenced lease agreement:

Lease Commencement Date:	Date
Lease Expiration Date:	Date
Rental Commencement Date:	Date

We are pleased to welcome you as a customer and look forward to working with you. Please indicate your agreement with the above changes to your lease by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter to me. If I can be of service, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Sincerely,

Property Manager Name

Title

Accepted by:	Accepted by	Date:	Date
	By:
	Printed:
	Title:

- 24 -

EXHIBIT D

WORK LETTER

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

TENANT FINISH-WORK: WORK OF LIMITED SCOPE (NO PLANS)

(Landlord Performs the Work)

1. Acceptance of Premises. Except as set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition on the date that this Lease is entered into.

2. Space Plans.

(a) Preparation and Delivery. Within two business days after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall meet with a design consultant selected by Landlord (the “Architect”) to discuss the nature and extent of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Premises and, at such meeting, provide the Architect with all necessary data and information needed by the Architect to prepare initial space plans therefor as required by this paragraph. On or before the tenth day following the date of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a space plan prepared by the Architect depicting improvements to be installed in the Premises (the “Space Plans”).

(b) Approval Process. Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted Space Plans within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such Space Plans, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within three business days after such notice, revise such Space Plans in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted Space Plans within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the Space Plans have been finally approved by Tenant and Landlord. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial Space Plans within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted Space Plans, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Space Plans in question.

3. Working Drawings.

(a) Preparation and Delivery. On or before the date which is 15 days following the date on which the Space Plans are approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant and Landlord, Landlord shall cause to be prepared final working drawings of all improvements to be installed in the Premises and deliver the same to Tenant for its review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

(b) Approval Process. Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted working drawings within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such working drawings, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within five business days after such notice, revise such working drawings in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit the revised working drawings to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted working drawings within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the working drawings have been finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial working drawings within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted working drawings, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the working drawings in question.

(c) Landlord’s Approval; Performance of Work. If any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s structure or the Building’s systems, then the working drawings pertaining thereto must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record. Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (i) they comply with all laws, (ii) the improvements depicted thereon do not adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s structure or the Building’s systems (including the Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), the exterior appearance of the Building, or the appearance of the Building’s common areas, (iii) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, and (iv) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to

- 25 -

Tenant). As used herein, “Working Drawings” means the final working drawings approved by Landlord, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “Work” means all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, together with any work required by governmental authorities to be made to other areas of the Building as a result of the improvements indicated by the Working Drawings. In addition, the Work must include all work required to demise the Premises and split the utilities serving the Premises from the adjacent space in the Building. Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord thereto. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof. After the Working Drawings have been approved, Landlord shall cause the Work to be performed in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings.

4. Bidding of Work. Prior to commencing the Work, Landlord shall competitively bid the Work to three contractors approved by Landlord. If the estimated Total Construction Costs are expected to exceed the Construction Allowance, Tenant shall be allowed to review the submitted bids from such contractors to value engineer any of Tenant’s requested alterations. In such case, Tenant shall notify Landlord of any items in the Working Drawings that Tenant desires to change within two business days after Landlord’s submission thereof to Tenant. if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its election within such two business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the bids. Within five business days following Landlord’s submission of the initial construction bids to Tenant under the foregoing provisions (if applicable), Tenant shall have completed all of the following items: (a) finalized with Landlord’s representative and the proposed contractor, the pricing of any requested revisions to the bids for the Work, and (b) approved in writing any overage in the Total Construction Costs in excess of the Construction Allowance.

5. Change Orders. Tenant may initiate changes in the Work. Each such change must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, if such requested change would adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) (a) the Building’s structure or the Building’s systems (including the Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), (b) the exterior appearance of the Building, or (c) the appearance of the Building’s common areas, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall, upon completion of the Work, cause to be prepared an accurate architectural “as-built” plan of the Work as constructed, which plan shall be incorporated into this Exhibit by this reference for all purposes. If Tenant requests any changes to the Work described in the Space Plans or the Working Drawings, then such increased costs and any additional design costs incurred in connection therewith as the result of any such change shall be added to the Total Construction Costs.

6. Definitions. As used herein “Substantial Completion,” “Substantially Completed” and any derivations thereof mean the Work in the Premises is substantially completed (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings. Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, decoration, landscaping and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord.

7. Walk-Through; Punchlist. When Landlord considers the Work in the Premises to be Substantially Completed, Landlord will notify Tenant and, within three business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items that are necessary for final completion of the Work. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his or her agreement on punchlist items. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor performing the Work to complete all punchlist items within 30 days after agreement thereon; however, Landlord shall not be obligated to engage overtime labor in order to complete such items.

8. Excess Costs. The entire cost of performing the Work (including design of and space planning for the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings and the final “as-built” plan of the Work, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, general tenant signage, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by law, and the construction supervision fee referenced in Section 10 of this Exhibit, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “Total Construction Costs”) in excess of the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined) shall be paid by Tenant. Upon approval of the Working Drawings and selection of a contractor, Tenant shall promptly (a) execute a work order agreement prepared by Landlord which identifies such drawings and itemizes the Total Construction Costs and sets forth the Construction Allowance, and (b) pay to Landlord 50% of the amount by which Total Construction Costs exceed the Construction Allowance. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Total Construction Costs (as adjusted for any approved changes to the Work), less (1) the amount of the advance payment already made by Tenant, and (2) the amount of the Construction Allowance. In the event of default of payment of such excess costs, Landlord (in addition to all other remedies) shall have the same rights as for an Event of Default under this Lease.

- 26 -

9. Construction Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance not to exceed $71,670.00 (the “Construction Allowance”) to be applied toward the Total Construction Costs, as adjusted for any changes to the Work. The Construction Allowance shall not be disbursed to Tenant in cash, but shall be applied by Landlord to the payment of the Total Construction Costs, if, as, and when the cost of the Work is actually incurred and paid by Landlord. The Construction Allowance must be used (that is, the Work must be fully complete and the Construction Allowance disbursed) within nine months following the Commencement Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord with respect thereto, time being of the essence with respect thereto.

10. Construction Management. Landlord or its affiliate or agent shall supervise the Work, make disbursements required to be made to the contractor, and act as a liaison between the contractor and Tenant and coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building and the Building’s systems. In consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to five percent of the Total Construction Costs.

11. Landlord’s Work. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, will perform the following work in the Premises (such work will not be funded by the Construction Allowance):

(a) Deliver the HVAC, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems serving the Premises in good working order;

(b) Perform the repairs for RTU 1, RTU 2, RTU 3, RTU 4, RTU 5, and RTU 6 described on the HVAC report attached as Schedule 1 to this Exhibit (the “Suite 1225 Report”);

(c) Replace Split System 1 and Split System 2 described on the Suite 1225 Report with units sufficient to air condition the warehouse portion of the Premises, using Building-standard materials; provided, any electrical costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the removal of the existing units and installation of the new units will be included as part of the Work and deducted from the Construction Allowance; and

(d) Perform the repairs for RTU 1, RTU 2, RTU 3, RTU 4, RTU 5, RTU 6, RTU 7, RTU 8, and RTU 9 described on the HVAC report attached as Schedule 2 to this Exhibit.

- 27 -

Schedule I

August 25, 2014

Ms. Alesia Wiginton

Holt Lunsford Commercial

5055 Keller Springs Rd. Suite 300

Addison, TX 75001

Dear Alesia,

What follows is a summary of our HVAC inspection at 1225 Commerce Drive, Richardson, There are six (6) rooftop HVAC systems serving the space. Our inspection includes a comprehensive heating and cooling running inspection; we test / check controls, compressors, motors, coils, gas heat exchangers and/or electric heat to accurately identify equipment condition

RTU 1	CARRIER		MN:	48TFE004-A-511			3 TON		$425.00
Front East			SN:	3207G30213
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
950		700	520		75#	275#		2007

· Replace filters (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A36

· Condensate line is draining on roof

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean drain pan

· Clean condenser coil and comb light hall damage

RTU 2	CARRIER		MN:	48TFE004-A-511			3 TON		$275.00
Warehouse			SN:	3807G20199
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
950		740	540		77#	290#		2007

· Replace filters(2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A36

· Condensate line is draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean drain pan

· Clean condenser coil

RTU 3	CARRIER		MN:	48TFD006-A-511			5 TON		$275.00
Warehouse			SN:	2007G10250
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
950		730	530		75#	276#		2007

· Replace filters (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A42

- 28 -

· Condensate line is draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean drain pan

· Clean condenser coil

3235 Halifax Street

Dallas, Texas 75247

972.893.3400

817.457.3400

Fax 972.620.1065

Licence #ACLA016190€

1225 Commerce Drive, Richardson

RTU 4	CARRIER		MN:	48TFE004-A-51l			3 TON		$425.00
Front Entry			SN:	3207G30211
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
950		730	530		70#	270#		2007

· Replace filters (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1)A36

· Condensate line is draining on roof

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean drain pan

· Clean condenser coil and comb light hail damage

RTU 5	CARRIER		MN:	48TED006-A-51l			5 TON		$883.00
Front West			SN:	3807G40264
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
950		700	500		75#	275#		2007

· Run new thermostat wire from unit —broken.

· Replace filters (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A46

· Condensate line is draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean drain pan

· Clean condenser coil

RTU 6	CARRIER		MN:	48TFD006-A-51l			15 TON		$531.00
Break & Bath Rm.			SN:	3807G40263
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
950		700	500		76#	275#		2007

· Thermostat above ceiling; Mount on office wall next to double doors

· Replace filters (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A42

- 29 -

· Condensate line is draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean drain pan

· Clean condenser coil

1225 Commerce Drive, Richardson

Additionally, there are two (2) 50 ton split systems that are not currently in use. We performed an inspection in August of 2007 and the results at that time were as follows:

SPLIT SYSTEM 1				50 TON					$4,956.00
TRANE	CU		MN:	RAUBC506RE03B		SN:	J87K60090
TRANE	AHU		MN:	CCDB31BB0G		SN:	K87M36786
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MPG DATE
940		760	580		68#	275#		1987

· Disconnect to AHU is broken, Replace, 100 amp, 240v, non-fused.

· Circuit #2 has been, disabled and has not been used during last tenants lease. Compressor runs, however there is evidence of a refrigerant leak at the liquid line service valve. Recover refrigerant, repair, replace drier, evacuate, recharge and check operation. Due to size of unit and uncertainty about required quantity, refrigerant R-22 shall be Invoiced extra needed.

· Circuit 1 low on charge. Recover refrigerant, locate leak, repair, replace drier, evacuate, recharge and check operation

· Circuit 1 hot gas bypass valve120V coil shorted and needs to be replaced.

· Filters, are OK, above price includes replacement. (7) 16x20x2, (7) 16x25x2

· Condenser and evaporator coils are ok, above price includes cleaning

· Refrigerant not included

SPLIT SYSTEM 2				50 TON					$3,631.00
TRANE	CU		MN:	RAUBC506BF03B		SN:	J87K60089
TRANE	AHU		MN:	CCDB31BB0G		SN:	K87M3687
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MPG DATE
950		750	520		53# 54#	260# 300#		1987

· Both circuits are low on charge. Recover refrigerant, locate leak, repair, replace drier, evacuate recharge and check operation

· Replace burned compressor contactors 1 & 2

· Filters are OK, above price includes replacement. (7) 16x25x2, (7) 16x25x2

· Condenser and evaporator coils are ok, above price includes cleaning

· Refrigerant not included

Alesia, all prices are plus tax. Thank-you for being a Mechanical Solutions customer.

Best Regards

/s/ Paul Robinson

Paul Robinson

- 30 -

Schedule 2

February 20, 2014

Ms. Alesla. Wiginton

Holt Lunsford Commercial

5055 Keller Springs Rd. Suite 300

Addison, TX 75001

Dear Alesia,

What follows is a summary of our HVAC inspection at 1249.Commerce Dr, Richardson. There are nine (9) rooftop HVAC systems serving the space. Our Inspection includes a comprehensive heating and cooling running inspection; we test / check controls, compressors, motors, coils, gas heat exchangers and/or electric heat to accurately identify equipment condition

RTU 1	CARRIER		MN:	48TMD008-A-501			7.5 TON		$621.00
Back Right			SN:	0507G11811
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
670		700	500		57# 60#	175# 160#		2007

· Circuit 1: Replace burned compressor contactor

· Replace filters. (4) 16x20x2

· Replace belt (1) A48

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean evaporator coil

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

RTU 2	CARRIER		MN:	48TMD008-A-501			7.5 TON		$675.00
Center Right			SN:	1407G40655
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
670		700	470		50# 60#	155# 170#		2007

· Replace both burned compressor contactor

· Replace filters. (4) 16x20x2

· Replace belt (1) A48

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

RTU 3	CARRIER		MN:	48TFD006-A-511			5 TON		$573.00
Right Front			SN:	2007G10247
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
690		640	440		60#	190#		2007

· Circuit 1: Replace burned compressor contactor

- 31 -

· Replace filters,(2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt,(1) A42

· Clean blower wheel

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

3235 Halifax Street

Dallas, Texas 75247

972.893.3400

817.457.3400

Fax 972,620.1065

Licence #TACLA016190€

1249 Commerce Dr. Richardson

RTU 4	CARRIER		MN:	48TFE004-A-511			3 TON		$465.00
Center			SN:	3807G20199
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
690		710	500		65#	180#		2007

· Replace filters. (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A36

· Condensate lines are draining roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

RTU 5	CARRIER		MN:	48TFE004-A-511			3 TON		$465.00
Center Front			SN:	3207G30213
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
670		700	500		57#	175#		2007

· Replace filters. (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A36

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

RTU 6	CARRIER		MN:	48TFD006-A-511			5 TON		$573.00
Left Center			SN:	2007G10250
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
670		700	500		60#	175#		2007

· Replace burned compressor contactor

· Replace filters. (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A42

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

- 32 -

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

RTU 7	CARRIER		MN:	48TFE004-A-511			3 TON		$573.00
Left Front			SN:	3207G30211
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
670		720	500		57#	175#		2007

· Replace burned compressor contactor

· Replace filters. (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (l) A36

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

RTU 8	CARRIER		MN:	48TFD006-A-51l			5 TON		$573.00
Left Center			SN:	3807G40263
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
660		640	430		60#	175#		2007

· Replace burned compressor contactor

· Replace filters. (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A42

· Condensate lines are draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

1249 Commerce Dr. Richardson

RTU 9	CARRIER		MN:	48TFD006-A-511			5 TON		$573.00
			SN:	3807G40264
AMBIENT TEMP		RETURN TEMP	SUPPLY TEMP		SUCT PRESS	DISCH PRESS		MFG DATE
660		700	500		65#	175#		2007

· Replace burned compressor contactor

· Replace filters. (2) 16x25x2

· Replace belt (1) A42

· Condensate lines arc draining on roof

· Clean blower wheel

· Clean condenser coil and comb heavy hail damage

· Evaporator coil is ok, price quoted includes cleaning

Alesia, all prices are plus tax. Thank-you for being a Mechanical Solutions Customer.

Best Regards

/s/ Paul Robinson

Paul Robinson

- 33 -

EXHIBIT E

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

Subject to then-existing renewal or expansion options of other tenants, and provided no Event of Default then exists, Landlord shall, prior to offering the same to any party (other than the then-current tenant therein), first offer to lease to Tenant the space designated on Schedule 1 to this Exhibit (the “Offer Space”) in an “AS-IS” condition; such offer shall be in writing and specify the lease terms for the Offer Space, including the rent to be paid for the Offer Space and the date on which the Offer Space shall be included in the Premises (the “Offer Notice”). Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the entire Offer Space on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice, within ten days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Offer Notice. If Tenant timely elects to lease the Offer Space, then Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease, effective as of the date the Offer Space is to be included in the Premises, on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice and, to the extent not inconsistent with the Offer Notice terms, the terms of this Lease; however, Tenant shall accept the Offer Space in an “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements except as specifically provided in the Offer Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Offer Notice, Landlord has received an offer to lease all or part of the Offer Space from a third party (a “Third Party Offer”) and such Third Party Offer includes space in excess of the Offer Space, Tenant must exercise its rights hereunder, if at all, as to all of the space contained in the Third Party Offer.

If Tenant fails or is unable to timely exercise its right hereunder, then such right shall lapse, time being of the essence with respect to exercise thereof (it being understood that Tenant’s right hereunder is a one-time right only), and Landlord may lease all or a portion of the Offer Space to third parties on such terms as Landlord may elect. Tenant may not exercise its rights under this Exhibit if an Event of Default exists or Tenant is not then occupying the entire Premises. For purposes hereof, if an Offer Notice is delivered for less than all of the Offer Space but such notice provides for an expansion, right of first refusal, or other preferential right to lease some of the remaining portion of the Offer Space, then such remaining portion of the Offer Space shall thereafter be excluded from the provisions of this Exhibit.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate if (a) this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, (b) Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises, or (c) less than two (2) full calendar years remain in the initial Lease Term of this Lease.

- 34 -

Schedule I

- 35 -

EXHIBIT F

RENEWAL OPTION

ATTACHED TO AND A PART OF THE LEASE AGREEMENT

DATED DECEMBER 4, 2014, BETWEEN

TCIT DALLAS INDUSTRIAL, INC.

and

INOGEN, INC.

RENEWAL OPTION

Provided no Event of Default exists and Tenant is occupying the entire Premises at the time of such election, Tenant may renew this Lease for one additional period of five (5) years, by delivering written notice of the exercise thereof to Landlord not earlier than nine (9) months nor later than six (6) months before the expiration of the Lease Term. The Base Rent payable for each month during such extended Lease Term shall be the prevailing rental rate (the “Prevailing Rental Rate”), at the commencement of such extended Lease Term, for renewals of space in the Building of equivalent quality, size, utility and location, with the length of the extended Lease Term and the credit standing of Tenant to be taken into account, Within 30 days after receipt of Tenant’s notice to renew, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice of the Prevailing Rental Rate and shall advise Tenant of the required adjustment to Base Rent, if any, and the other terms and conditions offered. Tenant shall, within ten days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, notify Landlord in writingn whether Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant accepts Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, then, on or before the commencement date of the extended Lease Term, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Lease Term on the same terms provided in this Lease, except as follows:

(a)Base Rent shall be adjusted to the Prevailing Rental Rate:

(b)Tenant shall have no further renewal option unless expressly granted by Landlord in writing; and

(c)Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Premises in their then-current condition, and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements.

If Tenant rejects Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, or fails to timely notify Landlord in writing that Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, time being of the essence with respect thereto, Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate if (1) this letter or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, (2) Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises, or (3) Tenant fails to timely exercise its option under this Exhibit, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof.

- 36 -

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

  Continuing Security Agreement

Dated as of November 7, 2014

Grant of Security Interest. Inogen, Inc. (the “Borrower”) grants to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., whose address is 300 S. Grand Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90071-3109 (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”) a continuing security interest in, pledges and assigns to the Bank all of the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) owned by the Borrower, all of the collateral in which the Borrower has rights or power to transfer rights and all Collateral in which the Borrower later acquires ownership, other rights or rights or power to transfer rights to secure the payment and performance of the Liabilities.  Any terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings attributed to such terms in the Credit Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between Borrower and Bank (the “Credit Agreement).  To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Credit Agreement, on the other hand, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall control.

The term “Collateral” means all of the Borrower’s “accounts”; “chattel paper”; “deposit accounts” and other payment obligations of financial institutions (including the Bank); “documents”; “equipment”, including any documents and certificates of title issued with respect to any of the equipment; “general intangibles” and any right to a refund of taxes paid at any time to any governmental entity; “instruments”; “inventory”, including any documents and certificates of title issued with respect to any of the inventory; “investment property”; “financial assets”; “letter of credit rights”; all as defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located. In addition, the term “Collateral” includes all “proceeds”, “products” and “supporting obligations” (as such terms are defined in the UCC) of the Collateral, including but not limited to all stock rights, subscription rights, dividends, stock dividends, stock splits, or liquidating dividends, and all cash, accounts, chattel paper, “instruments,” “investment property,” “financial assets,” and “general intangibles” (as such terms are defined in the UCC) arising from the sale, rent, lease, casualty loss or other disposition of the Collateral, and any Collateral returned to, repossessed by or stopped in transit by the Borrower, and all insurance claims relating to any of the Collateral. The term “Collateral” further includes all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all books, records and data relating to the Collateral, regardless of the form of media containing such information or data, and all software necessary or desirable to use any of the Collateral or to access, retrieve, or process any of such information or data. Where the Collateral is in the possession of the Bank or the Bank’s agent, the Borrower agrees to deliver to the Bank any property that represents an increase in the Collateral or profits or proceeds of the Collateral.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include Excluded Collateral.

The term “Excluded Collateral” means (1) any lease, license, contract, property rights, equipment, joint venture interests, or agreement to which the Borrower is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if and for so long as the grant of a security interest therein shall constitute or result in (A) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Borrower therein or (B) a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any such lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity), provided however that, in the case of either (A) or (B) above, such security interest shall attach immediately at such time as the condition causing such abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability shall be remedied and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement that does not result in any of the consequences specified in (A) or (B) above; (2) any of the outstanding capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, (3) any zero balance account, payroll account, withholding or trust account, tax account, escrow or other fiduciary account or cash collateral account, or (4) any intent-to-use trademark.

The term “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of California, as in effect from time to time.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants to the Bank that each of the following is true and will remain true until termination of this agreement and payment in full of all Liabilities and agrees with the Bank that:

1. At its own expense, it shall maintain comprehensive casualty insurance on the Collateral against such risks, in such amounts, with such deductibles and with such companies as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.  Each insurance policy on the Collateral shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement satisfactory to the Bank and a prohibition against cancellation or amendment of the policy or removal of the Bank as loss payee without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Bank.  In all events, the amounts of such insurance coverages on the Collateral shall be in such minimum amounts that the Borrower will not be deemed a co-insurer.  Borrower shall furnish to the Bank, upon request, customary certificates of insurance.

2. It shall permit the Bank to inspect and examine the Collateral and to check and test the same as to quality, quantity, value, and condition; provided that such inspections and examinations (a) shall not be made more often than once in any period of four consecutive quarters unless an Event of Default exists as the Bank reasonably determines and (b) shall be at the Borrower’s expense in an amount up to $5,000 in any year, provided that such cap shall not apply if an Event of Default exists as the Bank reasonably determines; provided, further, that the Bank shall not be permitted to inspect and examine the Collateral at any time that the Aggregate Outstanding Amount is equal to $0.00.

3. It shall maintain the Collateral in good repair; use the Collateral in accordance with applicable law and in compliance with any policy of insurance thereon; and exhibit the Collateral to the Bank on demand.

4. Until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Bank has provided Borrower with written notice of such Event of Default, Borrower may use the funds collected in its business. Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and written notice to Borrower of such Event of Default, the Borrower agrees that all sums of money it receives on account of or in payment or settlement of the accounts, chattel paper, certificated securities, negotiable certificates of deposit, documents, general intangibles and instruments shall be held by it as trustee for the Bank without commingling with any of the Borrower’s other funds, and shall immediately be delivered to the Bank with endorsement to the Bank’s order of any check or similar instrument.  While an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, it is agreed that, at any time the Bank so elects, the Bank shall be entitled, in its own name or in the name of the Borrower or otherwise, but at the expense and cost of the Borrower, to collect, demand, receive, sue for or compromise any and all accounts, chattel paper, certificated securities, negotiable certificates of deposit, documents, general intangibles, and instruments, and to give good and sufficient releases, to endorse any checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money payable to the Borrower and, in the Bank’s discretion, to file any claims or take any action or proceeding which the Bank may deem necessary or advisable.  It is expressly understood and agreed, however, that the Bank shall not be required or obligated in any manner to make any demand or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or to present or file any claim or take any other action to collect or enforce the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to the Bank or to which the Bank may be entitled at any time or times. All notices required in this paragraph will be immediately effective when sent. Such notices need not be given prior to the Bank’s taking action. Effective following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower irrevocably appoints the Bank or the Bank’s designee as the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to do all things with reference to the Collateral as provided for in this agreement including without limitation (1) to sign the Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Collateral, on assignments and verifications of account and on notices to the Borrower’s customers, and (2) to do all things necessary to carry out this agreement or to perform any of the Borrower’s obligations under this agreement, (3) to notify the post office authorities to change the Borrower’s mailing address to one designated by the Bank, and (4) to receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to the Borrower. The Borrower ratifies and approves all acts of the Bank as attorney-in-fact. This power of attorney appointment is irrevocable, coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death or disability of Borrower. The Bank shall not be liable for any act or omission, nor any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law, but only for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. This power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable until all of the Liabilities have been fully satisfied. Immediately upon its receipt of any Collateral evidenced by an agreement, “instrument,” “chattel paper,” certificated “security” or “document” (as such terms are defined in the UCC) (collectively, “Special Collateral”), it shall mark the Special Collateral to show that it is subject to the Bank’s security interest, pledge and assignment and shall deliver the original to the Bank together with appropriate endorsements and other specific evidence of assignment or transfer in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

5. No financing statement or similar record covering all or any part of the Collateral or any proceeds is on file in any public office, unless the Bank has approved that filing or such record was made in connection with a Permitted Lien.

6. When the Collateral is located at, used in or attached to a facility leased by the Borrower, the Borrower will, at the request of the Bank, obtain from the lessor a consent to the granting of this security interest and a release or subordination of the lessor’s interest in any of the Collateral, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.

Remedies Regarding Collateral. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement and applicable law, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Bank shall have the following rights set forth in this paragraph.  The Bank shall have the right to require the Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Bank at a place to be designated by the Bank which is reasonably convenient to both parties, the right to take possession of the Collateral with or without demand and with or without process of law, and the right to sell and dispose of it and distribute the proceeds according to law. The Borrower agrees that upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default the Bank may dispose of any of the Collateral in its then present condition, that the Bank has no duty to repair or clean the Collateral prior to sale, and that the disposal of the Collateral in its present condition or without repair or clean-up shall not affect the commercial reasonableness of such sale or disposition.  The Bank may disclaim warranties of title, possession, quiet enjoyment, and the like, and the Borrower agrees that any such action shall not affect the commercial reasonableness of the sale.  In connection with the right of the Bank to take possession of the Collateral, the Bank may take possession of any other items of property in or on the Collateral at the time of taking possession, and hold them for the Borrower without liability on the part of the Bank.  The Borrower expressly agrees that the Bank may enter upon the premises where the Collateral is believed to

2

be located without any obligation of payment to the Borrower, and that the Bank may, without cost, use any and all of the Borrower’s “equipment” (as defined in the UCC) in the manufacturing or processing of any “inventory” (as defined in the UCC) or in growing, raising, cultivating, caring for, harvesting, loading and transporting of any of the Collateral that constitutes “farm products” (as defined in the UCC). If there is any statutory requirement for notice, that requirement shall be met if the Bank sends notice to the Borrower at least ten (10) days prior to the date of sale, disposition or other event giving rise to the required notice, and such notice shall be deemed commercially reasonable. Without limiting any other remedy, the Borrower is liable for any deficiency remaining after disposition of the Collateral. The Bank is authorized to cause all or any part of the Collateral to be transferred to or registered in its name or in the name of any other person or business entity, with or without designating the capacity of that nominee. At its option the Bank may, but shall be under no duty or obligation to, discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral, pay for insurance on the Collateral, and pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Collateral, and the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank on demand for any such payment made or expense incurred by the Bank with interest at the highest rate at which interest may accrue under any of the instruments evidencing the Liabilities. The Borrower authorizes the Bank to endorse on the Borrower’s behalf and to negotiate drafts reflecting proceeds of insurance of the Collateral, provided that the Bank shall remit to the Borrower such surplus, if any, as remains after the proceeds have been applied, at the Bank’s option, to the satisfaction of all of the Liabilities (in such order of application as the Bank may elect) or to the establishment of a cash collateral account for the Liabilities. The Bank shall have the right now, and at any time in the future in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice to the Borrower to (a) prepare, file and sign the Borrower’s name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar document against any owner of the Collateral and (b) prepare, file and sign the Borrower’s name on any notice of lien, assignment or satisfaction of lien or similar document in connection with the Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this agreement, the Bank’s rights to recover attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses hereunder is subject to California Civil Code Section 1717,including any revision or replacement of such statute or rule hereafter enacted.

Termination.  Upon the termination of all commitments under the Credit Agreement and payment in full of all outstanding Liabilities (other than obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made), at which time this Agreement shall be automatically terminated (other than obligations under this Agreement which expressly survive such termination) and the Bank shall, upon the request of the Borrower, forthwith release all of its liens and security interests hereunder and shall execute and deliver all UCC termination statements and/or other documents reasonably requested by the Borrower evidencing such termination.

Miscellaneous. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this agreement is sufficient as, and can be filed as, a financing statement or similar record. The Borrower authorizes the Bank to file one or more financing statements or similar records covering the Collateral or such lesser amount of assets as the Bank may determine, or the Bank may, at its option, file financing statements or similar records containing any collateral description which reasonably describes the Collateral, including a description of the Collateral as “all assets” of the Borrower or any similar description, and the Borrower will pay the cost of filing them in all public offices where filing is deemed by the Bank to be necessary or desirable. In addition, the Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such other documents as the Bank may from time to time request to perfect or to further evidence the pledge, security interest and assignment created in the Collateral by this agreement. If any provision of this agreement cannot be enforced, the remaining portions of this agreement shall continue in effect. All rights of the Bank benefit the Bank’s successors and assigns; and all obligations of the Borrower bind the Borrower’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If more than one person or entity signs as the Borrower, their obligations are joint and several and each agreement, representation, warranty and covenant shall be individual, joint and several  and the “Collateral” includes any property that is owned by any Borrowerindividually or jointly with any other. This agreement is in addition to and not in substitution or replacement of any other security agreement executed by the Borrower in favor of the Bank, and the Bank’s rights under this agreement and any such other security agreement are cumulative. The provisions of this agreement are severable, and if any one or more of the provisions of this agreement are held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired; and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision(s) in any other jurisdiction. Time is of the essence under this agreement and in the performance of every term, covenant and obligation contained herein.

Borrower:
Inogen, Inc.
By:	/s/ Alison Bauerlein
	Alison Bauerlein		CFO
	Printed Name		Title
Date Signed:		November 7, 2014

3

EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

Credit Agreement

This Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), is between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”), whose address is 300 S. Grand Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90071-3109, and Inogen, Inc. (the “Borrower”), whose address is 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, CA 93117.

1. Credit Facility.

1.1 Scope. This Agreement governs the Credit Facility (as hereafter defined). Advances or other extensions of credit under the Credit Facility shall be subject to the mechanical procedures established from time to time by the Bank but shall be available upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 for the initial extension of credit and Section 3.2 for each extension of credit (including the initial extension of credit). Any procedures agreed to by the Bank with respect to obtaining advances, including automatic loan sweeps, shall not vary the terms or conditions of this Agreement or the other Related Documents regarding the Credit Facility.

1.2 Credit Facility. The Bank has approved a credit facility to the Borrower in the principal sum not to exceed $15,000,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding (the “Credit Facility”). Credit extended under the Credit Facility shall be repayable as set forth in a Note executed concurrently with this Agreement, and any renewals, modifications, extensions, rearrangements, restatements thereof and replacements or substitutions therefor (the “Note”).

Letter of Credit Sub-Limit. At any time the Borrower is entitled to an advance under the Credit Facility, the Bank agrees to issue letters of credit (all letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower which are outstanding on the date of the Note and any letter of credit issued under this Agreement, together with any and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, increases, restatements and rearrangements of and substitutions and replacements for, any of the foregoing, a “Letter of Credit” or “Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Borrower in an amount not in excess of the maximum advance that it would then be entitled to obtain under the Credit Facility, provided that (a) the aggregate maximum amount which is drawn and remains unreimbursed under all Letters of Credit plus the aggregate maximum available amount which may be drawn under all Letters of Credit which are outstanding at any time (the “L/C Obligations”), shall not exceed $1,000,000.00, (b) the issuance of any Letter of Credit with an expiration date beyond the maturity date of the Note shall be subject to the approval of the Bank, (c) any Letter of Credit shall be a standby or commercial letter of credit and the form of the requested Letter of Credit shall be satisfactory to the Bank, and (d) the Borrower shall have executed an application and reimbursement agreement for any Letter of Credit in a form satisfactory to the Bank (provided that in the event of any conflict between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the application and reimbursement agreement, on the other hand, the terms of this Agreement shall control). While any Letter of Credit is outstanding, the maximum amount of advances that may be outstanding under the Note shall be automatically reduced by the L/C Obligations.The Borrower shall pay the Bank a fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) in arrears for each standby letter of credit that is issued, calculated at a rate of 1.25% per annum (based on a year deemed to be comprised of 360 days) of the original maximum amount available under such standby Letter of Credit, with the fee being calculated based on the actual number of days in the period during which the standby Letter of Credit will be outstanding based on a 360-day year. The Borrower shall pay the Bank a fee (an “Issuance Fee”) for each commercial letter of credit that is issued, equal to 1.25% of the original maximum available amount of such commercial Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit Fee and Issuance Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears. No credit shall be given for fees paid due to early termination of any Letter of Credit. The Borrower shall also pay the Bank’s standard transaction fees with respect to any transactions occurring on account of any Letter of Credit, payable when the related Letter of Credit is issued. All fees may be debited by the Bank to any deposit account of the Borrower with the Bank without further authority and, in any event, shall be paid by the Borrower within ten (10) days following billing. The Bank is authorized, but not obligated to make an advance under the Note without notice to the Borrower, to make payment on a drawing under any Letter of Credit. The aggregate principal amount of advances outstanding at any one time under the Note evidencing the Credit Facility plus the aggregate amount of L/C Obligations outstanding at any time (the “Aggregate Outstanding Amount”) shall not exceed the maximum amount of the Credit Facility. If the Aggregate Outstanding Amount still exceeds the maximum amount of the Credit Facility after the Note balance is reduced to zero (that is, L/C Obligations exceed the maximum amount of the Credit Facility), the Borrower shall provide cash collateral to the Bank for the L/C Obligations in an amount sufficient to eliminate the excess. References in this Agreement to the principal amount outstanding under the Credit Facility shall include L/C Obligations.

2. Definitions and Interpretations.

2.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

A. “Affiliate” means any Person which, directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by or under common Control with, another Person, and any director or officer thereof. The Bank is under no circumstances to be deemed an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

B. “Agreement” means this Credit Agreement as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

C. “Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

D. “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) the Bank, (b) an Affiliate of the Bank or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages the Bank.

E. “Authorizing Documents” means certificates of authority to transact business, certificates of good standing, borrowing resolutions, appointments, officer’s certificates, certificates of incumbency, and other documents which empower and authorize or evidence the power and authority of all Persons (other than the Bank) executing any Related Document or their representatives to execute and deliver the Related Documents and perform the Person’s obligations thereunder.

F. “CFC” means any Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

G. “Collateral” means all Property, now or in the future subject to any Lien in favor of the Bank, securing or intending to secure, any of the Liabilities.

H. “Control” as used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of, the management and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of Equity Interests, by contract, or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

I. “Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with the Credit Facility.

J. “Distributions” means all dividends and other distributions made to any Equity Owners (including but not limited to any dividends or other distributions made in connection with the redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition, directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests from any Equity Owner), other than salary, bonuses, and other compensation for services expended in the current accounting period.

K. “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof of the District of Columbia.

L. “EBITDA” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.2J of this Agreement.

M. “Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest (but excluding Indebtedness that is convertible for or exchangeable into any such equity interests unless and until such Indebtedness is so converted or exchanged).

N. “Equity Owner” means a shareholder, partner, member, holder of a beneficial interest in a trust or other owner of any Equity Interests.

O. “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

P. “FSHCO” means any Domestic Subsidiary (including any disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes), substantially all of the assets of which consist of, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests in one or more CFCs.

Q. “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States of America, consistently applied.

2

R. “Intangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of: (1) all assets classified as intangible assets under GAAP, including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, patents, copyrights, organization expenses, franchises, licenses, trade names, brand names, mailing lists, catalogs, excess of cost over book value of assets acquired, and bond discount and underwriting expenses; and (2) loans or advances to, investments in, or receivables from (i) any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, Equity Owner or agent of the Borrower or (ii) any Person if such loan, advance, investment or receivable is outside the Borrower’s ordinary course of business.

S. “Investment” means any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to or guarantee of the obligations of any Person.

T. “Legal Requirement” means any law, ordinance, decree, requirement, order, judgment, rule, Sanctions, regulation (or interpretation of any of the foregoing) of any foreign governmental authority, the United States of America, any state thereof, any political subdivision of any of the foregoing or any agency, department, commission, board, bureau, court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Bank, any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective Properties or any agreement by which any of them is bound.

U. “Liabilities” means all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of every kind and character of the Borrower to the Bank, whether the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities are individual, joint and several, contingent or otherwise, now or hereafter existing, including, without limitation, all liabilities, interest, costs and fees, arising under or from any note, open account, overdraft, credit card, lease, Rate Management Transaction, letter of credit application, endorsement, surety agreement, guaranty, acceptance, foreign exchange contract or depository service contract, whether payable to the Bank or to a third party and subsequently acquired by the Bank, any monetary obligations (including interest) incurred or accrued during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceedings, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding, and all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, rearrangements, restatements, replacements or substitutions of any of the foregoing.

V. “Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, charge, encumbrance, security interest, collateral assignment or other lien or restriction of any kind.

W. “Material Adverse Change” means a material adverse change in (a) the business, assets, operations, prospects, reputation or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Related Documents to which it is a party, (c) the Collateral, or the Bank’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens, or (d) the rights of or benefits available to the Bank under any of the Related Documents.

X. “Material Subsidiary” means (a) each Subsidiary with (i) total assets on any date of determination (after eliminating intercompany obligations), and/or (ii) EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters most recently ended, and/or (iii) Revenue for the preceding four fiscal quarters most recently ended and/or (iv) Net Worth on any date of determination, in each case equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated total assets, EBITDA, Revenue or Net Worth, as applicable, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP, and (b) each Subsidiary that owns any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that would be deemed a Material Subsidiary under clause (a) above; provided that the Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries shall not have or constitute in the aggregate (i) total assets on any date of determination (after eliminating intercompany obligations), and/or (ii) EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters most recently ended, and/or (iii) Revenue for the preceding four fiscal quarters most recently ended and/or (iv) Net Worth on any date of determination, in each case equal to or greater than 10% of the consolidated total assets, EBITDA, Revenue or Net Worth, as applicable, calculated on a consolidated basis with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP.

Y. “Net Worth” means total assets minus total liabilities determined in accordance with GAAP.

Z. “Obligor” means the Borrower, any guarantor, or any other Person who may now or in the future be obligated to pay any of the Liabilities.

AA. “Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person, certificates of existence or formation, documents establishing or governing the Person or evidencing or certifying that the Person is duly organized and validly existing in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including all amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications to such certificates and documents as of the date of the Related Document referring to the Organizational Document and any and all future modifications thereto approved by the Bank.

3

BB. “Permitted Indebtedness” means (1) the Borrower’s indebtedness to the Bank under this Agreement and the other Related Documents; (2) indebtedness existing as of the Effective Date and which is disclosed in Schedule 2.01 to the Disclosure Letter; (3) Subordinated Debt in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) outstanding at any time; (4) indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary of the Borrower who becomes an Obligor, (5) unsecured indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; (6) indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (7) indebtedness to financial institutions entered into for non-speculative purposes in connection with obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect Borrower against actual risks in connection with the fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; (8) indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens permitted under clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) outstanding at any time; (9) indebtedness of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary as permitted hereby in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) outstanding at any time, (10) indebtedness with respect to surety, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds incurred in the ordinary course of business; (11) other indebtedness not exceeding Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; (12) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness described in (1) through (4) and (8) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; (13) indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums; and (14) indebtedness (i) consisting of Subordinated Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is an Obligor to any Subsidiary of the Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) outstanding at any time, (ii) of any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Obligor to any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Obligor, and (iii) of any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Obligor to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is an Obligor that is permitted as a Permitted Investment.

CC. “Permitted Investments” means (1) readily marketable direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; (2) fully insured (if issued by a bank other than the Bank) certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank operating in the United States of America having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; (3) commercial paper of a domestic issuer if at the time of purchase such paper is rated in one of the two highest rating categories of Standard and Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service; (4) any Investments permitted by the Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any amendment thereto) has been approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors or its Audit Committee and Bank and so long as any such amendments do not cause such investment policy to permit materially riskier investments than those permitted as of the date hereof; (5) Investments existing as of the Effective Date and which are disclosed on Schedule [2.02] of the Disclosure Letter; (6) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of the Borrower; (7) Investments consisting of deposit accounts; (8) Investments accepted in connection with transfers of Property permitted hereunder; (9) Investments (i) among the Borrower and any Subsidiaries that are Obligors, (ii) by the Borrower in Subsidiaries that are not Obligors not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), or (iii) by Subsidiaries that are not Obligors in other Subsidiaries that are not Obligors; (10) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business not to exceed Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) outstanding at any time, and (ii) non-cash loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee not to exceed Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) outstanding at any time; (11) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; (12) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph shall not apply to Investments of the Borrower in any Subsidiary; (13) Investments in connection with the acquisition of any part of the capital stock or Property of another Person so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such act during the term of this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) for any transaction or series of related transactions or Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (14) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 5.2H hereof not exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

4

DD. “Permitted Liens” means (1) Liens existing as of the date hereof and which are disclosed on Schedule [2.03] to the Disclosure Letter; (2) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder; (3) purchase money Liens in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) outstanding at any time (i) on Equipment acquired or held by the Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment; (4) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto; (5) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); (6) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customers duties in connection with the importation of goods; (7) Liens in connection with surety or appeals bonds or letters of credit securing such bonds or reimbursement obligations in connection with statutory obligations, bids, tenders, or otherwise in the ordinary course of business provided all such Liens in the aggregate could not (even if enforced) reasonably be likely to cause or result in an Event of Default; (8) additional Liens consented to in writing by the Bank which consent may be withheld in the Bank’s good faith business judgment; (9) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein; (10) non-exclusive licenses of intellectual property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business; (11) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.1; (12) Liens in favor of other financial institutions in their capacities as depository banks and securities intermediaries arising in connection with the Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions and securing fees incurred in connection with such deposit and/or securities accounts; and (13) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (1) through (12), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

EE. “Permitted Transfers” mean transfers (a) of inventory and rental assets in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn out, surplus or obsolete equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, or (e) other property in any fiscal year having a book value not exceeding $1,000,000.

FF. “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint stock association, association, bank, business trust, trust, unincorporated organization, any foreign governmental authority, the United States of America, any state of the United States and any political subdivision of any of the foregoing or any other form of entity.

GG. “Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.

HH. “Rate Management Transaction” means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, derivative transaction or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial measures.

II. “Related Documents” means this Agreement, the Note, Letters of Credit, applications for letters of credit, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, pledge agreements, assignments, guaranties, and any other instrument or document executed in connection with this Agreement or with any of the Liabilities under this Agreement.

JJ. “Responsible Officer” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller of Borrower.

KK. “Revenue” means revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP.

LL. “Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State.

5

MM. “Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

NN. “Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.

OO. “Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by the Borrower that is subordinated to all of the Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to the Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank entered into between the Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to the Bank.

PP. “Subsidiary” means, as to any particular Person (the “parent”), a Person the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of the date of determination, as well as any other Person of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Equity Interests is at the time of determination directly or indirectly owned, Controlled or held, by the parent or by any Person or Persons Controlled by the parent, either alone or together with the parent.

QQ. “Tangible Net Worth” means total assets less the sum of Intangible Assets and total liabilities.

RR. “Transfer” means a conveyance, sale, lease, transfer assignment or other disposition.

2.2 Interpretations. Whenever possible, each provision of the Related Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Legal Requirements. If any provision of this Agreement cannot be enforced, the remaining portions of this Agreement shall continue in effect. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and the provisions of any other Related Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. Use of the term “including” does not imply any limitation on (but may expand) the antecedent reference. Any reference to a particular document includes all modifications, supplements, replacements, renewals or extensions of that document, but this rule of construction does not authorize amendment of any document without the Bank’s consent. Section headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Whenever the Bank’s determination, consent, approval or satisfaction is required under this Agreement or the other Related Documents or whenever the Bank may at its option take or refrain from taking any action under this Agreement or the other Related Documents, the decision as to whether or not the Bank makes the determination, consents, approves, is satisfied or takes or refrains from taking any action, shall be in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Bank, and the Bank’s decision shall be final and conclusive.

3. Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit under the Credit Facility. Before the first extension of credit governed by this Agreement and any initial advance under the Credit Facility, whether by disbursement of a loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit, or otherwise, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

A. Loan Documents. The Note, and as applicable, the letter of credit applications, reimbursement agreements, the security agreements, the pledge agreements, financing statements, mortgages or deeds of trust, guaranties, evidence of insurance, lien searches, control agreements and any other documents which the Bank may reasonably require to give effect to the transactions described in this Agreement or the other Related Documents;

B. Organizational and Authorizing Documents. The Organizational Documents and Authorizing Documents of the Borrower and any other Persons (other than the Bank) executing the Related Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank that at a minimum: (i) document the due organization, valid existence and good standing of the Borrower and every other Person (other than the Bank) that is a party to this Agreement or any other Related Document; (ii) evidence that each Person (other than the Bank) which is a party to this Agreement or any other Related Document has the power and authority to enter into the transactions described therein; and (iii) evidence that the Person signing on behalf of each Person that is a party to the Related Documents (other than the Bank) is duly authorized to do so; and

C. Liens. The termination, assignment or subordination, as determined by the Bank, of all Liens on the Collateral in favor of any secured party (other than the Bank) other than Permitted Liens.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Extension of Credit. Before any extension of credit governed by this Agreement, whether by disbursement of a loan, issuance of a letter of credit or otherwise, the following conditions must be satisfied:

A. Representations. The representations of the Borrower and any other parties, other than the Bank, in the Related Documents are true on and as of the date of the request for and funding of the extension of credit;

B. No Event of Default. No Event of Default or event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, has occurred in any provision of this Agreement, the Note or any other Related Documents and is continuing or would result from the extension of credit; and

6

C. No Prohibition or Onerous Conditions. The making of the extension of credit is not prohibited by and does not subject the Bank, any Obligor, or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any penalty or onerous condition under, any Legal Requirement.

4. Affirmative Covenants. The Borrower agrees to do, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do, each of the following:

4.1 Insurance. Maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurers, with such insurance and insurers to be reasonably satisfactory to the Bank, covering its Property and business against those casualties and contingencies and in the types and amounts as are in accordance with sound business and industry practices, and furnish to the Bank, upon request of the Bank, customary certificates of insurance.

4.2 Existence. Maintain its existence and business operations as presently in effect in accordance in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements, pay its debts and obligations when due under normal terms except where the failure to do could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and pay on or before their due date, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental monetary obligations, except as they may be contested in good faith if they have been properly reflected on its books and, at the Bank’s request, adequate funds or security has been pledged or reserved to insure payment or where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

4.3 Financial Records. Maintain proper books and records of account, in accordance with GAAP, and consistent with financial statements previously submitted to the Bank except where changes are required or permitted in accordance with GAAP.

4.4 Inspection. Permit the Bank, its agents and designees to inspect and photograph its Property, to examine and copy files, books and records, and to discuss its business, operations, prospects, assets, affairs and financial condition with the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ officers and accountants with reasonable notice and at reasonable times and intervals, provided that such inspections and examinations (a) shall not be made more often than once in any period of four consecutive quarters unless an Event of Default exists as the Bank reasonably determines and (b) shall be at the Borrower’s expense in an amount up to $5,000 in any year, provided that such cap shall not apply if an Event of Default exists as the Bank reasonably determines. The Borrower will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to cooperate with any inspection or audit.

4.5 Financial Reports. Furnish to the Bank:

A. Within forty-five (45) days after each of the Borrower’s first three quarterly periods, the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), including a balance sheet as of the end of that period, and income statement for that period, and, if requested by the Bank, statements of cash flow and retained earnings for that period, all certified as correct by one of its authorized agents.

B. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after and as of the end of each of its fiscal years, the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of income, cash flow and retained earnings, such financial statements to be audited by an independent certified public accountant of recognized standing and accompanied by an unqualified opinion of such accountant. Such audited consolidated financial statements and unqualified opinion in Borrower’s Form 10-K for each of its fiscal years shall be deemed to meet the requirements for annual audited financial statements.

4.6 Notices of Claims, Litigation, Defaults, etc. Promptly inform the Bank in writing of: (1) all litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings and similar actions existing or threatened in writing that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, $1,000,000 or more; (2) the institution of steps by it to withdraw from, or the institution of any steps to terminate, any employee benefit plan as to which it could reasonably be expected to have liability of $1,000,000 or more; (3) any reportable event or any prohibited transaction in connection with any employee benefit plan that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of $1,000,000 or more; (4) the occurrence of any Event of Default or event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both; and (5) any alleged breach by the Bank of any provision of this Agreement or of any other Related Document.

4.7 Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between it and any other Person, to the extent only that failure to do so might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

4.8 Title to Assets and Property. Maintain good and marketable title to all of its Properties, and defend them against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any interest in them except in each case where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

7

4.9 Additional Assurances. Promptly make, execute and deliver any and all agreements, documents, instruments and other records that the Bank may reasonably request to evidence the Credit Facility, cure any defect in the execution and delivery of any of the Related Documents, perfect any Lien, comply with any Legal Requirement applicable to the Bank or the Credit Facility or describe more fully particular aspects of the agreements set forth or intended to be set forth in any of the Related Documents.

4.10 Employee Benefit Plans. Maintain each employee benefit plan as to which it may have any liability, in compliance in all material respects with all Legal Requirements.

4.11 Banking Relationship. Establish and maintain its primary banking depository and disbursement relationship with the Bank.

4.12 Compliance Certificates. Provide the Bank, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each its first three fiscal quarters, and within one-hundred twenty (120) days of its of its fourth fiscal quarter, with a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under any provision of this Agreement or the other Related Documents and including reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 5.2.I and 5.2.J as of the last day of such fiscal quarter.

4.13 Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. Maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

4.14 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. At the time that (1) the Borrower forms any direct or indirect Material Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Material Subsidiary after the Effective Date or (2) any Subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) promptly notify the Bank, (b) cause any Material Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless it is a FSHCO) to provide to Bank a guaranty of the Liabilities, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, (c) provide to the Bank appropriate pledge documents, stock certificates, stock powers and financing statements, pledging 100% of the direct or beneficial Equity Interests in any Material Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless it is a FSHCO in which case a pledge of only 65% of the direct or beneficial Equity Interests in such FSHCO shall be required) or a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a CFC, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, (d) provide to the Bank appropriate pledge documents, stock certificates, stock powers and financing statements, pledging 65% of the direct or beneficial Equity Interests in any Material Subsidiary that is a CFC and is directly owned by the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary, and (e) provide to the Bank, upon request, all other documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank to comply with the requirements under this paragraph, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this paragraph shall be a Related Document.

5. Negative Covenants.

5.1 Unless otherwise noted, the financial requirements set forth in this section will be computed in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with financial statements previously submitted by the Borrower to the Bank (provided that if there are any mandatory changes to GAAP after the date hereof the financial covenants shall be computed as if GAAP had not changed unless the Borrower and the Bank shall have agreed to modify the financial covenants to maintain the original financial covenant levels after giving effect to such changes).

5.2 Without the written consent of the Bank, the Borrower will not and no Subsidiary of the Borrower will:

A. Distributions. Redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its Equity Interests, return any contribution to an Equity Owner or declare or pay any Distributions; provided, however, (i) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends payable solely in shares of capital stock and, so long as no Event of Default or event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, has occurred and is continuing, make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the conversion or exercise of convertible securities (including warrants); (ii) the Borrower may make acquisitions of capital stock upon the net share settlement of warrants; (iii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may pay dividends to the Borrower or to any other Subsidiary that owns Equity Interests of such Subsidiary; (iv) the Borrower may distribute securities issued by the Borrower to employees, directors or consultants upon the exercise of stock options; and (v) the Borrower may pay other dividends or distributions or make other repurchases or redemptions in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower.

B. Debt. Incur, contract for, assume, or permit to remain outstanding, indebtedness for borrowed money, installment obligations, or obligations under capital leases or operating leases, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

C. Guaranties. Guarantee or otherwise become or remain secondarily liable on the undertaking of another, except to the extent that such guarantee constitutes a Permitted Investment.

8

D. Liens. Create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its Property except Permitted Liens.

E. Use of Proceeds. Use, or permit any proceeds of the Credit Facility to be used, directly or indirectly, for: (1) any personal, family or household purpose; or (2) the purpose of “purchasing or carrying any margin stock” within the meaning of Federal Reserve Board Regulation U in a manner that would violate Regulation U. At the Bank’s request, it will furnish a completed Federal Reserve Board Form U-1. Request any advance or use, or permit any proceeds of the Credit Facility to be used, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents: (1) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws; (2) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or (3) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto .

F. Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different from those in which it is presently engaged or businesses reasonably related or incidental thereto; (2) cease operations or liquidate, except that any Subsidiary may cease operations or liquidate if the Borrower determines in the exercise of reasonable business judgment that it is in its best interests to cause that to happen, (3) merge or consolidate with any other Person, except where (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions, and (b) Borrower is the surviving legal entity, or in the case of a transaction not including Borrower, such Subsidiary is the surviving legal entity; (4) in the case of any Obligor, change its name without prior notice to the Bank; (5) Transfer any Property other than Permitted Transfers; or (6) change its business organization, the jurisdiction under which its business organization is formed or organized, or its chief executive office, or any places of its businesses without prior notice to the Bank. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into the Borrower, provided that if any Subsidiary party to such merger is an Obligor the surviving entity shall be an Obligor.

G. Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into any agreement with any Person other than the Bank which prohibits or limits its ability to create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its Property to secure the Liabilities, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than (a) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or capital lease obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby and any additions, accessions, parts, improvements, and attachments thereto and the proceeds thereof), (b) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (c) any agreement in effect at the time any Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or, in any such case, that is set forth in any agreement evidencing any amendments, restatements, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals and replacements of the foregoing, so long as such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification, extension, renewal or replacement applies only to such Subsidiary and does not otherwise expand in any material respect the scope of any restriction or condition contained therein, (d) any restriction pursuant to any document, agreement or instrument governing or relating to any Lien permitted under Section 5.2D, or any agreement or option to dispose of any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the disposition of which is permitted by any other provision of this Agreement (in each case, provided that any such restriction relates only to the assets or property subject to such Lien or being disposed of), (e) restrictions on the transfer of any asset pending the close of the sale of such asset and customary restrictions contained in purchase agreements and acquisition agreements (including by way of merger, acquisition or consolidation), to the extent in effect pending the consummation of such transaction, and (f) the foregoing shall not apply to customary net worth provisions or similar financial maintenance provisions contained in real property leases or other agreements entered into by a Subsidiary, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations under this Agreement.

H. Limitation on Loans, Advances to and Investments in Others and Receivables from Others. Make any Investment except Permitted Investments.

I. Tangible Net Worth. Permit at any time, its consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be less than $90,000,000.00.

J. EBITDA. Permit its consolidated net income plus interest expense, plus depreciation expense, plus amortization expense, plus income tax expense, plus non-cash expense, plus extraordinary losses, minus non-cash income, and minus extraordinary gains, all computed for the Test Period (“EBITDA”), during any of the following Test Period to be less than the amount specified below for any such Test Period: (i) commencing with the Test Period ending on September 30, 2014 and for each Test Period thereafter through and including the Test Period ending on March 31, 2016, $10,000,000.00; and (ii) for each Test Period thereafter, commencing with the Test Period ending on June 30, 2016, $12,500,000.00. As used in this subsection, the term “Test Period” means each period of four consecutive quarters.

9

K. Government Regulation. (1) Be or become subject at any time to any Legal Requirement or list of any government agency (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list) that prohibits or limits the Bank from making any advance or extension of credit to it or from otherwise conducting business with it, or (2) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of its identity as may be requested by the Bank at any time to enable the Bank to verify its identity or to comply with any applicable Legal Requirement, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

5.3 Financial Statement Calculations. The financial covenant(s) set forth in the Section entitled “Negative Covenants” or in any subsection thereof shall, except as may be otherwise expressly provided with respect to any particular financial covenant, be calculated on the basis of the Borrower’s financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided with respect to any particular financial covenant, if any financial covenant states that it is to be tested with respect to any particular period of time (which may be referred to therein as a “Test Period”) ending on any test date (e.g., a fiscal month end, fiscal quarter end, or fiscal year end), then compliance with that covenant shall be required commencing with the period of time ending on the first test date that occurs after the date of this Agreement (or, if applicable, of the amendment to this Agreement which added or amended such financial covenant).

6. Representations.

6.1 Representations and Warranties by the Borrower. To induce the Bank to enter into this agreement and to extend credit or other financial accommodations under the Credit Facility, the Borrower represents and warrants as of the date of this agreement and as of the date of each request for credit under the Credit Facility that each of the following statements is and shall remain true and correct as of such date: (a) its principal residence or chief executive office is at the address shown above or at another address of which the Bank has received written notice, (b) its name as it appears in this agreement is its exact name as it appears in its Organizational Documents as of the date of this agreement and unless the Borrower has given notice of a name change in accordance with Section 5.2E, (c) the execution and delivery of this agreement and the other Related Documents to which it is a party, and the performance of the obligations they impose, do not violate any Legal Requirement, conflict with any agreement by which it is bound, or require the consent or approval of any other Person, (d) this agreement and the other Related Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto (other than the Bank) and are valid and binding agreements of those Persons, enforceable according to their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, (e) financial statements furnished to the Bank as required by this Agreement fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates presented and for the periods then ended, (f) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) is pending or threatened against it which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by the Bank in writing prior to the date of this Agreement, (g) all of its material tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, and except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (h) it is not required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (i) there are no defenses or counterclaims, offsets or adverse claims, demands or actions of any kind, personal or otherwise, that it could assert with respect to this agreement or the Credit Facility, (j) it owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted except where the failure to own or license the same could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (k) the execution and delivery of this agreement and the other Related Documents to which it is a party and the performance of the obligations they impose (i) are within its powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action of its governing body, and (iii) do not contravene the terms of its Organizational Documents or other agreement or document governing its affairs and (l) since December 31, 2013, no Material Adverse Change has occurred.

6.2 Representations and Warranties Regarding Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and to the knowledge of the Borrower its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or to the knowledge of the Borrower or such Subsidiary any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No advance, letter of credit, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by the Credit Facility will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

10

7. Default/Remedies.

7.1 Events of Default/Acceleration. If any of the following events occurs (each, an “Event of Default” and, collectively, “Events of Default”), the Bank may exercise the remedies set forth in Section 7.2:

A. Any Obligor fails to pay (i) when due any principal under this Agreement or (ii) within three days of the date when due, any interest or other Liabilities (other than principal) under this Agreement.

B. Any Obligor: (i) fails to observe or perform or otherwise violates any term, covenant, condition or agreement of any of the Related Documents; (ii) makes any materially incorrect or misleading representation, warranty, or certificate to the Bank; (iii) makes any materially incorrect or misleading representation in any financial statement or other information delivered to the Bank; or (iv) defaults under the terms of any agreement or instrument relating to any debt for borrowed money (other than the debt evidenced by the Related Documents) and the effect of such default will allow the creditor to declare the debt due before its stated maturity.

C. In the event (i) there is a default under the terms of any Related Document, (ii) any Obligor terminates or revokes or purports to terminate or revoke its guaranty or any Obligor’s guaranty becomes unenforceable in whole or in part, (iii) any Obligor fails to perform promptly under its guaranty, or (iv) any Obligor fails to comply with, or perform under any agreement, now or hereafter in effect, between the Obligor and the Bank, or any Affiliate of the Bank or their respective successors and assigns.

D. Any event occurs that would permit the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any employee benefit plan of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of any Obligor.

E. Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries: (i) admits in writing that it is unable to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, or trustee for itself or for a substantial part of its Property; or (iv) commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, insolvency or similar laws.

F. A custodian, receiver, or trustee is appointed for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or for a material portion of the Collateral.

G. Proceedings are commenced under any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, or similar laws against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and remain undismissed for thirty (30) days after commencement; or any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries consents to the commencement of those proceedings.

H. Any final judgment is entered against an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount, individually or in the aggregate of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), or any attachment, seizure, sequestration, levy, or garnishment is issued against any material portion of the Collateral.

7.2 Remedies. At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank may do one or more of the following: (a) cease permitting the Borrower to incur any Liabilities; (b) terminate any commitment of the Bank evidenced by the Note; (c) declare the Note to be immediately due and payable, without notice of acceleration, presentment and demand or protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived; (d) exercise all rights of setoff that the Bank may have contractually, by law, in equity or otherwise; and (e) exercise any and all other rights pursuant to any of the Related Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise.

A. Generally. The rights of the Bank under this Agreement and the other Related Documents are in addition to other rights (including without limitation, other rights of setoff) the Bank may have contractually, by law, in equity or otherwise, all of which are cumulative and hereby retained by the Bank. Each Obligor agrees to stand still with regard to the Bank’s enforcement of its rights, including taking no action to delay, impede or otherwise interfere with the Bank’s rights to realize on any Collateral.

B. Bank’s Right of Setoff. The Bank is authorized to setoff and apply, all Deposits, Securities and Other Property, and Bank Debt against any and all Liabilities then outstanding. This right of setoff may be exercised at any time from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, without prior notice to or demand on the Borrower. In this paragraph: (a) the term “Deposits” means any and all accounts and deposits of the Borrower (whether general, special, time, demand, provisional or final) at any time held by the Bank (including all Deposits held jointly with another, but excluding any IRA or Keogh Deposits, or any trust Deposits in which a security interest would be prohibited by any Legal Requirement); (b) the term “Securities and Other Property” means any and all securities and other personal Property of the Borrower in the custody, possession or control of the Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co. or their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates (other than Property held by the Bank in a fiduciary capacity); and (c) the term “Bank Debt” means all indebtedness at any time owing by the Bank, to or for the credit or account of the Borrower and any claim of the Borrower (whether individual, joint and several or otherwise) against the Bank now or hereafter existing.

11

8. Miscellaneous.

8.1 Notice. Any notices and demands under or related to this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered to the intended party at its address stated in this Agreement, and if to the Bank, at its main office if no other address of the Bank is specified in this Agreement, by one of the following means: (a) by hand; (b) by a nationally recognized overnight courier service; (c) by certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested; or (d) by electronic mail. Notice shall be deemed given: (a) upon receipt if delivered by hand; (b) on the Delivery Day after the day of deposit with a nationally recognized courier service; (c) on the third Delivery Day after the notice is deposited in the mail; or (d) upon an electronic acknowledgment of receipt after delivery by electronic mail. “Delivery Day” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which national banking associations are authorized to be closed. Any party may change its address for purposes of the receipt of notices and demands by giving notice of the change in the manner provided in this provision.

8.2 Statements. The Bank may from time to time provide the Borrower with account statements or invoices with respect to any of the Liabilities (“Statements”). The Bank is under no duty or obligation to provide Statements, which, if provided, will be solely for the Borrower’s convenience. Statements may contain estimates of the amounts owed during the relevant billing period, whether of principal, interest, fees or other Liabilities. If the Borrower pays the full amount indicated on a Statement on or before the due date indicated on such Statement, the Borrower shall not be in default of payment with respect to the billing period indicated on such Statement; provided, that acceptance by the Bank of any payment that is less than the total amount actually due at that time (including but not limited to any past due amounts) shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank’s right to receive payment in full at another time.

8.3 No Waiver. No delay on the part of the Bank in the exercise of any right or remedy waives that right or remedy. No single or partial exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy precludes any other future exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The making of an advance during the existence of any default or subsequent to the occurrence of a default or when all conditions precedent have not been met shall not constitute a waiver of the default or condition precedent. No waiver or indulgence by the Bank of any default is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Bank, nor shall a waiver on one occasion bar or waive that right on any future occasion.

8.4 Integration; Severability. This Agreement, the Note, and the other Related Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to their subject matter. If any one or more of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Note, or the other Related Documents or any provision thereof is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Borrower and the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired; and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such obligations or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

8.5 Joint and Several Liability. Each party executing this Agreement as the Borrower is individually, jointly and severally liable under this Agreement.

8.6 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California (without giving effect to its laws of conflicts). The Borrower agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement may be brought by the Bank in any state or federal court located in the State of California, as the Bank in its sole discretion may elect. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrower submits to and accepts, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of those courts. The Borrower waives any claim that the State of California is not a convenient forum or the proper venue for any such suit, action or proceeding.

8.7 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The Borrower understands and agrees that in extending the Credit Facility, the Bank is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by the Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement or in any of the other Related Documents. The Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by the Bank, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Credit Facility and delivery to the Bank of this Agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as the Liabilities under this Agreement shall be paid in full.

8.8 Non-Liability of the Bank. The relationship between the Borrower on one hand and the Bank on the other hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender. The Bank shall have no fiduciary responsibilities to the Borrower. The Bank undertakes no responsibility to the Borrower to review or inform the Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of the Borrower’s business or operations.

12

8.9 Indemnification of the Bank. The Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Bank, its parent companies, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, their respective successors and assigns and each of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Persons”) harmless from any and against any and all loss, liability, obligation, damage, penalty, judgment, claim, deficiency, expense, interest, penalties, attorneys’ fees (including the fees and expenses of any attorneys engaged by the Indemnified Person) and amounts paid in settlement (“Claims”) to which any Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or relating to the Credit Facility, the Liabilities under this Agreement or any other Related Documents or the Collateral, except to the limited extent that the Claims are proximately caused by the Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnification provided for in this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be affected by the presence, absence or amount of or the payment or nonpayment of any claim under, any insurance.

8.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8.11 Advice of Counsel. The Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel, or had the opportunity to be advised by counsel, in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other Related Documents.

8.12 Recovery of Additional Costs. If the imposition of or any change in any Legal Requirement, or the interpretation or application of any thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority (including any request or policy not having the force of law) shall impose, modify, or make applicable any taxes (except federal, state, or local income or franchise taxes imposed on the Bank), reserve requirements, liquidity requirements, capital adequacy requirements, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit insurance premiums or assessments, or other obligations which would (A) increase the cost to the Bank for extending, maintaining or funding the Credit Facility, (B) reduce the amounts payable to the Bank under the Credit Facility, or (C) reduce the rate of return on the Bank’s capital as a consequence of the Bank’s obligations with respect to the Credit Facility, then the Borrower agrees to pay the Bank such additional amounts as will compensate the Bank therefor, within five (5) days after the Bank’s written demand for such payment. The Bank’s demand shall be accompanied by an explanation of such imposition or charge and a calculation in reasonable detail of the additional amounts payable by the Borrower, which explanation and calculations shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

8.13 Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements and whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, the Borrower is liable to the Bank and agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred (or charged by internal allocation) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, filing, recording, amendment, modification, supplementing and waiver of this Agreement and the Related Documents, the collection of the Credit Facility and the realization on any Collateral and any other amounts owed under this Agreement or the Related Documents, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees (including the fees of in-house counsel for the Bank that are employees of the Bank or its Affiliates) and court costs. These costs and expenses include without limitation any costs or expenses incurred by the Bank in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or other similar proceeding involving any Obligor, or Property of any Obligor, or Collateral. The obligations of the Borrower under this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or the other Related Documents, the Bank’s right to recover attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses hereunder is subject to California Civil Code Section 1717, including any revision or replacement of such statute or rule hereafter enacted.

8.14 Reinstatement. The Borrower agrees that to the extent any payment or transfer is received by the Bank in connection with the Liabilities, and all or any part of the payment or transfer is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid or transferred by the Bank or paid or transferred over to a trustee, receiver or any other entity, whether under any proceeding or otherwise (any of those payments or transfers is hereinafter referred to as a “Preferential Payment”), then this Agreement and the Note shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, even if all those Liabilities have been paid in full and whether or not the Bank is in possession of the Note and whether the Note has been marked, paid, released or cancelled, or returned to the Borrower and, to the extent of the payment, repayment or other transfer by the Bank, the Liabilities or part intended to be satisfied by the Preferential Payment shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if the Preferential Payment had not been made. The obligations of the Borrower under this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

8.15 Assignments. The Borrower agrees that the Bank may at any time sell, assign or transfer one or more interests or participations in all or any part of its rights and obligations in the Note to one or more purchasers whether or not related to the Bank with the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Bank within thirty (30) business days after having received notice thereof; providedfurther that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to the Bank, an Affiliate of the Bank, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee.

13

8.16 Waivers. To the maximum extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements, each Obligor waives (a) any right to receive notice of the following matters before the Bank enforces any of its rights: (i) any demand, diligence, presentment, dishonor and protest, or (ii) any action that the Bank takes regarding any Person, any Collateral, or any of the Liabilities, that it might be entitled to by law or under any other agreement; (b) any right to require the Bank to proceed against the Borrower, any other Obligor or any Collateral, or pursue any remedy in the Bank’s power to pursue; (c) any defense based on any claim that any Obligor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (d) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting liability of any Obligor or the enforcement hereof; (e) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever (other than payment in full) of the obligation of the Borrower for the Liabilities; and (f) any defense based on or arising out of any defense that the Borrower may have to the payment or performance of the Liabilities or any portion thereof. Each Obligor consents to any extension or postponement of time of its payment without limit as to the number or period, to any substitution, exchange or release of all or any part of any Collateral, to the addition of any other party, and to the release or discharge of, or suspension of any rights and remedies against, any Obligor. The Bank may waive or delay enforcing any of its rights without losing them. Any waiver affects only the specific terms and time period stated in the waiver. No modification or waiver of any provision of the Note is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Person against whom it is being enforced.

8.17 Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence under this Agreement and in the performance of every term, covenant and obligation contained herein.

8.18 Confidentiality. The Bank agrees that it will treat information provided by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its representatives to the Bank (the “Information”) as confidential; provided, however, that the Bank may disclose the Information (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, employees, officers, auditors, consultants, agents, counsel and advisors (such Affiliates and such Persons collectively, “Representatives”), it being understood that its Representatives shall be informed by the Bank of the confidential nature of such Information and be instructed to comply with the terms of this section to the same extent as is required of the Bank hereunder; (b) in response to a subpoena or other legal process, or as may otherwise be required by law, order or regulation, or upon the request or demand of any governmental or regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction over the Bank or its Representatives or to defend or prosecute a claim brought against or by the Bank and/or its Representatives; (c) to actual and prospective assignees, actual and prospective participants, and actual and prospective swap counterparties, provided that all such participants, assignees or swap counterparties execute an agreement with the Bank containing provisions substantially the same as those contained in this section; (d) [reserved]; (e) to any Obligor; and (f) with the Borrower’s consent. The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply to Information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Bank or its Representatives in breach of this section, or (b) becomes available to the Bank or its Representatives from a source, other than the Borrower or one of its agents, who is not known to the Bank or its Representatives to be bound by any obligations of confidentiality to the Borrower, or (c) was known to the Bank or its Representatives prior to its disclosure to the Bank or its Representatives by the Borrower or one of its agents or was independently developed by the Bank or its Representatives, or (d) was or is, after the date hereof, disclosed (or required to be disclosed) by the Borrower to the Bank or any of its Representatives under or in connection with any existing financing relationship between the Borrower and the Bank or any of its Representatives, the disclosure of which shall be governed by the agreements executed in connection with such financing relationship. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of the Information as provided in this section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

9. USA PATRIOT ACT NOTIFICATION. The following notification is provided to the Borrower pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 31 U.S.C. Section 5318:

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each Person that opens an account, including any deposit account, treasury management account, loan, other extension of credit, or other financial services product. What this means for the Borrower: When the Borrower opens an account, if it is an individual the Bank will ask for its name, taxpayer identification number, residential address, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Bank to identify it, and, if it is not an individual the Bank will ask for its name, taxpayer identification number, business address, and other information that will allow the Bank to identify it. The Bank may also ask, if the Borrower is an individual, to see its driver’s license or other identifying documents, and if it is not an individual, to see its Organizational Documents or other identifying documents.

10. WAIVER OF SPECIAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER FROM THE BANK IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

14

11. JURY WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE BANK (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE BANK TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED HEREIN.

IN THE EVENT ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING IS FILED IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (THE “COURT”) BY OR AGAINST THE BORROWER OR THE BANK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY) (EACH, A “CLAIM”) AND THE WAIVER SET FORTH IN THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH IS NOT ENFORCEABLE IN SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, THE BORROWER AND THE BANK (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

(1) WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE MATTERS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH (2) BELOW, ANY CLAIM WILL BE DETERMINED BY A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 638 THROUGH 645.2, INCLUDING ANY REVISION OR REPLACEMENT OF SUCH STATUTES OR RULES HEREAFTER ENACTED. THE BORROWER AND THE BANK INTEND THIS GENERAL REFERENCE AGREEMENT TO BE SPECIFICALLY ENFORCEABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 638, INCLUDING ANY REVISION OR REPLACEMENT OF SUCH STATUTE OR RULE HEREAFTER ENACTED. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS, VENUE FOR THE REFERENCE PROCEEDING WILL BE IN THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE COUNTY OR DISTRICT WHERE VENUE IS OTHERWISE APPROPRIATE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

(2) THE FOLLOWING MATTERS SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING: (A) NON-JUDICIAL FORECLOSURE OF ANY SECURITY INTERESTS IN REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY; (B) EXERCISE OF SELF-HELP REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SET-OFF); (C) APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER; AND (D) TEMPORARY, PROVISIONAL OR ANCILLARY REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WRITS OF ATTACHMENT, WRITS OF POSSESSION, TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS OR PRELIMINARY INJUNCTIONS). THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE BORROWER OR THE BANK TO EXERCISE OR OPPOSE ANY OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES DESCRIBED IN CLAUSES (A) - (D) AND ANY SUCH EXERCISE OR OPPOSITION DOES NOT WAIVE THE RIGHT OF THE BORROWER OR THE BANK TO A REFERENCE PROCEEDING PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT.

(3) UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF THE BORROWER OR THE BANK, THE BORROWER AND THE BANK SHALL SELECT A SINGLE REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED JUDGE OR JUSTICE. IF THE BORROWER AND THE BANK DO NOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST, THEN, THE BORROWER OR THE BANK, MAY REQUEST THE COURT TO APPOINT A REFEREE PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 640(B), including any revision or replacement of such statute or rule hereafter enacted.

(4) ALL PROCEEDINGS AND HEARINGS CONDUCTED BEFORE THE REFEREE, EXCEPT FOR TRIAL, SHALL BE CONDUCTED WITHOUT A COURT REPORTER, EXCEPT WHEN THE BORROWER OR THE BANK SO REQUESTS, A COURT REPORTER WILL BE USED AND THE REFEREE WILL BE PROVIDED A COURTESY COPY OF THE TRANSCRIPT. THE PARTY MAKING SUCH REQUEST SHALL HAVE THE OBLIGATION TO ARRANGE FOR AND PAY COSTS OF THE COURT REPORTER, PROVIDED THAT SUCH COSTS, ALONG WITH THE REFEREE’S FEES, SHALL ULTIMATELY BE BORNE BY THE PARTY WHO DOES NOT PREVAIL, AS DETERMINED BY THE REFEREE.

(5) THE REFEREE MAY REQUIRE ONE OR MORE PREHEARING CONFERENCES. THE BORROWER AND THE BANK SHALL BE ENTITLED TO DISCOVERY, AND THE REFEREE SHALL OVERSEE DISCOVERY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES OF DISCOVERY, AND MAY ENFORCE ALL DISCOVERY ORDERS IN THE SAME MANNER AS ANY TRIAL COURT JUDGE IN PROCEEDINGS AT LAW IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE REFEREE SHALL APPLY THE RULES OF EVIDENCE APPLICABLE TO PROCEEDINGS AT LAW IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAW. THE REFEREE SHALL BE EMPOWERED TO ENTER EQUITABLE AS WELL AS LEGAL RELIEF AND RULE ON ANY MOTION WHICH WOULD BE AUTHORIZED IN A TRIAL, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, MOTIONS FOR DEFAULT JUDGMENT OR SUMMARY JUDGMENT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT THE REFEREE’S DECISION, WHICH REPORT SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW.

15

(6) THE BORROWER AND THE BANK RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED IN A GENERAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING PURSUANT HERETO WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY.

Address(es) for Notices:		Borrower:
326 Bollay Drive Goleta, CA 93117		Inogen, Inc.
Attn:	Ali Bauerlein	By:	/s/ Alison Bauerlein
			Alison Bauerlein		CFO
			Printed Name		Title
		Date Signed:		November 7, 2014

Address for Notices:	Bank:
300 S. Grand Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90071-3109	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Attn:	By:	/s/ Manju Manwani
		Manju Manwani		Underwriter II-CB
		Printed Name		Title
	Date Signed:		November 7, 2014

16

EX-10.26

Exhibit 10.26

	Line of Credit Note
	$15,000,000.00
	Date: November 7, 2014

Promise to Pay. On or before October 31, 2017, for value received, Inogen, Inc. (the “Borrower”) promises to pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., whose address is 300 S. Grand Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90071-3109 (the “Bank”) or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of Fifteen Million and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000,000.00) or so much thereof as may be advanced and outstanding, plus interest on the unpaid principal balance as provided below.

Interest Rate Definitions. As used in this Note, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

“Adjusted LIBOR Rate” means, with respect to a LIBOR Rate Advance for the relevant Interest Period, the sum of (i) the Applicable Margin plus (ii) the quotient of (a) the LIBOR Rate applicable to such Interest Period, divided by (b) one minus the Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Interest Period.

“Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate” means, with respect to a CB Floating Rate Advance for any day, the sum of (i) 2.50% Per Annum plus (ii) the quotient of (a) the interest rate determined by the Bank by reference to the Page to be the rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, on such date or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day for dollar deposits with a maturity equal to one (1) month, divided by (b) one minus the Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market with a maturity equal to one (1) month.

“Advance” means a LIBOR Rate Advance or a CB Floating Rate Advance and “Advances” means all LIBOR Rate Advances and all CB Floating Rate Advances under this Note.

“Applicable Margin” means with respect to any CB Floating Rate Advance, - 1.00% Per Annum and with respect to any LIBOR Rate Advance, 1.25% Per Annum.

“Business Day” means (i) with respect to the Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate and any borrowing, payment or rate selection of LIBOR Rate Advances, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in California and/or New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and on which dealings in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market and (ii) for all other purposes, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banking associations are authorized to be closed.

“CB Floating Rate” means the Prime Rate; provided that the CB Floating Rate shall, on any day, not be less than the Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate.  The CB Floating Rate is a variable rate and any change in the CB Floating Rate due to any change in the Prime Rate or the Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate is effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate, respectively.

“CB Floating Rate Advance” means any borrowing under this Note when and to the extent that its interest rate is determined by reference to the CB Floating Rate.

“Credit Agreement” means that Credit Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between Borrower and Bank.  

“Interest Period” means, with respect to a LIBOR Rate Advance, a period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) month(s) commencing on a Business Day selected by the Borrower pursuant to this Note. Such Interest Period shall end on the day which corresponds numerically to such date one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) month(s) thereafter, as applicable, provided, however, that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such first, second, third or sixth succeeding month(s), as applicable, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such first, second, third or sixth succeeding month(s), as applicable. If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that if said next succeeding Business Day falls in a new calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day.

“LIBOR Rate” means with respect to any LIBOR Rate Advance for any Interest Period, the interest rate determined by the Bank by reference to Reuters Screen LIBOR01, formerly known as Page 3750 of the Moneyline Telerate Service (together with any successor or substitute, the “Service”) or any successor or substitute page of the Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of the Service, as determined by the Bank from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market (the “Page”) to be the rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of the Interest Period for dollar deposits with a maturity equal to such Interest Period. If no LIBOR Rate is available to the Bank, the applicable LIBOR Rate for the relevant Interest Period shall instead be the rate determined by the Bank to be the rate at which the Bank offers to place U.S. dollar deposits having a maturity equal to such Interest Period with first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

“LIBOR Rate Advance” means any borrowing under this Note when and to the extent that its interest rate is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest Per Annum announced from time to time by the Bank as its prime rate. The Prime Rate is a variable rate and each change in the Prime Rate is effective from and including the date the change is announced as being effective. THE PRIME RATE IS A REFERENCE RATE AND MAY NOT BE THE BANK’S LOWEST RATE.

“Principal Payment Date” is defined in the paragraph entitled “Principal Payments” below.

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

“Reserve Requirement” means the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D.

Interest Rates. The Advance(s) evidenced by this Note may be drawn down and remain outstanding as up to five (5) LIBOR Rate Advances and/or a CB Floating Rate Advance. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Bank on the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of each CB Floating Rate Advance at the CB Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin and each LIBOR Rate Advance at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. In no event shall the interest rate applicable to any Advance exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Any interest payment which would for any reason be deemed unlawful under applicable law shall be applied to principal.

Bank Records. The Bank shall, in the ordinary course of business, make notations in its records of the date, amount, interest rate and Interest Period of each Advance hereunder, the amount of each payment on the Advances, and other information. Such records shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding principal balance of and interest rate or rates applicable to this Note.

Notice and Manner of Electing Interest Rates on Advances. The Borrower shall give the Bank written notice (effective upon receipt) of the Borrower’s intent to draw down an Advance under this Note no later than 2:00 p.m. Pacific time, on the date of disbursement, if the full amount of the drawn Advance is to be disbursed as a CB Floating Rate Advance and no later than 11:00 a.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before disbursement, if any part of such Advance is to be disbursed as a LIBOR Rate Advance. The Borrower’s notice must specify: (a) the disbursement date, (b) the amount of each Advance, (c) the type of each Advance (CB Floating Rate Advance or LIBOR Rate Advance), and (d) for each LIBOR Rate Advance, the duration of the applicable Interest Period; provided, however, that the Borrower may not elect an Interest Period ending after the maturity date of this Note. Each LIBOR Rate Advance shall be in a minimum amount of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00). All notices under this paragraph are irrevocable. By the Bank’s close of business on the disbursement date and upon fulfillment of the conditions set forth herein and in any other of the Related Documents, the Bank shall disburse the requested Advances in immediately available funds by crediting the amount of such Advances to the Borrower’s account with the Bank.

2

Conversion and Renewals. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert one type of Advance into another or to renew any Advance by giving the Bank written notice no later than 2:00 p.m. Pacific time, on the date of the conversion into or renewal of a CB Floating Rate Advance and 11:00 a.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before conversion into or renewal of a LIBOR Rate Advance, specifying: (a) the renewal or conversion date, (b) the amount of the Advance to be converted or renewed, (c) in the case of conversion, the type of Advance to be converted into (CB Floating Rate Advance or LIBOR Rate Advance), and (d) in the case of renewals of or conversion into a LIBOR Rate Advance, the applicable Interest Period, provided that (i) the minimum principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Advance outstanding after a renewal or conversion shall be One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00); (ii) a LIBOR Rate Advance can only be converted on the last day of the Interest Period for the Advance; and (iii) the Borrower may not elect an Interest Period ending after the maturity date of this Note. All notices given under this paragraph are irrevocable. If the Borrower fails to give the Bank the notice specified above for the renewal or conversion of a LIBOR Rate Advance by 11:00 a.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before the end of the Interest Period for that Advance, the Advance shall automatically be converted to a CB Floating Rate Advance on the last day of the Interest Period for the Advance.

Interest Payments. Interest on the Advances shall be paid in arrears on the last day of each month, beginning with the first month following disbursement of the Advance, whether the Advance is a CB Floating Rate Advance or LIBOR Rate Advance.

Principal Payments. All outstanding principal and interest is due and payable in full on October 31, 2017, which is defined herein as the “Principal Payment Date”.

Default Rate of Interest. After a default has occurred under this Note, whether or not the Bank elects to accelerate the maturity of this Note because of such default, all Advances outstanding under this Note, shall bear interest at a Per Annum rate equal to the interest rate being charged on each such Advance plus three percent (3.00%) from the date the Bank elects to impose such rate. Imposition of this rate shall not affect any limitations contained in this Note on the Borrower’s right to repay principal on any LIBOR Rate Advance before the expiration of the Interest Period for each such Advance.

Additional Costs. If any applicable domestic or foreign law, treaty, government rule or regulation now or later in effect (whether or not it now applies to the Bank) or the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority charged with such interpretation or administration, or compliance by the Bank with any guideline, request or directive of such an authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall (a) affect the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank of any amounts payable by the Borrower under this Note or the other Related Documents (other than taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Bank by the jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of the jurisdiction in which the Bank has its principal office), or (b) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including, without limitation, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance premiums or assessments) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by the Bank, or (c) impose any other condition with respect to this Note or the other Related Documents and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank of extending, maintaining or funding any LIBOR Rate Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum receivable by the Bank on any Advance, or (d) affect the amount of capital or liquidity required or expected to be maintained by the Bank (or any corporation controlling the Bank) and the Bank determines that the amount of such capital or liquidity is increased by or based upon the existence of the Bank’s obligations under this Note or the other Related Documents and the increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank’s (or its controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of the obligations under this Note or the other Related Documents to a level below that which the Bank (or its controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to the Bank, from time to time, upon request by the Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for the increased cost or reduced sum receivable. Whenever the Bank shall learn of circumstances described in this section which are likely to result in additional costs to the Borrower, the Bank shall give prompt written notice to the Borrower of the basis for and the estimated amount of any such anticipated additional costs. A statement as to the amount of the increased cost or reduced sum receivable, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by the Bank to the Borrower, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error in computation.

Illegality. If any applicable domestic or foreign law, treaty, rule or regulation now or later in effect (whether or not it now applies to the Bank) or the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority charged with such interpretation or administration, or compliance by the Bank with any guideline, request or directive of such an authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank to maintain or fund the LIBOR Rate Advances, then, upon notice to the Borrower by the Bank, the outstanding principal amount of the LIBOR Rate Advances, together with accrued interest and any other amounts payable to the Bank under this Note or the other Related Documents on account of the LIBOR Rate Advances shall be repaid (a) immediately upon the Bank’s demand if such change or compliance with such requests, in the Bank’s reasonable business judgment, requires immediate repayment, or (b) at the expiration of the last Interest Period to expire before the effective date of any such change or request provided, however, that subject to the terms and conditions of this Note and the other Related Documents the Borrower shall be entitled to simultaneously replace the entire outstanding balance of any LIBOR Rate Advance repaid in accordance with this section with a CB Floating Rate Advance in the same amount.

3

Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If the Bank determines that (a) quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate are not being provided for purposes of determining the interest rate on a LIBOR Rate Advance as provided in this Note, or (b) the relevant interest rates referred to in the definition of Adjusted LIBOR Rate do not accurately cover the cost to the Bank of making, funding or maintaining LIBOR Rate Advances, then the Bank shall at the Bank’s option, give notice of such circumstances to the Borrower, whereupon (i) the obligation of the Bank to make LIBOR Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to the suspension no longer exists, and (ii) the Borrower shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Advance, together with accrued interest, on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to the LIBOR Rate Advance, provided, however, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Note and the other Related Documents, the Borrower shall be entitled to simultaneously replace the entire outstanding balance of any LIBOR Rate Advance repaid in accordance with this section with an Advance bearing interest at the CB Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin for CB Floating Rate Advances in the same amount. If the Bank determines on any day that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate are not being provided for purposes of determining the interest rate on any CB Floating Rate Advance on any day, then each CB Floating Rate Advance shall bear interest at the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin for CB Floating Rate Advances until the Bank determines that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of Adjusted One Month LIBOR Rate are being provided.

Obligations Due on Non-Business Day. Whenever any payment under this Note becomes due and payable on a day that is not a Business Day, if no default then exists under this Note, the maturity of the payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, except, in the case of a LIBOR Rate Advance, if the result of the extension would be to extend the payment into another calendar month, the payment must be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

Matters Regarding Payment. The Borrower will pay the Bank at the Bank’s address shown above or at such other place as the Bank may designate. Payments shall be allocated among principal, interest and fees at the discretion of the Bank unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law. Acceptance by the Bank of any payment which is less than the payment due at the time shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank’s right to receive payment in full at that time or any other time.

Authorization for Direct Payments (ACH Debits). To effectuate any payment due under this Note or under any other Related Documents, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to initiate debit entries to Account Number ______________________________ at the Bank and to debit the same to such account. This authorization to initiate debit entries shall remain in full force and effect until (a) the Bank has received written notification of its termination in such time and in such manner as to afford the Bank a reasonable opportunity to act on it or (b) payment in full by Borrower of all outstanding Liabilities under this Note. The Borrower represents that the Borrower is and will be the owner of all funds in such account. The Borrower acknowledges: (1) that such debit entries may cause an overdraft of such account which may result in the Bank’s refusal to honor items drawn on such account until adequate deposits are made to such account; (2) that the Bank is under no duty or obligation to initiate any debit entry for any purpose; and (3) that if a debit is not made because the above-referenced account does not have a sufficient available balance, or otherwise, the payment may be late or past due.

Late Fee. Any principal or interest which is not paid within 10 days after its due date (whether as stated, by acceleration or otherwise) shall be subject to a late payment charge of five percent (5.00%) of the total payment due, in addition to the payment of interest, up to the maximum amount of One Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($1,500.00) per late charge. The Borrower agrees to pay and stipulates that five percent (5.00%) of the total payment due is a reasonable amount for a late payment charge. The Borrowershall pay the late payment charge upon demand by the Bank or, if billed, within the time specified.

Purpose of Loan. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this Note evidences a loan for a business, commercial, agricultural or similar commercial enterprise purpose, and that no advance shall be used for any personal, family or household purpose. The proceeds of the loan shall be used only for the Borrower’s working capital or general corporate purposes.

Credit Facility. The Bank has approved a credit facility to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of this Note. The credit facility is in the form of advances made from time to time by the Bank to the Borrower. This Note evidences the Borrower’s obligation to repay those advances. The aggregate principal amount of debt evidenced by this Note is the amount reflected from time to time in the records of the Bank. Until the earliest to occur of maturity, any Event of Default, or any event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, the Borrower may borrow, pay down and reborrow under this Note subject to the terms of the Related Documents.

Per Annum. In this Note the term “Per Annum” means for a year deemed to be comprised of 360 days.

4

Miscellaneous. This Note binds the Borrower and its successors, and benefits the Bank, its successors and assigns. Any reference to the Bank includes any holder of this Note. This Note is subject to the Credit Agreement to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the loan evidenced hereby is made and is to be repaid. The terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof by this reference thereto with the same force and effect as if set forth at length herein. No reference to the Credit Agreement and no provisions of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrower to pay the principal and interest on this Note as herein prescribed. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. If any one or more of the obligations of the Borrower under this Note or any provision hereof is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Borrower and the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired; and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such obligations or provisions in any other jurisdiction. Time is of the essence under this Note and in the performance of every term, covenant and obligation contained herein.

Prepayment/Funding Loss Indemnification. The Borrower may prepay all or any part of any CB Floating Rate Advance at any time without premium or penalty.

The Borrower shall pay the Bank amounts sufficient (in the Bank’s reasonable opinion) to compensate the Bank for any loss, cost, or expense incurred as a result of:

A. Any payment of a LIBOR Rate Advance on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period for the Advance, including, without limitation, acceleration of the Advances by the Bank pursuant to this Note or the other Related Documents; or

B. Any failure by the Borrower to borrow or renew a LIBOR Rate Advance on the date specified in the relevant notice from the Borrower to the Bank.

Additional Prepayment Provision. If this Note is secured by real property located in California, the Borrower hereby expressly waives any right it may have under California Civil Code Section 2954.10 to prepay any LIBOR Rate Advance at any time, in whole or in part, without prepayment charge upon acceleration of the maturity date of this Note, and agrees that if for any reason a prepayment of any or all of a LIBOR Rate Advance is made, whether voluntarily or upon or following acceleration of the maturity date of this Note by the Bank, the Borrower shall pay the prepayment premium calculated pursuant to this Note. By signing this provision in the space provided below, the Borrower hereby declares and agrees that the Bank’s agreement to make LIBOR Rate Advances and for the term set forth in this Note constitutes adequate consideration, given individual weight by the Borrower, for this waiver and agreement.

		Borrower:
Address:	326 Bollay Drive Goleta, CA 93117	Inogen, Inc.
		By:	/s/ Alison Bauerlein
			Alison Bauerlein		CFO
			Printed Name		Title
		Date Signed:		November 7, 2014

5

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Inogen, Inc.

Goleta, California

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-194016) of Inogen, Inc. of our report dated April 26, 2015, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/S/ BDO USA, LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 26, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Raymond Huggenberger, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Inogen, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: April 27, 2015	By:	/s/ Raymond Huggenberger
		Raymond Huggenberger
		President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Alison Bauerlein, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Inogen, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: April 27, 2015	By:	/s/ Alison Bauerlein
		Alison Bauerlein Chief Financial Officer
		Executive Vice President, Finance Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. § 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Raymond Huggenberger, the chief executive officer of Inogen, Inc. (the “Company”), certify for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge,

(i) the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

April 27, 2015	By:	/s/ Raymond Huggenberger
		Raymond Huggenberger
		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

I, Alison Bauerlein, the chief financial officer of Inogen, Inc. (the “Company”), certify for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge,

(i) the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

April 27, 2015	By:	/s/ Alison Bauerlein
		Alison Bauerlein
		Chief Financial Officer Executive Vice President, Finance Secretary and Treasurer

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Summary of Property Plant and Equipment and Rental Equipment with Related Accumulated Depreciation (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment	$ 57,767	$ 45,678
Accumulated depreciation	25,840	15,956
Property and equipment, net	31,927	29,722
Equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment	48,359	37,573
Accumulated depreciation	21,084	12,545
Property and equipment, net	27,275	25,028
Other property and equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment	9,408	8,105
Accumulated depreciation	4,756	3,411
Property and equipment, net	$ 4,652	$ 4,694

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Minimum Aggregate Payments Due under Non-Cancelable Leases (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014
Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2015	$ 870
2016	483
2017	477
2018	457
2019	458
Thereafter	313
Total minimum payments	$ 3,058

XML

Income Taxes - Components of Provision for Income Taxes (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current tax expense
Federal	$ (1,139)	$ (42)
State	(525)	(169)	(15)
Total current tax expense	(1,664)	(211)	(15)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
Federal	(2,782)	(798)	523
State	(3)	(313)	88
Total deferred tax benefit (expense)	(2,785)	(1,111)	611
Plus (less): change in valuation allowance	1,223	22,909	(614)
Total deferred tax benefit (expense), net	(1,562)	21,798	(3)
Income tax benefit (expense)	$ (3,226)	$ 21,587	$ (18)

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Schedule of Changes in Aggregate Product Warranty Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Product warranty liability at beginning of period	$ 809	$ 447
Accruals for warranties issued	1,075	533
Adjustments related to preexisting warranties (including changes in estimates)	406	322
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)	(1,175)	(493)
Product warranty liability at end of period	$ 1,115	$ 809

XML

Long-Term Debt - Schedule of Long-Term Debt (Parenthetical) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
May 2011 Through April 2014 | Term Loan A
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, periodic payment	$ 83
Debt instrument, frequency of payment	Monthly payments
Debt instrument, payment beginning date	May 31, 2011
Debt instrument, payment ending date	Apr. 30, 2014
May 2012 Through April 2015 | Term Loan B
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, periodic payment	222
Debt instrument, frequency of payment	Monthly payments
Debt instrument, payment beginning date	May 31, 2012
Debt instrument, payment ending date	Apr. 30, 2015
November 2013 Through May 2014 | Term Loan C
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, periodic payment	167
Debt instrument, frequency of payment	Monthly payments
Debt instrument, payment beginning date	Nov. 30, 2013
Debt instrument, payment ending date	May 31, 2014
June 2014 Through October 2016 | Term Loan C
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, periodic payment	367
Debt instrument, frequency of payment	Monthly payments
Debt instrument, payment beginning date	Jun. 30, 2014
Debt instrument, payment ending date	Oct. 31, 2016
May 2011 Through October 2014 | Contractual Obligation
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, periodic payment	53
Debt instrument, frequency of payment	Quarterly payments
Debt instrument, payment beginning date	May 31, 2011
Debt instrument, payment ending date	Oct. 31, 2014
January 2015 Through October 2016 | Contractual Obligation
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, periodic payment	$ 81
Debt instrument, frequency of payment	Quarterly payments
Debt instrument, payment beginning date	Jan. 31, 2015
Debt instrument, payment ending date	Oct. 31, 2016

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Summary of Fair Value Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value Assets And Liabilities Measured On Recurring And Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Preferred stock warrant liability	$ 0	$ 260
Total liabilities		260
Level 3
Fair Value Assets And Liabilities Measured On Recurring And Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Preferred stock warrant liability		260
Total liabilities		$ 260

XML

Convertible Preferred Stock - Summary of Non-Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized	100,000	10,000,000
Share issued	66,666	0
Par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Series A Nonredeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized	100,000
Share issued	66,666
Par value	$ 0.001
Conversion rate	1.01706
Liquidation preference per share	$ 3.750
Dividend rate	5.00%
Issue date	May 2002

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Provisions for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

Years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
Current tax expense
Federal	$	(1,139	)	$	(42	)	$	—
State		(525	)		(169	)		(15	)
Total current tax expense		(1,664	)		(211	)		(15	)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
Federal		(2,782	)		(798	)		523
State		(3	)		(313	)		88
Total deferred tax benefit (expense)		(2,785	)		(1,111	)		611
Plus (less): change in valuation allowance		1,223			22,909			(614	)
Total deferred tax benefit (expense), net		(1,562	)		21,798			(3	)
Income tax benefit (expense)	$	(3,226	)	$	21,587		$	(18	)

Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
NOL and credit carryforward	$	22,924		$	25,233
Accrued expenses		3,575			2,686
Valuation allowance		(2,899	)		(4,122	)
Allowance, reserves and other		1,965			—
		25,565			23,797
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant, and equipment		(3,674	)		(1,643	)
Other		(1,667	)		(366	)
		(5,341	)		(2,009	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	20,224		$	21,788

Reconciliation of the Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the last three years is as follows:

Years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
U.S. Statutory rate		34.00	%		34.00	%		34.00	%
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)		2.47			5.48			4.53
Nondeductible expenses		1.39			2.54			(2.77	)
Remeasured deferred for state rate change		(0.25	)		(8.25	)		(137.26	)
Change in valuation allowance		(12.16	)		(595.34	)		105.55
R&D credit (net of reserve)		(3.49	)		—			—
Expiration of net operating losses		8.09			—			—
Other		2.04			0.58			(1.02	)
Effective income tax rate		32.09	%		(560.99	)%		3.03	%

Summary of Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Reconciliation of liability for unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at beginning of period	$	306	$	—
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		123		—
Additions for tax positions of prior years		148		306
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—		—
Settlements		—		—
Balance at end of period	$	577	$	306

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation of the Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Effective Income Tax Rate Continuing Operations Tax Rate Reconciliation [Abstract]
U.S. Statutory rate	34.00%	34.00%	34.00%
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)	2.47%	5.48%	4.53%
Nondeductible expenses	1.39%	2.54%	(2.77%)
Remeasured deferred for state rate change	(0.25%)	(8.25%)	(137.26%)
Change in valuation allowance	(12.16%)	(595.34%)	105.55%
R&D credit (net of reserve)	(3.49%)
Expiration of net operating losses	8.09%
Other	2.04%	0.58%	(1.02%)
Effective income tax rate	32.09%	(560.99%)	3.03%

XML

Intangible Assets - Summary of Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	2 years
Gross carrying amount	$ 1,186	$ 981
Accumulated amortization	916	766
Net amount	270	215
Licenses
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	10 years	10 years
Gross carrying amount	185	185
Accumulated amortization	81	63
Net amount	104	122
Patents And Websites
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	5 years	5 years
Gross carrying amount	873	723
Accumulated amortization	749	662
Net amount	124	61
Commercial
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	2 years	2 years
Gross carrying amount	128	73
Accumulated amortization	86	41
Net amount	$ 42	$ 32

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Computation of Depreciation and Amortization Using Straight Line Method Over Estimated Useful Lives of Assets (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Equipment | Minimum
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	1 year 6 months
Equipment | Maximum
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	5 years
Manufacturing equipment and tooling
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	5 years
Computer equipment and software
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	3 years
Furniture and equipment | Minimum
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	3 years
Furniture and equipment | Maximum
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	5 years
Leasehold improvements
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property Plant And Equipment Useful Life	Shorter of 3-10 years or life of underlying lease

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Reconciliation of liability for unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at beginning of period	$ 306
Additions based on tax positions related to current year	123
Additions for tax positions of prior years	148	306
Balance at end of period	$ 577	$ 306

XML

Quarterly Summary of Information (Unaudited) - Summary of Quarterly Unaudited Financial Data (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Selected Quarterly Financial Information [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 29,118	$ 29,393	$ 30,393	$ 23,633	$ 19,762	$ 19,777	$ 20,157	$ 15,747	$ 112,537	$ 75,443	$ 48,576
Gross profit	13,816	14,649	15,114	11,938	10,175	9,642	11,057	8,117	55,517	38,991	23,949
Net income	$ 1,519	$ 2,133	$ 2,286	$ 888	$ 21,971	$ 774	$ 1,960	$ 730	$ 6,826	$ 25,435	$ 564
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
Net income (loss) per share - basic common stock	$ 0.08	$ 0.12	$ 0.13	$ (0.01)	$ 0.91	$ (3.90)		$ (3.65)	$ 0.33	$ 0.76	$ (19.97)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted common stock	$ 0.07	$ 0.11	$ 0.11	$ (0.01)	$ 0.79	$ (3.90)		$ (3.65)	$ 0.30	$ 0.68	$ (19.97)

XML

Stock Incentive Plan - Summary of Stock Options Activity (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock Options Outstanding, Beginning balance	2,328,675	1,646,223
Stock Options, Granted	754,916	716,326
Stock Options, Exercised	(736,519)	(8,874)
Stock Options, Forfeited	(80,640)	(23,106)
Stock Options, Expired	(4,799)	(1,894)
Stock Options Outstanding, Ending balance	2,261,633	2,328,675	1,646,223
Stock Options, Vested and exercisable	1,100,539	1,524,325
Stock Options, Vested and expected to vest	2,144,974	2,226,738
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price, Beginning balance	$ 1.94	$ 1.06
Weighted average exercise price, Granted	$ 17.81	$ 3.95
Weighted average exercise price, Exercised	$ 1.28	$ 1.35
Weighted average exercise price, Forfeited	$ 5.81	$ 2.46
Weighted average exercise price, Expired	$ 1.09	$ 1.53
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price, Ending balance	$ 7.31	$ 1.94	$ 1.06
Weighted average exercise price, Vested and exercisable	$ 2.02	$ 1.16
Weighted average exercise price, Vested and expected to vest	$ 7.19	$ 1.88
Remaining weighted average contractual term, Outstanding	6 years 5 months 5 days	7 years 15 days	6 years 11 months 27 days
Remaining weighted average contractual term, Vested and exercisable	5 years 8 months 23 days	5 years 11 months 12 days
Remaining weighted average contractual term, Vested and expected to vest	6 years 4 months 17 days	6 years 11 months 12 days
Outstanding, Per share average intrinsic value	$ 24.06	$ 10.23	$ 0.41
Per share average intrinsic value, Vested and exercisable	$ 29.35	$ 11.01
Per share average intrinsic value, Vested and expected to vest	$ 24.18	$ 10.29
Minimum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Outstanding, Price per share, Beginning balance	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Price per share, Granted	$ 16.62	$ 1.17
Price per share, Exercised	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Price per share, Forfeited	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Price per share, Expired	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Outstanding, Price per share, Ending balance	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Price per share, Vested and exercisable	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Price per share, Vested and expected to vest	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Maximum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Outstanding, Price per share, Beginning balance	$ 8.70	$ 8.70
Price per share, Granted	$ 24.52	$ 8.37
Price per share, Exercised	$ 16.62	$ 8.70
Price per share, Forfeited	$ 16.62	$ 8.37
Price per share, Expired	$ 8.37	$ 8.70
Outstanding, Price per share, Ending balance	$ 24.52	$ 8.70
Price per share, Vested and exercisable	$ 18.93	$ 8.70
Price per share, Vested and expected to vest	$ 24.52	$ 8.70

XML

Long-Term Debt - Schedule of Minimum Aggregate Payments due under Non-Cancelable Debt (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2015	$ 299
2016	315
Subtotal	$ 614	$ 10,649

XML

Nature of business

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Organization Consolidation And Presentation Of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Nature of business

1. Nature of business

Inogen, Inc. (Company or Inogen) was incorporated in Delaware on November 27, 2001. The Company is a medical technology company that primarily develops, manufactures and markets innovative portable oxygen concentrators used to deliver supplemental long-term oxygen therapy to patients suffering from chronic respiratory conditions. Traditionally, these patients have relied on stationary oxygen concentrator systems for use in the home and oxygen tanks or cylinders for mobile use, which we call the delivery model. The tanks and cylinders must be delivered regularly and have a finite amount of oxygen, which requires patients to plan activities outside of their homes around delivery schedules and a finite oxygen supply. Additionally, patients must attach long, cumbersome tubing to their stationary concentrators simply to enable mobility within their homes. The Company’s proprietary Inogen One systems concentrate the air around the patient to offer a single source of supplemental oxygen anytime, anywhere with a portable device weighing approximately 4.8 or 7.0 pounds. Our Inogen One G3 and G2 have up to 4.5 and 5 hours of battery life, respectively, with a single battery and can be plugged into an outlet when at home, in a car, or in a public place with outlets available. The Companies Inogen One systems reduce the patient’s reliance on stationary concentrators and scheduled deliveries of tanks with a finite supply of oxygen, thereby improving patient quality of life and fostering mobility.

XML

Stock Incentive Plan - Summary of Stock Options Outstanding (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option shares outstanding	2,261,633	2,328,675
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	6 years 5 months 5 days	7 years 15 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 7.31	$ 1.94
Exercisable, Shares	1,100,539	1,524,325
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 2.02	$ 1.16
Exercise Price Per Share $0.60
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Stock option shares outstanding	515,582	920,687
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	5 years	5 years 11 months 16 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Exercisable, Shares	515,582	916,917
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 0.60	$ 0.60
Exercise Price Per Share $0.75
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 0.75	$ 0.75
Stock option shares outstanding	84,724	128,845
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	6 years 9 months	7 years 9 months
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 0.75	$ 0.75
Exercisable, Shares	66,276	76,466
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 0.75	$ 0.75
Exercise Price Per Share $0.81
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 0.81	$ 0.81
Stock option shares outstanding	221,593	244,979
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	7 years 3 months 7 days	8 years 3 months 4 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 0.81	$ 0.81
Exercisable, Shares	143,955	102,329
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 0.81	$ 0.81
Exercise Price Per Share $1.17
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 1.17	$ 1.17
Stock option shares outstanding	293,436	427,805
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	8 years 1 month 24 days	9 years 1 month 2 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 1.17	$ 1.17
Exercisable, Shares	109,748	82,249
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 1.17	$ 1.17
Exercise Price Per Share $2.40-$6.00
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 2.40
Exercise price per share, lower limit	$ 6.00
Stock option shares outstanding	148,490
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	3 years 2 months 19 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 2.42
Exercisable, Shares	148,490
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 2.42
Exercise Price Per Share $8.37
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 8.37	$ 8.37
Stock option shares outstanding	257,471	271,829
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	8 years 9 months 7 days	9 years 9 months 7 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 8.37	$ 8.37
Exercisable, Shares	73,035	11,834
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 8.37	$ 8.37
Exercise Price Per Share $8.70
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 8.70	$ 8.70
Stock option shares outstanding	9,962	10,914
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	1 year 1 month 13 days	2 years 2 months 9 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 8.70	$ 8.70
Exercisable, Shares	9,962	10,914
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 8.70	$ 8.70
Exercise Price Per Share $16.62
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 16.62
Stock option shares outstanding	608,153
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	6 years 3 months
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 16.62
Exercisable, Shares	33,121
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 16.62
Exercise Price Per Share $18.93
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 18.93
Stock option shares outstanding	12,222
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	6 years 7 months 13 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 18.93
Exercisable, Shares	370
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price	$ 18.93
Exercise Price Per Share $24.52
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit	$ 24.52
Stock option shares outstanding	110,000
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)	6 years 10 months 21 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price	$ 24.52
Exercise Price Per Share $2.10
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit		$ 2.10
Stock option shares outstanding		66
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)		1 month 2 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price		$ 2.10
Exercisable, Shares		66
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price		$ 2.10
Exercise Price Per Share $2.40
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit		$ 2.40
Stock option shares outstanding		316,089
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)		4 years 1 month 17 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price		$ 2.40
Exercisable, Shares		316,089
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price		$ 2.40
Exercise Price Per Share $4.24
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price per share, upper limit		$ 4.24
Stock option shares outstanding		7,461
Outstanding, Weighted average life (years)		6 months 7 days
Outstanding, Weighted average exercise price		$ 4.50
Exercisable, Shares		7,461
Exercisable, Weighted-average exercise price		$ 4.24

XML

Intangible assets - Schedule of Annual Estimated Amortization Expense (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Goodwill And Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2015	$ 84
2016	65
2017	48
2018	48
2019	25
Net amount	$ 270	$ 215

XML

Warrants (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

Summary of Outstanding Warrants

A summary of outstanding warrants at December 31, 2014 is as follows:

	Number of		Exercise		Expiration
Security	warrants		price/share		date
Common stock		15,218	$	0.30	2017-2019

A summary of outstanding warrants at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Number of		Exercise		Expiration
Security	warrants		price/share		date
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		14,215	$	17.580	2015
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		11,415		21.900	2013-2014
Series E  redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		3,120		9.612	2015
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		1,102		9.612	2016
Common stock		233,611		0.300	2017-2019
		263,463

Rollforward of Warrant Activity

A rollforward of warrant activity from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014 is as follows:

	Issued and						Issued and
	outstanding						outstanding
	warrants as of		Warrants		Warrants		warrants as of
	January 1, 2014		exercised		expired		December 31, 2014
Series C preferred		14,215		11,459		2,756		—
Series D preferred		11,415		11,415		—		—
Series E preferred		4,222		4,222		—		—
Common stock		233,611		218,393		—		15,218
		263,463		245,489		2,756		15,218

	Issued and						Issued and
	outstanding						outstanding
	warrants as of		Warrants		Warrants		warrants as of
	January 1, 2013		exercised		expired		December 31, 2013
Series C preferred		14,215		—		—		14,215
Series D preferred		132,169		85,895		34,859		11,415
Series E preferred		4,222		—		—		4,222
Common stock		233,611		—		—		233,611
		384,217		85,895		34,859		263,463

XML

Stock Incentive Plan (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Summary of ESPP Stock Plan Activity

The activity for the 2014 ESPP Stock Plan is as follows:

	First Offering		Second Offering
	Period		Period*
Employee accumulated payroll deductions		414		250
Total Shares Purchased		30,358		—
Payroll deductions used to purchase shares		413		—
Transfer to next offering period		1		—
FMV at enrollment date	$	16.00	$	21.69
FMV at purchase date	$	21.69		—
Purchase price	$	13.60		—
*Offering period ends March 2, 2015

Summary of Stock Options Activity

The activity for stock options under our option plans is as follows:

	Options			Price per share	Weighted-average exercise price		Remaining weighted-average contractual terms (in years)		Per share average intrinsic value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012		1,646,223		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.06		6.99	$	0.41
Granted		716,326		$1.17-$8.37	$	3.95
Exercised		(8,874	)	$0.60-$8.70	$	1.35
Forfeited		(23,106	)	$0.60-$8.37	$	2.46
Expired		(1,894	)	$0.60-$8.70	$	1.53
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013		2,328,675		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.94		7.04	$	10.23
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013		1,524,325		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.16		5.95	$	11.01
Vested and expected to vest, at December 31, 2013		2,226,738		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.88		6.95	$	10.29
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013		2,328,675		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.94
Granted		754,916		$16.62-$24.52	$	17.81
Exercised		(736,519	)	$0.60-$16.62	$	1.28
Forfeited		(80,640	)	$0.60-$16.62	$	5.81
Expired		(4,799	)	$0.60-$8.37	$	1.09
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014		2,261,633		$0.60-$24.52	$	7.31		6.43	$	24.06
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2014		1,100,539		$0.60-$18.93	$	2.02		5.73	$	29.35
Vested and expected to vest, at December 31, 2014		2,144,974		$0.60-$24.52	$	7.19		6.38	$	24.18

Summary of Stock Options Outstanding

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

		Outstanding						Exercisable
				Weighted-						Weighted-
				average						average
				life		exercise				exercise
Exercise price per share		Shares		(years)		price		Shares		price
$	0.60		515,582		5.00	$	0.60		515,582	$	0.60
$	0.75		84,724		6.75		0.75		66,276		0.75
$	0.81		221,593		7.27		0.81		143,955		0.81
$	1.17		293,436		8.15		1.17		109,748		1.17
$2.40-$6.00			148,490		3.22		2.42		148,490		2.42
$	8.37		257,471		8.77		8.37		73,035		8.37
$	8.70		9,962		1.12		8.70		9,962		8.70
$	16.62		608,153		6.25		16.62		33,121		16.62
$	18.93		12,222		6.62		18.93		370		18.93
$	24.52		110,000		6.89		24.52		—		—
			2,261,633		6.43	$	7.31		1,100,539	$	2.02

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013:

		Outstanding						Exercisable
				Weighted-						Weighted-
				average						average
				life		exercise				exercise
Exercise price per share		Shares		(years)		price		Shares		price
$	0.60		920,687		5.96	$	0.60		916,917	$	0.60
$	0.75		128,845		7.75		0.75		76,466		0.75
$	0.81		244,979		8.26		0.81		102,329		0.81
$	1.17		427,805		9.09		1.17		82,249		1.17
$	2.10		66		0.09		2.10		66		2.10
$	2.40		316,089		4.13		2.40		316,089		2.40
$	4.24		7,461		0.52		4.50		7,461		4.24
$	8.37		271,829		9.77		8.37		11,834		8.37
$	8.70		10,914		2.19		8.70		10,914		8.70
			2,328,675		7.04	$	1.94		1,524,325	$	1.16

Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value of Employee Options

The value of employee options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used:

	2014	2013	2012
Expected term (years)	4.02-6.99	5.26-6.03	5.51-6.07
Risk free interest rate	1.32-2.02%	1.08-1.76%	0.73-1.33%
Expected dividend yield	None	None	None
Volatility	42.15-52.73%	50.1-52.77%	48.95-50.52%

XML

Convertible Preferred Stock - Summary of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		500,000
Shares issued		425,511
Par value		$ 0.001
Conversion rate		1.45108
Liquidation preference per share		$ 11.880
Dividend rate		5.00%
Issue date	July 2003
Redemption date		Jan. 01, 2016
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		400,000
Shares issued		365,903
Par value		$ 0.001
Conversion rate		1.73014
Liquidation preference per share		$ 17.580
Dividend rate		8.00%
Issue date	June 2004
Redemption date		Jan. 01, 2016
Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		1,700,000
Shares issued		1,573,126
Par value		$ 0.001
Conversion rate		1.87951
Liquidation preference per share		$ 21.900
Dividend rate		8.00%
Issue date	July 2005 to July 2007
Redemption date		Jan. 01, 2016
Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		1,700,000
Shares issued		1,634,874
Par value		$ 0.001
Conversion rate		2.69244
Liquidation preference per share		$ 19.224
Dividend rate		8.00%
Issue date	October 2007 to February 2009
Redemption date		Jan. 01, 2016
Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		2,800,000
Shares issued		2,701,957
Par value		$ 0.001
Conversion rate		1.0000
Liquidation preference per share		$ 7.140
Dividend rate		8.00%
Issue date	February 2010 to June 2010
Redemption date		Jan. 01, 2016
Series G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		2,900,000
Shares issued		2,840,260
Par value		$ 0.001
Conversion rate		1.0000
Liquidation preference per share		$ 14.083
Dividend rate		8.00%
Issue date	March 2012
Redemption date		Jan. 01, 2016
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Shares authorized		10,000,000
Shares issued	0	9,541,631
Par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001

XML

Long-Term Debt - Additional Information (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Nov. 30, 2014	Aug. 22, 2014	Oct. 12, 2012	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity	$ 15,000,000			$ 12,000,000
Percentage of margin rate	1.25%
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization	10,000,000
Amount outstanding	0
Percentage of commitment fee			1.00%
Amount of commitment fee			120,000
Outstanding term loan and accrued interest paid		11,600,000
Term Loan A
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity				3,000,000
Percentage of margin rate				1.25%
Amount outstanding				0	417,000
Term loan interest rate, percentage				4.50%	4.50%
Term Loan B
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity				8,000,000
Percentage of margin rate				2.50%
Amount outstanding				0	3,778,000
Term loan interest rate, percentage				5.75%	5.75%
Term Loan C
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity				12,000,000
Percentage of margin rate				2.25%
Amount outstanding				0	5,666,000
Term loan interest rate, percentage				5.50%	5.50%
AR Revolver
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity				1,000,000
Amount outstanding				0
Percentage of line of credit on accounts receivable				80.00%
Revolving line of credit expiration date				Oct. 13, 2013
Term Loan
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of margin rate				1.00%
Term loan Interest rate description				Each term loan bore interest at the Base Rate, which is a rate equal to the applicable margin plus the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate, as defined in the agreement, plus 1% and (iii) the daily adjusting LIBOR rate, plus 1%.
New Term Loan | LIBOR
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of margin rate				1.00%
Minimum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Tangible net worth	90,000,000
JP Morgan Chase Debt
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Maximum borrowing capacity	15,000,000
Percentage of margin rate	1.25%
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization	10,000,000
Amount outstanding	0
JP Morgan Chase Debt | Minimum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Tangible net worth	$ 90,000,000

XML

Quarterly Summary of Information (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data are as follows:

Quarterly Results 2014	Q1 March			Q2 June		Q3 September		Q4 December
Net sales	$	23,633		$	30,393	$	29,393	$	29,118
Gross profit		11,938			15,114		14,649		13,816
Net income	$	888		$	2,286	$	2,133	$	1,519
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders
Basic		(0.01	)		0.13		0.12		0.08
Diluted		(0.01	)		0.11		0.11		0.07

Quarterly Results 2013	Q1 March			Q2 June		Q3 September			Q4 December
Net sales	$	15,747		$	20,157	$	19,777		$	19,762
Gross profit		8,117			11,057		9,642			10,175
Net income	$	730		$	1,960	$	774		$	21,971
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders
Basic		(3.65	)		—		(3.90	)		0.91
Diluted		(3.65	)		—		(3.90	)		0.79

XML

Nature of business - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Minimum
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Weight of oxygen portable device	4.8
Maximum
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Weight of oxygen portable device	7.0
Maximum | One G3
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Estimated battery life of portable oxygen concentrator	4 hours 30 minutes
Maximum | One G2
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Estimated battery life of portable oxygen concentrator	5 hours

XML

Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$ 6,826	$ 25,435	$ 564
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	12,080	8,544	4,984
Loss on rental units	1,895	305	258
Loss on disposal of other fixed assets	2	16	5
Provision for sales returns	3,451	1,770	627
Provision for doubtful accounts	1,692	2,045	1,071
Provision for rental revenue adjustments	7,898	6,613	3,102
Provision for inventory obsolescence	147	78	42
Provision for other inventory losses	55
Stock-based compensation expense	1,451	230	60
Increase (decrease) in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability	(36)	262	(148)
Deferred tax assets	1,564	(21,788)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements	(1,641)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(22,159)	(13,628)	(7,462)
Inventories	(3,570)	(267)	(2,436)
Deferred costs of rental revenue	(226)	(130)	(89)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(591)	(378)	(15)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	3,637	2,150	1,705
Accrued payroll	1,168	543	893
Warranty reserve	306	362	197
Deferred revenue	2,229	1,169	500
Income tax receivable	(401)	(87)
Income tax payable		(25)	4
Deferred tax liabilities		(10)	3
Other noncurrent liabilities	(80)	258	139
Net cash provided by operating activities	15,697	13,467	4,004
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment in intangible assets	(205)	(37)	(63)
Production of rental equipment	(14,481)	(15,075)	(10,361)
Purchases of property and equipment	(1,551)	(3,030)	(2,024)
Payment of deposit	(17)		(27)
Net cash used in investing activities	(16,254)	(18,142)	(12,475)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock			19,945
Proceeds from borrowings	6,000	6,000	6,000
Proceeds from redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants and common stock warrants exercised	506	1,883	422
Proceeds from stock options exercised	946	10	3
Proceeds from initial public offering	56,471
Costs associated with initial public offering	(6,031)	(597)
Employee stock purchase	413
Repayment of debt from investment in intangible assets	(213)	(212)	(213)
Repayment of borrowings	(15,861)	(4,000)	(6,480)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements	1,641
Net cash provided by financing activities	43,872	3,084	19,677
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	43,315	(1,591)	11,206
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	13,521	15,112	3,906
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	56,836	13,521	15,112
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for interest	487	552	462
Cash paid during the period for income taxes	2,061	311	37
Non-cash transactions:
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	$ 987	$ 7,278	$ 5,781

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Feb. 20, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014 Customer Segment Product	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 07, 2014
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Extended service contracts		The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that provides for a functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining lifetime of the patient
Number of deliverables qualifying as separate units		2
Standard product warranty description		The first deliverable is the oxygen concentrator equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years
Estimation for sale of products		the company estimates that 60% of patients will succumb to their disease within three years. Given the approximate mortality rate of 20% per year, the company estimates on average all patients will succumb to their disease within five years.
Shipping and handling fees earned		$ 486	$ 376	$ 214
Accrual of product warranty liability		1,115	809	447
Rental revenue earned		30-day period
Unbilled Receivables		3,653	1,435
Number of customers		0	0
Accounts Receivable Net Current		19,349	10,231
Cost Of Property Repairs And Maintenance		0
Property Plant And Equipment Salvage Value		1,628	1,020
Impairments of long-lived assets		0	0
Advertising costs		3,290	2,840	2,503
Number Of Operating Segments		1
Reverse stock split ratio		3:1
Effective date of reverse stock split		Nov. 12, 2013
Common stock, par value	$ 16.00	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Increase in working capital			844
Common stock, shares issued	4,411,763	19,059,364	280,974
Common stock purchased by underwriters					99,550
Conversion of preferred stock, shares	14,259,647
Inogen, Inc.
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of shares sold	3,529,411
Stockholders
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of shares sold	882,352
Customer Concentration Risk
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Accounts Receivable Net Current		4,875	2,560	3,043
Sales Revenue, Net
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Shipping and handling costs		1,478	772	639
Sales Revenue, Net | Customer Concentration Risk
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		27.00%	29.00%	27.00%
Sales Revenue, Net | Maximum | Customer Concentration Risk | Single Customer
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		10.00%	10.00%	12.00%
Sales Revenue, Services, Net
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Shipping and handling costs		$ 4,101	$ 3,149	$ 1,922
Sales Revenue, Services, Net | Customer Concentration Risk
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		76.00%	73.00%	66.00%
Accounts receivable | Customer Concentration Risk
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		25.00%	25.00%	33.00%
Raw materials | Vendor one
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		19.00%	17.00%
Raw materials | Vendor two
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		16.00%	15.00%
Raw materials | Vendor three
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage		10.00%	8.00%
Service Contracts
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Extended service contracts		The Company offers extended service contracts on its Inogen One concentrator line for periods ranging from 12 to 24 months after the end of the standard warranty period

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Computation of Earnings Per Share (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Numerator—basic:
Net income	$ 1,519	$ 2,133	$ 2,286	$ 888	$ 21,971	$ 774	$ 1,960	$ 730	$ 6,826	$ 25,435	$ 564
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock									(987)	(7,278)	(5,781)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend									5,839	18,157	(5,217)
Less preferred rights dividend										(7,165)
Less: undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic									(567)	(10,781)
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic									5,272	211	(5,217)
Numerator—diluted:
Net income	1,519	2,133	2,286	888	21,971	774	1,960	730	6,826	25,435	564
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock									(987)	(7,278)	(5,781)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend									5,839	18,157	(5,217)
Less preferred rights dividend										(7,165)
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted									(514)	(9,625)
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted									$ 5,325	$ 1,367	$ (5,217)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock									16,182,569	276,535	261,268
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock									18,037,498	2,008,156	261,268
Net income (loss) per share - basic common stock	$ 0.08	$ 0.12	$ 0.13	$ (0.01)	$ 0.91	$ (3.90)		$ (3.65)	$ 0.33	$ 0.76	$ (19.97)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted common stock	$ 0.07	$ 0.11	$ 0.11	$ (0.01)	$ 0.79	$ (3.90)		$ (3.65)	$ 0.30	$ 0.68	$ (19.97)
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)									546,142		15,937,343
Basic common shares									16,182,569	276,535	261,268
Warrants									128,016	219,766
Stock Options									1,726,913	1,511,855
Diluted common shares									18,037,498	2,008,156	261,268
Warrants
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)											233,611
Stock Options
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)									546,142		1,646,223
Preferred Convertible Stock
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)											14,057,509

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Rent expense	$ 750	$ 910	$ 806
Chief Executive Officer | Maximum
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Period of salary continuation upon termination	36 months
Certain key employees | Maximum
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Period of salary continuation upon termination	24 months
Offices and Certain Equipment
Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Operating leases expiration date	Dec. 31, 2019

XML

Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 56,836	$ 13,521
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $3,745 and $3,390 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	19,349	10,231
Inventories, net of allowances of $141 and $100 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	7,616	4,248
Deferred cost of rental revenue	515	289
Income tax receivable	2,129	87
Deferred tax asset - current	4,976	3,923
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,122	531
Total current assets	92,543	32,830
Property and equipment
Rental equipment, net of allowances of $832 and $157 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	48,359	37,573
Manufacturing equipment and tooling	3,985	2,551
Computer equipment and software	3,699	2,973
Furniture and equipment	649	601
Leasehold improvements	756	887
Land and building	126
Construction in process	193	1,093
Total property and equipment	57,767	45,678
Less accumulated depreciation	(25,840)	(15,956)
Property and equipment, net	31,927	29,722
Intangible assets, net	270	215
Deferred tax asset - noncurrent	15,248	17,865
Other assets	97	1,765
Total assets	140,085	82,397
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	11,273	8,764
Accrued payroll	4,066	2,898
Current portion of long-term debt	299	5,258
Warranty reserve	781	420
Deferred revenue	2,316	1,487
Total current liabilities	18,735	18,827
Long-term liabilities
Warranty reserve - noncurrent	334	389
Preferred stock warrant liability	0	260
Deferred revenue-noncurrent	2,176	776
Long-term debt, net of current portion	315	5,391
Other noncurrent liabilities	375	455
Total liabilities	21,935	26,098
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 10,000,000 authorized as of December 31,2013; 0 and 9,541,631 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $0 and $136,660 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (Note 7)		118,671
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 10,000,000 and 100,000 shares authorized; 0 and 66,666 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $0 and $250 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively (Note 7)		247
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 200,000,000 and 60,000,000 shares authorized; 19,059,364 and 280,974 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.	19	1
Additional paid-in capital	174,824
Accumulated deficit	(56,693)	(62,620)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)	118,150	(62,372)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)	$ 140,085	$ 82,397

XML

Long-Term Debt - Schedule of Long-Term Debt (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt	$ 614	$ 10,649
Subtotal	614	10,649
Less: current maturities	(299)	(5,258)
Long-term debt, net of current portion	315	5,391
May 2011 Through April 2014 | Term Loan A
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt		417
Subtotal		417
May 2012 Through April 2015 | Term Loan B
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt		3,778
Subtotal		3,778
November 2013 Through May 2014 | Term Loan C
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt		5,666
Subtotal		5,666
May 2011 Through October 2014 | Contractual Obligation
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long term debt	614	788
Subtotal	$ 614	$ 788

XML

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	$ 118,671	$ 109,345	$ 83,122
Warrants exercised	593	2,048	442
Accretion of Series G financing costs			55
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	987	7,278	5,781
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(120,251)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance		118,671	109,345
Series B Preferred Stock
Preferred stock share, Beginning Balance	425,511		423,082
Warrants exercised, shares			2,429
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares	(425,511)
Preferred stock share, Ending Balance			425,511
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	5,056		5,026
Warrants exercised			30
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(5,056)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance			5,056
Series C Preferred Stock
Preferred stock share, Beginning Balance	365,903		343,848
Warrants exercised, shares	11,094		22,055
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares	(376,997)
Preferred stock share, Ending Balance			365,903
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	6,460		6,048
Warrants exercised	279		412
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(6,739)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance			6,460
Series D Preferred Stock
Preferred stock share, Beginning Balance	1,573,126	1,487,225	1,487,225
Warrants exercised, shares	11,415	85,901	0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares	(1,584,541)
Preferred stock share, Ending Balance		1,573,126	1,487,225
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	34,619	32,571	32,571
Warrants exercised	314	2,048	0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(34,933)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance		34,619	32,571
Series E Preferred Stock
Preferred stock share, Beginning Balance	1,634,874	1,634,874	1,634,874
Warrants exercised, shares			0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares	(1,634,874)
Preferred stock share, Ending Balance		1,634,874	1,634,874
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	29,130	28,044	26,925
Warrants exercised			0
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	139	1,086	1,119
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(29,269)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance		29,130	28,044
Series F Preferred Stock
Preferred stock share, Beginning Balance	2,701,957	2,701,957	2,701,957
Warrants exercised, shares			0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares	(2,701,957)
Preferred stock share, Ending Balance		2,701,957	2,701,957
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	15,620	14,055	12,552
Warrants exercised			0
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	207	1,565	1,503
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(15,827)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance		15,620	14,055
Series G Preferred Stock
Preferred stock share, Beginning Balance	2,840,260	2,840,260
Warrants exercised, shares			0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares	(2,840,260)
Preferred stock share, Ending Balance		2,840,260	2,840,260
Preferred stock value, Beginning Balance	27,786	23,159
Warrants exercised			0
Accretion of Series G financing costs			55
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	641	4,627	3,159
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock in connection with initial public offering	(28,427)
Preferred stock value, Ending Balance		$ 27,786	$ 23,159

XML

Stock Incentive Plan - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 12, 2012
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option shares outstanding	2,261,633	2,328,675
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 1,451	$ 230	$ 60
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised	15,495	30	2
Rate of reduced stock-based compensation expense for estimated forfeiture	6.90%	7.00%
Total weighted average fair value of stock options granted	5,329	1,705	95
Share-based Compensation, Unrecognized expense, Nonvested Granted Awards	4,948	1,370
Maximum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option period, expiration	10 years
Stock option period, vested	4 years
Minimum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option period, expiration	7 years
Stock option period, vested	1 year
2012 Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock reserved for future issuance	1,216,772
Number of equity awards available for grant	0	276,839
2012 Plan | Maximum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option exercise price fair value percentage	100.00%
2012 Plan and 2002 Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock reserved for future issuance	1,531,258
2002 Plan | Contract Termination
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option shares outstanding				1,424,540
2002 Plan | Maximum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option shares outstanding				1,424,646
2014 Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock reserved for future issuance	895,346
Number of equity awards available for grant	221,178
Stock option shares outstanding	730,375
Terms of shares available for issuance	The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of: • 895,346 shares; • 4% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or • such other amount as our board of directors may determine.
Percentage on outstanding shares of common stock	4.00%
2014 Plan | Maximum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option shares outstanding	2,328,569
2014 ESPP Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of equity awards available for grant	148,711
Terms of shares available for issuance	The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to least of: • 179,069 shares • 1.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or • Such other amount as may be determined by the administrator
Percentage on outstanding shares of common stock	1.50%
Maximum percentage of common stock eligible to purchase through payroll deductions for participants	15.00%
Maximum number of shares available for participant to purchase during period	1,500
Potential increase of shares available for issuance	179,069
Purchase price as percentage of stock price on offering period	85.00%
Purchase price as percentage of stock price on exercise date	85.00%
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 134

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Breakdown of the Company Revenue (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 29,118	$ 29,393	$ 30,393	$ 23,633	$ 19,762	$ 19,777	$ 20,157	$ 15,747	$ 112,537	$ 75,443	$ 48,576
U.S. revenue
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues									88,094	58,677	35,538
Non-U.S. revenue
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Revenues									$ 24,443	$ 16,766	$ 13,038

XML

Warrants - Rollforward of Warrant Activity (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Issued and outstanding warrants, beginning balance	263,463	384,217
Warrants Exercised	245,489	85,895
Warrants Expired	2,756	34,859
Issued and outstanding warrants, ending balance	15,218	263,463
Common stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Issued and outstanding warrants, beginning balance	233,611		233,611
Warrants Exercised	218,393
Issued and outstanding warrants, ending balance	15,218		233,611
Series C Preferred Stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Issued and outstanding warrants, beginning balance	14,215		14,215
Warrants Exercised	11,459
Warrants Expired	2,756
Issued and outstanding warrants, ending balance			14,215
Series D Preferred Stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Issued and outstanding warrants, beginning balance	11,415	132,169
Warrants Exercised	11,415	85,895
Warrants Expired		34,859
Issued and outstanding warrants, ending balance		11,415
Series E Preferred Stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Issued and outstanding warrants, beginning balance	4,222		4,222
Warrants Exercised	4,222
Issued and outstanding warrants, ending balance			4,222

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Fair Value Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2013 for the liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Preferred stock warrant liability	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260

Summary of Fair Value Measurements using Significant Level 3 Inputs

The following table summarizes the fair value measurements using significant Level 3 inputs, and changes therein, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Warrant liability
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	164
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(166	)
Change in fair value		262
Balance as of December 31, 2013		260
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(148	)
Change in fair value		(36	)
Reclassification of liability to additional paid in capital		(76	)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	—

Breakdown of Company's Revenue from U.S. and Non-U.S. Sources

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Non-U.S. revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. A breakdown of the Company’s revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. revenue	$	88,094	$	58,677	$	35,538
Non-U.S. revenue		24,443		16,766		13,038
Total revenue	$	112,537	$	75,443	$	48,576

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Raw materials and work-in-progress	$	6,774		$	3,783
Finished goods		983			565
Less: reserves		(141	)		(100	)
Inventories	$	7,616		$	4,248

Computation of Depreciation and Amortization using Straight Line Method Over Estimated Useful Lives of Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the assets estimated useful lives as follows:

Rental equipment	1.5-5 years
Manufacturing equipment and tooling	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3 years
Furniture and equipment	3-5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of 3-10 years or life of underlying lease

Summary of Depreciation and Amortization Expense of Property and Equipment and Rental Equipment

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Rental equipment	$	10,339	$	7,132	$	4,056
Other property and equipment		1,591		1,209		630
Total depreciation and amortization	$	11,930	$	8,341	$	4,686

Summary of Property Plant and Equipment and Rental Equipment with Related Accumulated Depreciation

Accumulated depreciation related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
Property and equipment	2014		2013
Rental equipment, net of allowance	$	48,359	$	37,573
Other property and equipment		9,408		8,105
Property and equipment		57,767		45,678
Accumulated depreciation
Rental equipment		21,084		12,545
Other property and equipment		4,756		3,411
Accumulated depreciation		25,840		15,956
Net property and equipment
Rental equipment		27,275		25,028
Other property and equipment		4,652		4,694
Property and equipment, net	$	31,927	$	29,722

Computation of Earnings Per Share

The computation of EPS is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator—basic:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less:  undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic		(567	)		(10,781	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic	$	5,272		$	211		$	(5,217	)
Numerator—diluted:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted		(514	)		(9,625	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted	$	5,325		$	1,367		$	(5,217	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268
Net income (loss) per share - basic common stock	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted common stock	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Warrants		—			—			233,611
Preferred convertible stock		—			—			14,057,509
Stock options		546,142			—			1,646,223
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)		546,142			—			15,937,343
Denominator calculation from basic to diluted:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Warrants		128,016			219,766			—
Stock Options		1,726,913			1,511,855			—
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Raw materials and work-in-progress	$ 6,774	$ 3,783
Finished goods	983	565
Less: reserves	(141)	(100)
Inventories	$ 7,616	$ 4,248

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Long-Term Debt

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Term Loan A, bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments of $83 beginning May 2011 through April 2014	$	—		$	417
Term Loan B, bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments of    $222 beginning May 2012 through April 2015		—			3,778
Term Loan C bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments    of $167 beginning November 2013 through May 2014,    $367 a month beginning June 2014 through October 2016.		—			5,666
Contractual obligation, bearing imputed interest at prime plus two,    quarterly payments of $53 beginning May 2011 through    October 2014 and quarterly payments of $81 beginning    January 2015 through October 2016		614			788
Subtotal		614			10,649
Less: current maturities		(299	)		(5,258	)
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	315		$	5,391

Schedule of Minimum Aggregate Payments Due Under Non-Cancelable Debt

As of December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate payments due under non-cancelable debt are summarized as follows:

Years ending December 31,
2015	$	299
2016		315
2017		—
Total	$	614

XML

Subsequent events - Additional Information (Details) (Subsequent Event, Rockbridge Investments, L.P., Second Amendment, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	Jan. 20, 2015 sqft
Subsequent Event | Rockbridge Investments, L.P. | Second Amendment
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Area of office space leased	38,851
Lease expiration date	Oct. 31, 2015
Lease renewal term	5 years
Lease commencement date	Nov. 01, 2015
Extended lease expiration date	Oct. 31, 2020
Minimum monthly rent	$ 45
Annual percentage increase in rental expense	3.00%
Optional lease renewal term	5 years
Optional lease commencement date	Nov. 01, 2020

XML

Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total	Series A convertible preferred stock	Series G Preferred Stock	Common stock	Additional paid-in capital	Accumulated deficit	Accumulated deficit Series G Preferred Stock
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ (75,566)	$ 247		$ 1		$ (75,814)
Beginning Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011		66,666		250,440
Stock-based compensation	60				60
Stock options exercised	3				3
Stock options exercised, shares				4,270
Warrants exercised	5				5
Warrants exercised, shares				17,386
Accretion of Series G financing costs	(55)						(55)
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	(5,781)				(68)	(5,713)
Net income	564					564
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	(80,770)	247		1		(81,018)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2012		66,666		272,096
Stock-based compensation	230				230
Stock options exercised	10				10
Stock options exercised, shares	8,874			8,878
Warrants exercised	1				1
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	(7,278)				(241)	(7,037)
Net income	25,435					25,435
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	(62,372)	247		1		(62,620)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2013		66,666		280,974
Stock-based compensation	1,451				1,363	88
Employee stock purchase	413				413
Employee stock purchase, shares				30,358
Stock options exercised	946			1	945
Stock options exercised, shares	736,519			736,519
Warrants exercised	61				61
Warrants exercised, shares				222,455
Reclassification of warrant liability	76				76
Deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock	(987)					(987)
Conversion of preferred stock	120,251	(247)	28,427	14	120,484
Conversion of preferred stock, shares		(66,666)	2,840,260	14,259,647
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering	49,844			3	49,841
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares				3,529,411
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements	1,641				1,641
Net income	6,826					6,826
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 118,150			$ 19	$ 174,824	$ (56,693)
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2014				19,059,364

XML

Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Allowances for accounts receivable	$ 3,745	$ 3,390
Allowances for inventories	141	100
Allowances for rental equipment	832	157
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	100,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	66,666
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	66,666
Preferred stock, Liquidation preference	0	250
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	200,000,000	60,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	19,059,364	280,974
Common stock, shares outstanding	19,059,364	280,974
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized		10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	9,541,631
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	9,541,631
Preferred stock, Liquidation preference	$ 0	$ 136,660

XML

Warrants

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

Warrants

9. Warrants

In connection with certain of its redeemable convertible preferred stock issuances, convertible debt financings, and other financing arrangements the Company has issued warrants for shares of its common stock and various issues of its redeemable convertible preferred stock. Such warrants related to its redeemable convertible preferred stock have been recorded as liabilities as a result of non-standard anti-dilution rights and are carried at their estimated fair value using the Monte Carlo valuation model.

A summary of outstanding warrants at December 31, 2014 is as follows:

	Number of		Exercise		Expiration
Security	warrants		price/share		date
Common stock		15,218	$	0.30	2017-2019

A summary of outstanding warrants at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Number of		Exercise		Expiration
Security	warrants		price/share		date
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		14,215	$	17.580	2015
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		11,415		21.900	2013-2014
Series E  redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		3,120		9.612	2015
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants		1,102		9.612	2016
Common stock		233,611		0.300	2017-2019
		263,463

A rollforward of warrant activity from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014 is as follows:

	Issued and						Issued and
	outstanding						outstanding
	warrants as of		Warrants		Warrants		warrants as of
	January 1, 2014		exercised		expired		December 31, 2014
Series C preferred		14,215		11,459		2,756		—
Series D preferred		11,415		11,415		—		—
Series E preferred		4,222		4,222		—		—
Common stock		233,611		218,393		—		15,218
		263,463		245,489		2,756		15,218

	Issued and						Issued and
	outstanding						outstanding
	warrants as of		Warrants		Warrants		warrants as of
	January 1, 2013		exercised		expired		December 31, 2013
Series C preferred		14,215		—		—		14,215
Series D preferred		132,169		85,895		34,859		11,415
Series E preferred		4,222		—		—		4,222
Common stock		233,611		—		—		233,611
		384,217		85,895		34,859		263,463

The fair value of the preferred warrant liability was $0 and $260 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded a gain/(loss) of $36 and ($262), respectively, on the change in fair value of the preferred warrants.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Apr. 15, 2015	Jun. 30, 2014
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	INGN
Entity Registrant Name	Inogen Inc
Entity Central Index Key	0001294133
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		19,282,247
Entity Public Float			$ 135,071,367

XML

Quarterly Summary of Information (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly summary of information (unaudited)

10. Quarterly summary of information (unaudited)

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data are as follows:

Quarterly Results 2014	Q1 March			Q2 June		Q3 September		Q4 December
Net sales	$	23,633		$	30,393	$	29,393	$	29,118
Gross profit		11,938			15,114		14,649		13,816
Net income	$	888		$	2,286	$	2,133	$	1,519
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders
Basic		(0.01	)		0.13		0.12		0.08
Diluted		(0.01	)		0.11		0.11		0.07

Quarterly Results 2013	Q1 March			Q2 June		Q3 September			Q4 December
Net sales	$	15,747		$	20,157	$	19,777		$	19,762
Gross profit		8,117			11,057		9,642			10,175
Net income	$	730		$	1,960	$	774		$	21,971
Net income (loss) per share attributable to
common stockholders
Basic		(3.65	)		—		(3.90	)		0.91
Diluted		(3.65	)		—		(3.90	)		0.79

Earnings per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly amounts will not necessarily equal the total for the year.

XML

Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Revenue
Sales revenue	$ 73,096	$ 44,905	$ 28,704
Rental revenue	39,441	30,538	19,872
Total revenue	112,537	75,443	48,576
Cost of revenue (expense)
Cost of sales revenue	38,693	24,306	17,384
Cost of rental revenue, including depreciation of $10,339, $7,132 and $4,056, respectively	18,327	12,146	7,243
Total cost of revenue	57,020	36,452	24,627
Gross profit	55,517	38,991	23,949
Operating expenses
Research and development	2,977	2,398	2,262
Sales and marketing	24,087	18,375	12,569
General and administrative	17,942	13,754	8,289
Total operating expenses	45,006	34,527	23,120
Income from operations	10,511	4,464	829
Other income (expense)
Interest expense	(449)	(562)	(493)
Interest income	42	12	88
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability	36	(262)	148
Other income (expense)	(88)	196	10
Total other expense, net	(459)	(616)	(247)
Income before provision for income taxes	10,052	3,848	582
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	3,226	(21,587)	18
Net income	$ 6,826	$ 25,435	$ 564
Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders	$ 0.33	$ 0.76	$ (19.97)
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders	$ 0.30	$ 0.68	$ (19.97)
Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic common shares	16,182,569	276,535	261,268
Diluted common shares	18,037,498	2,008,156	261,268

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

4. Long-term debt

JP Morgan Chase debt

In November 2014, the Company secured a primary banking relationship that provides access to a $15,000 working capital revolving line of credit, and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JP Morgan Chase.  This agreement is a three year working capital revolving line of credit which replaces the previous loan facility the Company maintained with Comerica.  The interest rate on outstanding debt balances will be LIBOR plus 1.25%.  The Company is required to maintain a tangible net worth not less than $90,000 and EBITDA of $10,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014.  The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2014, and no outstanding debt balances were outstanding on the credit facility.

Comerica debt

On October 12, 2012, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit and term loan agreement with its lenders whereby the existing balances and the payback terms were not changed. This transaction did not result in any debt extinguishment losses or gains. The Company did not incur or defer any financing cost directly related to the amendment of the credit and term loan agreement. Due to the completion of the IPO during the term of this facility, a fee equal to 1% of the facility amount of $120, was paid to the lenders in March of 2014, and was included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Statements of Operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

The amended and restated credit and term loan agreement with the Company’s current lenders provided for new borrowings of up to $12,000 secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The amended and restated credit and term loan agreement provided for the existing term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $3,000 (Term Loan A), a term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $8,000 (Term Loan B), a new term loan facility for rental assets amounting to up to $12,000 (Term Loan C), and an accounts receivable revolving line of credit amounting to up to $1,000 based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined (AR Revolver).

Principal and interest amounts for all the term loans were payable monthly.  Each term loan bore interest at the Base Rate, which is a rate equal to the applicable margin plus the greater of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds effective rate, as defined in the agreement, plus 1% and (iii) the daily adjusting LIBOR rate, plus 1%. The applicable margins for Term Loans A, B, and C were 1.25%, 2.5% and 2.25%, respectively.

The Term Loan A facility of $3,000 is presented net of principal payments that began in May 2011. The net balances of this term loan facility were $0 and $417 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Term Loan B facility for $8,000 is presented net of principal payments that began in May 2012. The net balances of this term loan facility were $0 and $3,778 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Term Loan C facility for $12,000 is presented net of principal payments that began in November 2013. The net balances were $0 and $5,666 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The AR Revolver expired on October 13, 2013, and was not renewed by the Company. There were no borrowings under the AR Revolver as of and during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The interest rates were 4.5% for Term Loan A, 5.75% for Term Loan B, and 5.5% for Term Loan C at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all covenants of the amended and restated credit and term loan agreement.

In November 2014, the Company secured a primary banking relationship that provides access to a $15,000 working capital revolving line of credit, and treasury and cash management services through commercial banking with JP Morgan Chase.  This agreement is a three year working capital revolving line of credit which replaces the previous loan facility the Company maintained with Comerica.  The interest rate on outstanding debt balances will be LIBOR plus 1.25%.  The Company is required to maintain a tangible net worth not less than $90,000 and EBITDA of $10,000 for any period of four consecutive quarters commencing with the four-quarter test period ending September 30, 2014.  The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2014, and no outstanding debt balances were outstanding on the credit facility.

The Company paid all outstanding balances and accrued interest on the term loan agreements on August 22, 2014 totaling $11,600.

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Term Loan A, bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments of $83 beginning May 2011 through April 2014	$	—		$	417
Term Loan B, bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments of    $222 beginning May 2012 through April 2015		—			3,778
Term Loan C bearing interest at Base Rate, monthly payments    of $167 beginning November 2013 through May 2014,    $367 a month beginning June 2014 through October 2016.		—			5,666
Contractual obligation, bearing imputed interest at prime plus two,    quarterly payments of $53 beginning May 2011 through    October 2014 and quarterly payments of $81 beginning    January 2015 through October 2016		614			788
Subtotal		614			10,649
Less: current maturities		(299	)		(5,258	)
Long-term debt, net of current portion	$	315		$	5,391

As of December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate payments due under non-cancelable debt are summarized as follows:

Years ending December 31,
2015	$	299
2016		315
2017		—
Total	$	614

XML

Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Goodwill And Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

3. Intangible assets

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company acquired Comfort Life Medical, LLC (Comfort Life). The acquisition resulted in recording an intangible asset in the amount of $92 related to the Medicare license held by the acquired company. The Company amortizes this intangible asset over its estimated useful life of ten years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no impairments recorded related to this intangible asset.

On April 1, 2009, Comfort Life Medical, LLC merged with Inogen, Inc., and was simultaneously dissolved.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company was assigned four patents previously held as an exclusive license from Air Products & Chemicals (APC) in exchange for an increase in a long term liability due to APC of $250. The acquisition of these patents resulted in an intangible asset of $250. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company purchased additional patents from APC for a total value of $650. The Company amortizes these intangible assets over an estimated useful life of five years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no impairments recorded related to these intangible assets. The Company in 2013 calculated imputed interest on these patents and associated debt over the term of the contractual agreement, and reduced the underlying asset, debt by $177. The company recalculated interest and amortization of the period based on adjusted asset and debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company acquired Breathe Oxygen Services, LLC. The acquisition resulted in recording an intangible asset in the amount of $66 related to the Medicare license held by the acquired company that allowed them to operate in the state of Tennessee as well as assets of the company. The Company amortizes this intangible asset over its estimated useful life of ten years. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no impairments recorded related to this intangible asset.

On August 29, 2011, Breathe Oxygen Services, LLC merged with Inogen, Inc., and was simultaneously dissolved.

The Company also capitalizes costs incurred for the production of direct response advertising commercials and amortizes these intangible assets over a useful life of two years. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company paid $95 for its G2 commercial and during the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid $63 for its G3 commercial.

Amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $150 and $203 and $298, respectively.

The following tables represent the changes in net carrying values of the intangibles as of the respective dates:

December 31, 2014	Average estimated useful lives (in years)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Licenses	10	$	185	$	81	$	104
Patents and websites	5		873		749		124
Commercial	2		128		86		42
Total		$	1,186	$	916	$	270
December 31, 2013	Average estimated useful lives (in years)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Licenses	10	$	185	$	63	$	122
Patents	5		723		662		61
Commercial	2		73		41		32
Total		$	981	$	766	$	215

Annual estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

	Intangible
Years ending December 31,	amortization
2015	$	84
2016		65
2017		48
2018		48
2019		25
Thereafter		—
	$	270

XML

Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Goodwill And Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Intangible Assets

The following tables represent the changes in net carrying values of the intangibles as of the respective dates:

December 31, 2014	Average estimated useful lives (in years)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Licenses	10	$	185	$	81	$	104
Patents and websites	5		873		749		124
Commercial	2		128		86		42
Total		$	1,186	$	916	$	270
December 31, 2013	Average estimated useful lives (in years)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Licenses	10	$	185	$	63	$	122
Patents	5		723		662		61
Commercial	2		73		41		32
Total		$	981	$	766	$	215

Schedule of Annual Estimated Amortization Expense

Annual estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

	Intangible
Years ending December 31,	amortization
2015	$	84
2016		65
2017		48
2018		48
2019		25
Thereafter		—
	$	270

XML

Subsequent events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent events

11. Subsequent events

On January 20, 2015, Inogen, Inc. (the “Company”), entered into a Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) amending that certain Multi-Purpose Commercial Building Lease dated February 1, 2010, as amended, (the “Lease”) by and between the Company and Rockbridge Investments, L.P., a California limited partnership, for its principal executive offices consisting of approximately 38,851 rentable square feet located at 326 Bollay Drive, Goleta, California 93117 (collectively, the “Premises”).  The original term of the Lease expires on October 31, 2015, and, pursuant to the Second Amendment, the original term of the Lease is extended by an additional five (5) years commencing November 1, 2015 and ending October 31, 2020.  The minimum monthly rent under the Lease commencing on November 1, 2015 will be approximately $45 per month, and will increase annually by three percent (3%) each year thereafter during the extended term.  The Second Amendment also grants to the Company one option to renew the lease for an additional five (5) years commencing November 1, 2020 at the then prevailing fair market rental rate and otherwise pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit G to the original Lease.

Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On March 13 and March 19, 2015, plaintiffs Brad Christi and Roger D. Holford each filed, respectively, a lawsuit against Inogen, Raymond Huggenberger, Inogen’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Alison Bauerlein, Inogen’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Central District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our securities between November 12, 2014 and March 11, 2015. The complaints allege that Inogen, Mr. Huggenberger and Ms. Bauerlein violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Huggenberger and Ms. Bauerlein violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Specifically, the complaints allege that during the purported class period our financial statements and disclosures concerning internal controls over financial reporting were materially false and misleading.  The complaints seek compensatory damages in an unspecified amount, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expert fees, prejudgment and post-judgment interest and such other relief as the court deems proper.  The deadline for motions for appointment as lead plaintiff is May 12, 2015. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against these allegations.  We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.

On April 15, 2015, the NASDAQ, received a standard notice stating that the Company is not in compliance with NASDAQ Listing Rule 525(c)(1), which requires timely filing of periodic financial reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The April 15, 2015 letter was sent as a result of the Companies delay in filing its Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, which the Company announced via a Form 8-K filing on April 14, 2015.  The NASDAQ notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading of Inogen’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select market.  Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, the Company has 60 calendar days from the date of the letter to submit a plan to regain compliance.  By filing year end December 31, 2014 financials on Form 10-K in April of 2015, which resulted in a late filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company will not be eligible to raise additional capital on Form S-3 for the next twelve months and instead would need to file Form S-1.

XML

Convertible Preferred Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

Convertible Preferred Stock

7. Convertible preferred stock

Prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering in February 2014, the Company was authorized to issue common stock and Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G preferred stock.

A summary of the terms of the various types of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013, is as follows:  

Series	B			C			D			E			F			G			Total
Shares authorized		500,000			400,000			1,700,000			1,700,000			2,800,000			2,900,000			10,000,000
Shares issued		425,511			365,903			1,573,126			1,634,874			2,701,957			2,840,260			9,541,631
Par value	$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001
Conversion rate		1.45108			1.73014			1.87951			2.69244			1.0000			1.0000
Liquidation preference per share	$	11.880		$	17.580		$	21.900		$	19.224		$	7.140		$	14.083
Dividend rate		5	%		8	%		8	%		8	%		8	%		8	%
							July			October			February
							2005 to			2007 to			2010 to			March
Issue date	July 2003			June 2004			July 2007			February 2009			June 2010			2012
Redemption date	January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,
	2016			2016			2016			2016			2016			2016

A summary of the terms of non-redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

Series A
Shares authorized		100,000
Share issued		66,666
Par value	$	0.001
Conversion rate		1.01706
Liquidation preference per share	$	3.750
Dividend rate		5	%
Issue date	May 2002

There was no outstanding convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014.

Upon closing of the initial public offering on February 20, 2014, all the preferred stockholders converted their shares into 14,259,647 shares of common stock.  

Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of other classes of stock outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed by the Company in connection with the completion of its initial public offering, the Company’s board of directors is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in the Company’s control or other corporate action. As of December 31, 2014, no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding, and the board of directors has not authorized or designated any rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions for any class of preferred stock.

Dividends

Prior to our IPO, Series G preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on all existing series of preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price. Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G preferred stock, Series F preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on all existing series of preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.

Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G and F preferred stock, the Series E preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.

Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, and E preferred stock, the Series D preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A, B and C preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.

Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E and D preferred stocks, the Series C preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A and B preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price. Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E, D and C preferred stocks, the Series A and B preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock at the rate of 5% of its original issue price. Dividends were only payable when, as and if declared and were not cumulative for all series. There were no dividends declared during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Liquidation preferences

Prior to our IPO, in the event of any liquidation, including deemed liquidation (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation), dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series G, F and E preferred stock were entitled to be paid out an amount per share of Series G, F and E preferred stock equal to two times the original Series G, F and E issue price, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends before any amounts are paid to both holders of common stock and any other series of preferred stock. All other series of preferred stock were to be redeemed at their original issue price plus any declared, but unpaid dividends.

After preferential liquidation proceeds are paid or set aside for payment to all Series of preferred stock, the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders were to be distributed ratably among the holders of common and preferred stock on an as-converted to common stock basis.

Conversion

Prior to our IPO, all series of preferred stock were convertible at any time after issuance, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable issue price by the applicable conversion price of each as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The conversion rate for all series will initially be one for one, subject to anti-dilution and other customary adjustments (see “Anti-dilution” below).

Prior to our IPO, each share of preferred stock was automatically convertible into common stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, upon (i) the election of both the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series F preferred stock and Series G preferred stock, voting together as a single class provided, or (ii) the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with aggregate proceeds of at least $40 million at an offering price of at least $17.85 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.). If the Series G preferred shares were converted to common stock in connection with an initial public offering in which shares are sold to the public at a price that was less than $14.0832 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.), then immediately prior to such conversion, the applicable conversion rate of the Series G preferred stock was to be increased to the extent necessary to make the Series G preferred holders whole as if the initial public offering price to the public had been equal to $14.0832 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.).

Upon closing of the initial public offering on February 20, 2014, all the preferred stockholders converted their shares into 14,259,647 shares of common stock.

Anti-dilution

Prior to our IPO, upon each issuance by the Company of any Additional Shares, as defined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation, without consideration or for consideration less than the Series A to G conversion price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such additional stock, then the Series A to G conversion price was reduced based on a defined formula.

Prior to our IPO, the Series A to D and Series E to G preferred stock was subject to adjustment on a partial ratchet basis and on a full ratchet basis, respectively, if the Company issued additional stock at a price per share less than the then Applicable Conversion Price, except for customary exceptions already set forth in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation.

On March 12, 2012, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of 2,840,260 shares of Series G Preferred Stock for $20,000, at a price of $7.0416 per share (March Issuance).

Immediately prior to such Issuance, the Series A Conversion Price was $3.687, the Series B Conversion Price was $8.436, the Series C Conversion Price was $10.836, the Series D Conversion Price was $12.651, the Series E Conversion Price was $3.570, and the Series F Conversion Price was $3.570.

According to the formula defined in a prior Certificate of Incorporation and simultaneous with the March Issuance, the Series A Conversion Price was not adjusted and remained at $3.687 per share, the Series B Conversion Price was adjusted to $8.187 per share, the Series C Conversion Price was adjusted to $10.161 per share, the Series D Conversion Price was adjusted to $11.652 per share, the Series E Conversion Price was not adjusted and remained at $3.570 per share, and the Series F Conversion Price was not adjusted and remained at $3.570 per share.

Voting rights

Prior to our IPO, the holder of any share of preferred stock had the right to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each such share of preferred stock and has full voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock. The preferred stockholders were entitled to vote with the holders of common stock on all matters except as specifically provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or as otherwise prohibited by law.

Protective provisions

Prior to our IPO, the holders of at least 66 ²/₃% of preferred stock on an as converted to common stock basis were required to approve certain specified actions as outlined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, the holders of at least 60% of the Series D preferred stock were required to approve certain specified actions as outlined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, the Company could not amend its prior Certificate of Incorporation without the approval of at least 66 ²/₃% of any series of preferred stock if such amendment would change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of such series.

Redemption

Prior to our IPO, from and after January 1, 2016, each holder of the Series B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock, upon written approval of the holders of at least a majority of the related series shares then outstanding, could, at its option, at any time (and from time to time), require the Company to redeem all or part of the series held by such holder by delivery of a written notice requesting such redemption and the number of shares to be redeemed. The redemption price was equivalent to the liquidation preference for each series of preferred stock.

Prior to our IPO, the redemption provisions of the Series B, C, D, E, F, and G preferred stock were not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Company has presented these series of preferred stock as a component of redeemable convertible preferred stock and not stockholders’ deficit. The Company initially recorded these series of preferred stock at their fair value. As the Series E and F preferred stock have redemption amounts greater than their initial fair value, the Company accretes the carrying value to the redemption value using the interest method. The accretion is treated in the same manner as dividends on nonredeemable stock and are recorded by charges against additional paid-in capital or accumulated deficit.

XML

Stock Incentive Plan - Summary of ESPP Stock Plan Activity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Feb. 12, 2014	Mar. 02, 2015
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Payroll deductions used to purchase shares	$ 413
2014 ESPP Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Employee accumulated payroll deductions		414
Total Shares Purchased		30,358
Payroll deductions used to purchase shares		413
Transfer to next offering period		1
FMV at enrollment date		$ 16.00
FMV at purchase date		$ 21.69
Purchase price		$ 13.60
2014 ESPP Plan | Subsequent Event
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Employee accumulated payroll deductions			$ 250
FMV at enrollment date			$ 21.69

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

5. Income taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

Years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
Current tax expense
Federal	$	(1,139	)	$	(42	)	$	—
State		(525	)		(169	)		(15	)
Total current tax expense		(1,664	)		(211	)		(15	)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)
Federal		(2,782	)		(798	)		523
State		(3	)		(313	)		88
Total deferred tax benefit (expense)		(2,785	)		(1,111	)		611
Plus (less): change in valuation allowance		1,223			22,909			(614	)
Total deferred tax benefit (expense), net		(1,562	)		21,798			(3	)
Income tax benefit (expense)	$	(3,226	)	$	21,587		$	(18	)

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

	As of
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
NOL and credit carryforward	$	22,924		$	25,233
Accrued expenses		3,575			2,686
Valuation allowance		(2,899	)		(4,122	)
Allowance, reserves and other		1,965			—
		25,565			23,797
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant, and equipment		(3,674	)		(1,643	)
Other		(1,667	)		(366	)
		(5,341	)		(2,009	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	20,224		$	21,788

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the last three years is as follows:

Years ended December 31,	2014			2013			2012
U.S. Statutory rate		34.00	%		34.00	%		34.00	%
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)		2.47			5.48			4.53
Nondeductible expenses		1.39			2.54			(2.77	)
Remeasured deferred for state rate change		(0.25	)		(8.25	)		(137.26	)
Change in valuation allowance		(12.16	)		(595.34	)		105.55
R&D credit (net of reserve)		(3.49	)		—			—
Expiration of net operating losses		8.09			—			—
Other		2.04			0.58			(1.02	)
Effective income tax rate		32.09	%		(560.99	)%		3.03	%

The Company is a C-Corporation for both federal and state income tax purposes.

The Company operates in multiple states. The statute of limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2011 for federal and 2010 to 2011 for various state tax purposes. However, the net operating loss generated on the federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and state tax authorities.

Income tax provision was $3,226 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to income tax benefit of $21,587 for the year ended December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $59,319 and $46,434 of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, that begin to expire in 2023 and 2015 for federal and state purposes, respectively, if not utilized.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $57,463 and $52,769 of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, that begin to expire in 2023 and 2015 for federal and state purposes, respectively, if not utilized.

Our existing net operating losses are subject to limitations arising from a current period ownership change subject to the provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and if we undergo one or more future ownership changes our ability to utilize net operating losses could be further limited.  In general, under Section 382 of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses to offset future taxable income. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Even after factoring in the limitations of the current period ownership change, the Company was able to determine that, based upon future projections of income, it is more likely than not that all of its federal net operating losses will be utilized before they expire.  However, the Company determined that some of its California net operating losses will expire unused and therefore has a valuation allowance of $2,899 relating to these net operating losses.  In the current period, the Company released (or reversed) $1,223 of the California NOLs valuation allowance due to expiration of California NOLs and changes in estimates of future projections of income, resulting in a determination that is more likely than not that all but $32,796 ($2,899 tax effected) of the California net operating losses will be utilized.

Due to overall cumulative losses incurred over the years, the Company maintained a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 the Company evaluated the current facts and circumstances and concluded that the negative evidence that existed as of December 31, 2012, no longer existed. Accordingly, the Company relied on positive evidence, which included cumulative income in the trailing three years and a forecast of taxable income sufficient to utilize its deferred tax assets including net operating loss carryforwards. During 2013, the Company determined that it was appropriate to release $22,909 of the valuation allowance at December 31, 2013.

The Company accounts for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Accounting Standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total unrecognized tax benefits were $577 and $306, respectively. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No significant interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows:

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Reconciliation of liability for unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at beginning of period	$	306	$	—
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		123		—
Additions for tax positions of prior years		148		306
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		—		—
Settlements		—		—
Balance at end of period	$	577	$	306

We do not expect a material increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

6. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its offices and certain equipment under operating leases that expire through December 2019. At December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate payments due under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2014
2015	$	870
2016		483
2017		477
2018		457
2019		458
Thereafter		313
	$	3,058

Rent expense of $750, $910 and $806 was included in the accompanying statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Warranty obligation

The following table identifies the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Product warranty liability at beginning of period	$	809		$	447
Accruals for warranties issued		1,075			533
Adjustments related to preexisting warranties    (including changes in estimates)		406			322
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)		(1,175	)		(493	)
Product warranty liability at end of period	$	1,115		$	809

Legislation and HIPAA

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state and local governments. These laws and regulations include, but are not necessarily limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, government healthcare program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse. Government activity has continued with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of fraud and abuse statutes and regulations by healthcare providers. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government healthcare programs together with the imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services previously billed.

The Company believes that it is in compliance with fraud and abuse regulations as well as other applicable government laws and regulations. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future government review and interpretation as well as regulatory actions unknown or unasserted at this time.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) assures health insurance portability, reduces healthcare fraud and abuse, guarantees security and privacy of health information, and enforces standards for health information. The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH Act) imposes notification requirements of certain security breaches relating to protected health information. The Company may be subject to significant fines and penalties if found not to be compliant with the provisions outlined in the regulations.

Amended & Restated Employment agreements

On October 1, 2013, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) including considerations for salary, bonus awards, and severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations up to period of thirty-six months.

On October 1, 2013, the Company has entered into employment agreements with certain key employees including considerations for salary, bonus awards, and severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations up to period of twenty-four months.

Legal proceedings

On November 4, 2011, we filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Inova Labs Inc., or Defendant, for infringement of two of our patents. The case, Inogen Inc. v. Inova Labs Inc., Case No. 8:11-cv-01692-JST-AN, or the Lawsuit, involves U.S. Patent Nos. 7,841,343, entitled “Systems and Methods For Delivering Therapeutic Gas to Patients”, or the ’343 patent, and 6,605,136 entitled “Pressure Swing Adsorption Process Operation And Optimization”, or the ’136 patent. We alleged in the Lawsuit that certain of Defendant’s oxygen concentrators infringe various claims of the ’343 and ’136 patents. The Lawsuit seeks damages, injunctive relief, costs and attorney fees.

The Defendant has answered the complaint, denying infringement and asserting various sets of defenses including non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability, patent misuse, unclean hands, laches and estoppel. The Defendant also filed counterclaims against us alleging patent invalidity, non-infringement and inequitable conduct. We denied the allegations in the Defendant’s counterclaims. We have filed a motion to dismiss Defendant’s inequitable conduct counterclaim.

The Defendant filed a request with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office seeking an inter parties reexamination of the ’343 and ’136 patents. The Defendant also filed a motion to stay the Lawsuit pending outcome of the reexamination. On March 20, 2012, the Court granted the Defendant’s motion to stay the Lawsuit pending outcome of the reexamination and also granted our motion to dismiss the Defendant’s inequitable conduct counterclaim.

The Company is party to various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. The Company carries insurance, subject to deductibles under the specified policies, to protect against losses from certain types of legal claims. The Company does not anticipate that any of these proceedings will have a material impact on the Company. Refer to Note 11 for subsequent events for additional information on lawsuits.

XML

Stock Incentive Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Stock Incentive Plan

8. Stock incentive plan

The Company has a 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (2012 Plan) under which the Company has reserved 1,216,772 shares of common stock, to be issued in connection with stock options and other equity awards issued under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for option grants at exercise prices not less than 100% of the fair value of common stock on the date of grant. The Company’s 2012 Plan terminated in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and, accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under this plan. The 2012 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of December 31, 2014, the combined reserve under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan was 1,531,258 shares of common stock.

Previously, the Company had a 2002 Plan, as amended. As of March 12, 2012, the 2002 Plan was terminated and the 2012 Plan was created in its place. On termination, the 2002 Plan had 1,424,540 shares of common stock outstanding. Any shares returned to the 2002 Plan as a result of expiration or termination of equity awards (up to 1,424,646 shares) are added to the 2012 Plan Share reserve.

The Company’s board of directors has adopted a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, and the Company’s stockholders have approved it. The 2014 Plan became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our initial public offering. The Company’s 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to the Company’s employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

As of December 31, 2014, a total of 895,346 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which options to purchase 730,375, shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding, and 221,178 shares remained available for issuance.  In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2014 Plan will also include shares returned to the 2012 Plan and 2002 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to such previously granted awards under the 2012 Plan and 2002 Plan is 2,328,569 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of:

· 895,346 shares;

· 4% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

· such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Options typically expire between seven and ten years from the date of grant and vest over one to four year terms. Options have been granted to employees and consultants of the Company at the deemed fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors, of the shares underlying the options at the date of grant.

The Company’s board of directors adopted a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2014 ESPP Plan, and the Company’s stockholders have approved it.  The 2014 ESPP Plan became effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our initial public offering which was filed on February 12, 2014.  The Company’s 2014 ESPP Plan provides for the grant to all eligible employees an option to purchase stock under the 2014 ESPP Plan, within the meaning Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, and provides for six-month offering periods.  Our ESPP Plan permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, incentive compensation, bonuses, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for equity compensation and other similar compensation.  A participant may purchase a maximum of 1,500 shares during a purchase period.  Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month period.  The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date.  The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 ESPP Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to least of:

· 179,069 shares

· 1.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

· Such other amount as may be determined by the administrator

The activity for the 2014 ESPP Stock Plan is as follows:

	First Offering		Second Offering
	Period		Period*
Employee accumulated payroll deductions		414		250
Total Shares Purchased		30,358		—
Payroll deductions used to purchase shares		413		—
Transfer to next offering period		1		—
FMV at enrollment date	$	16.00	$	21.69
FMV at purchase date	$	21.69		—
Purchase price	$	13.60		—
*Offering period ends March 2, 2015

The number of shares available to grant under the 2014 ESPP Plan as of December 31, 2014 was 148,711. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2014 for the 2014 ESPP Plan was $134 and is combined with the 2014 Stock Option Plan compensation expense for a total compensation expense of $1,451 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The activity for stock options under our option plans is as follows:

	Options			Price per share	Weighted-average exercise price		Remaining weighted-average contractual terms (in years)		Per share average intrinsic value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012		1,646,223		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.06		6.99	$	0.41
Granted		716,326		$1.17-$8.37	$	3.95
Exercised		(8,874	)	$0.60-$8.70	$	1.35
Forfeited		(23,106	)	$0.60-$8.37	$	2.46
Expired		(1,894	)	$0.60-$8.70	$	1.53
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013		2,328,675		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.94		7.04	$	10.23
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013		1,524,325		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.16		5.95	$	11.01
Vested and expected to vest, at December 31, 2013		2,226,738		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.88		6.95	$	10.29
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013		2,328,675		$0.60-$8.70	$	1.94
Granted		754,916		$16.62-$24.52	$	17.81
Exercised		(736,519	)	$0.60-$16.62	$	1.28
Forfeited		(80,640	)	$0.60-$16.62	$	5.81
Expired		(4,799	)	$0.60-$8.37	$	1.09
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014		2,261,633		$0.60-$24.52	$	7.31		6.43	$	24.06
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2014		1,100,539		$0.60-$18.93	$	2.02		5.73	$	29.35
Vested and expected to vest, at December 31, 2014		2,144,974		$0.60-$24.52	$	7.19		6.38	$	24.18

The number of equity awards available for grant under the 2014 Plan as of December 31, 2014 and under the 2012 Plan for 2013 was 221,178 and 276,839, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value for options that were exercised for the year ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $15,495, $30, and $2, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

		Outstanding						Exercisable
				Weighted-						Weighted-
				average						average
				life		exercise				exercise
Exercise price per share		Shares		(years)		price		Shares		price
$	0.60		515,582		5.00	$	0.60		515,582	$	0.60
$	0.75		84,724		6.75		0.75		66,276		0.75
$	0.81		221,593		7.27		0.81		143,955		0.81
$	1.17		293,436		8.15		1.17		109,748		1.17
$2.40-$6.00			148,490		3.22		2.42		148,490		2.42
$	8.37		257,471		8.77		8.37		73,035		8.37
$	8.70		9,962		1.12		8.70		9,962		8.70
$	16.62		608,153		6.25		16.62		33,121		16.62
$	18.93		12,222		6.62		18.93		370		18.93
$	24.52		110,000		6.89		24.52		—		—
			2,261,633		6.43	$	7.31		1,100,539	$	2.02

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013:

		Outstanding						Exercisable
				Weighted-						Weighted-
				average						average
				life		exercise				exercise
Exercise price per share		Shares		(years)		price		Shares		price
$	0.60		920,687		5.96	$	0.60		916,917	$	0.60
$	0.75		128,845		7.75		0.75		76,466		0.75
$	0.81		244,979		8.26		0.81		102,329		0.81
$	1.17		427,805		9.09		1.17		82,249		1.17
$	2.10		66		0.09		2.10		66		2.10
$	2.40		316,089		4.13		2.40		316,089		2.40
$	4.24		7,461		0.52		4.50		7,461		4.24
$	8.37		271,829		9.77		8.37		11,834		8.37
$	8.70		10,914		2.19		8.70		10,914		8.70
			2,328,675		7.04	$	1.94		1,524,325	$	1.16

Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2014 and 2013 was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures at a rate of 6.9% and 7.0%, based on the Company’s historical option cancellations. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718, included in cost of sales, sales and marketing expense, general and administrative expense, and research and development expense, totaled $1,451, $230 and $60, respectively.

Valuation assumptions

The employee stock-based compensation expense recognized under ASC 718 was determined using the Black-Scholes method.

Option valuation models require the input of subjective assumptions and these assumptions can vary over time. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term. The expected term of the options was based on the simplified method outlined in ASC 718. The volatility factors were based on five peer companies selected from Dow Jones Industry Classification Benchmark (ICB) codes 4535 and 4537. These codes include companies which are the same market categories as the Company, which is the medical equipment and supplies line of business. The peer companies were selected based on similarity of market capitalization, size and certain operating characteristics. The calculated volatility value was established by taking the historical daily closing values prior to grant date, over a period equal to the expected term, for each of the peer companies.

When the period of data available was less than the expected term, closing values for the longest period of time available were used. The calculated historical volatility of each of these companies was then averaged to determine the calculated value used by the Company.

The value of employee options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used:

	2014	2013	2012
Expected term (years)	4.02-6.99	5.26-6.03	5.51-6.07
Risk free interest rate	1.32-2.02%	1.08-1.76%	0.73-1.33%
Expected dividend yield	None	None	None
Volatility	42.15-52.73%	50.1-52.77%	48.95-50.52%

Under these assumptions, the total weighted average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $5,329, $1,705, and $95, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 there was $4,948 and $1,370, respectively of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation granted under the Plan.

XML

Warrants - Summary of Outstanding Warrants (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants	15,218	263,463	384,217
Common stock | 2017-2019
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants	15,218	233,611
Exercise price/share	0.30	0.300
Common stock | 2017-2019 | Minimum
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Expiration date	2017	2017
Common stock | 2017-2019 | Maximum
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Expiration date	2019	2019
Series C Preferred Stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		14,215	14,215
Series C Preferred Stock | 2015
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		14,215
Exercise price/share		17.580
Expiration date		2015
Series D Preferred Stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		11,415	132,169
Series D Preferred Stock | 2013-2014
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		11,415
Exercise price/share		21.900
Series D Preferred Stock | 2013-2014 | Minimum
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Expiration date		2013
Series D Preferred Stock | 2013-2014 | Maximum
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Expiration date		2014
Series E Preferred Stock
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		4,222	4,222
Series E Preferred Stock | 2015
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		3,120
Exercise price/share		9.612
Expiration date		2015
Series E Preferred Stock | 2016
Class Of Warrant Or Right [Line Items]
Number of warrants		1,102
Exercise price/share		9.612
Expiration date		2016

XML

Warrants - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Equity [Abstract]
Fair value of preferred warrant liability	$ 0	$ 260
Change in fair value of preferred warrants liability	$ 36	$ (262)	$ 148

XML

Stock Incentive Plan - Assumptions Used to Estimate Fair Value of Employee Options (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk free interest rate, Minimum	1.32%	1.08%	0.73%
Risk free interest rate, Maximum	2.02%	1.76%	1.33%
Volatility, Minimum	42.15%	50.10%	48.95%
Volatility, Maximum	52.73%	52.77%	50.52%
Minimum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term (years)	4 years 7 days	5 years 3 months 4 days	5 years 6 months 4 days
Maximum
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term (years)	6 years 11 months 27 days	6 years 11 days	6 years 26 days

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Summary of Fair Value Measurements using Significant Level 3 Inputs (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]
Beginning Balance	$ 260	$ 164
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised	(148)	(166)
Change in fair value	(36)	262
Reclassification of liability to additional paid in capital	(76)
Ending Balance		$ 260

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$ 3,226	$ (21,587)	$ 18
Valuation allowance	2,899	4,122
Plus (less): change in valuation allowance	1,223	22,909	(614)
Change in ownership description	In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.
Change in ownership percentage	5.00%
Unrecognized tax benefits	577	306
Unrecognized tax benefits, interest or penalties recognized	0	0
Projections related unrecognized tax benefits for next year	We do not expect a material increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.
California
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	32,796
Valuation allowance	2,899
Plus (less): change in valuation allowance	1,223
Federal
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	59,319	57,463
Net operating loss carryforwards expiration, beginning year	2023	2023
State
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 46,434	$ 52,769
Net operating loss carryforwards expiration, beginning year	2015	2015

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

Accounting Estimates

Accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates used in preparing these financial statements include accounts receivable reserves, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, warrant liability, stock-based compensation expense and income tax provision. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

Sales Revenue

Sales revenue

The Company generates revenue primarily from sales and rentals of its products. The Company’s products consist of its proprietary line of oxygen concentrators and related accessories. Other revenue comes from service contracts, extended warranty contracts and freight revenue for product shipments.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment of the product. Provisions for estimated returns and discounts are made at the time of shipment. Provisions for standard warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are also provided for at the time of shipment.

Revenue from the sales of used rental equipment is recognized upon delivery and when collectability is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met. When a rental unit is sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gains or losses are included in gross profit.

Revenue from the sales of the Company’s services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured. The Company offers extended service contracts on its Inogen One concentrator line for periods ranging from 12 to 24 months after the end of the standard warranty period. Revenue from these extended service contracts is recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the contract period.

The Company also offers a lifetime warranty for direct-to-consumer sales. For a fixed price, the Company agrees to provide a fully functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. Lifetime warranties are only offered to patients upon the initial sale of oxygen equipment by the Company, and are non-transferable. Product sales with lifetime warranties are considered to be multiple element arrangements within the scope of ASC 605-25.

There are two deliverables when product that includes a lifetime warranty is sold. The first deliverable is the oxygen concentrator equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years. The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that provides for a functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining lifetime of the patient. These two deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting.

The revenue is allocated to the two deliverables on a relative selling price method. The Company has vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price for the equipment. To determine the selling price of the lifetime warranty, the company uses its best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable as the lifetime warranty is neither separately priced nor is the selling price available through third-party evidence. To calculate the selling price associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit margins of the overall business, the average estimated cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties. A significant estimate used to calculate the price and expense of lifetime warranties is the life expectancy of patients. Based on clinical studies, the company estimates that 60% of patients will succumb to their disease within three years. Given the approximate mortality rate of 20% per year, the company estimates on average all patients will succumb to their disease within five years. The Company has taken into consideration that when patients decide to buy an Inogen portable oxygen concentrator with a lifetime warranty, they typically have already been on oxygen for a period of time, which can have a large impact on their life expectancy from the time our product is deployed.

After applying the relative selling price method, revenue from equipment sales is recognized when all other revenue recognition criteria for product sales are met. Lifetime warranty revenue is recognized using the straight-line method during the fourth and fifth year after the delivery of the equipment which is the estimated usage period of the contract based on the average patient life expectancy.

Shipping and handling costs for sold products and rental assets, shipped to the Company’s customers are included on the statements of operations as part of cost of sales revenue and cost of rental revenue, respectively. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $1,478 and $4,101 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $772 and $3,149, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $639 and $1,922 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Income from shipping and handling fees charged to its customers is included in other revenue on the statements of operations. The Company earned $486, $376 and $214 from shipping and handling fees for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively.

Accruals for estimated standard warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. The provisions for estimated returns, discounts and warranty obligations are made based on known claims and discount commitments and estimates of additional returns and warranty obligations based on historical data and future expectations. The Company has accrued $1,115 and $809 to provide for future warranty costs at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Rental Revenue

Rental revenue

The Company recognizes equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, per ASC 840 — Leases. The Company has separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a master lease agreement with any payor. The Company evaluates the individual lease contracts at lease inception and the start of each monthly renewal period to determine if there is reasonable assurance that the bargain renewal option associated with the potential capped free rental period would be exercised. Historically, the exercise of such a bargain renewal option is not reasonably assured at lease inception and most subsequent monthly lease renewal periods. If the Company determines that the reasonable assurance threshold for an individual patient is met at lease inception or at a monthly lease renewal period, such determination would impact the bargain renewal period for an individual lease. The Company would first consider the lease classification issue (sales-type lease or operating lease) and then appropriately recognize or defer rental revenue over the lease term, which may include a portion of the capped rental period. To date, the Company has not deferred any amounts associated with the capped rental period. Amounts related to the capped rental period have not been material in the periods presented.

The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the industry and the reimbursement environment in which the Company operates, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts which provides for those accounts from which payment is not expected to be received, although product was delivered and revenue was earned. Upon determination that an account is uncollectible, it is written-off and charged to the allowance. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the following month.

Rental revenue is recognized as earned, less estimated adjustments. Revenue not billed at the end of the period are reviewed for the likelihood of collections and accrued. The rental revenue stream is not guaranteed and payment will cease if the patient no longer needs oxygen or returns the equipment. Revenue recognized is at full estimated allowable amounts; transfers to secondary insurances / patient responsibility have no net effect on revenue. Rental revenue is earned for that month if the patient is on service on the first day of the 30-day period commencing on the recurring date of service for a particular claim, regardless if there is a change in condition/death after that date.

Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts for which the revenue recognition criteria had been met as of period-end but were not billed. The estimate of unbilled rental revenue accrual is based on historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, debt and warrants. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair values based on the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s debt approximates carrying value based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. Imputed interest associated with the Company’s non-interest bearing debt is insignificant.

The fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

Fair value accounting

Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, creates a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and states that a fair value measurement should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities adjusted to fair value in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

Level inputs, as defined by ASC 820, are as follows:

Level input	Input definition
Level 1	Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level 2	Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.
Level 3	Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2013 for the liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Preferred stock warrant liability	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260

The following table summarizes the fair value measurements using significant Level 3 inputs, and changes therein, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Warrant liability
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	164
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(166	)
Change in fair value		262
Balance as of December 31, 2013		260
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(148	)
Change in fair value		(36	)
Reclassification of liability to additional paid in capital		(76	)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	—

The preferred stock warrant liability is marked to market each reporting date until the warrants are settled. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which takes into consideration the market values of comparable public companies, considering among other factors, the use of multiples of earnings, and adjusted to reflect the restrictions on the ability of the Company’s shares to trade in an active market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates market value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal sales and rental terms. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of the customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level that, in management’s opinion, is adequate to absorb potential losses related to account receivables and is based upon the Company’s continuous evaluation of the collectability of outstanding balances. Management’s evaluation takes into consideration such factors as past bad debt experience, economic conditions and information about specific receivables. The Company’s evaluation also considers the age and composition of the outstanding amounts in determining their net realizable value. The allowance is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments to these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods that they become known. The allowance is increased by bad debt provisions charged to bad debt expense in operating expense and reduced by direct write-offs, net of recoveries.

Provision for sales returns applies to direct to consumer sales only. The Company does not allow returns from providers. This reserve is calculated based on actual historical return rates under our 30-day return program and is applied to the current period’s sales revenue for direct to consumer sales.

The Company also records an allowance for rental revenue adjustments and write-offs, which is recorded as a reduction of rental revenue and rental accounts receivable balances. These adjustments and write offs result from contractual adjustments, audit adjustments, untimely claims filings or billings not paid due to another provider performing same or similar functions for the patient in the same period, all of which prevent billed revenue to become realizable. The reserve is based on historical revenue adjustments as a percentage of rental revenue billed during the related period.

When recording the allowance for doubtful accounts, the bad debt expense account (general & administrative expense account) is charged, when recording allowance for sales returns, the sales returns account (contra sales revenue account) is charged, and when recording the allowance for adjustments, the rental revenue adjustments account (contra rental revenue account) is charged.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, included in accounts receivable on the balance sheets are earned but unbilled receivables of $3,653 and $1,435 respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. At times, cash account balances may be in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). However, management believes the risk of loss to be minimal. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these institutions and has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments to date.

Concentration of Customers and Vendors

Concentration of customers and vendors

The Company sells its products to home medical equipment providers in the United States and in foreign countries on a credit basis. No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue for 2013 and 2014. In 2012 one customer accounted for 12% of our total revenue.

The Company also rents products directly to patients, which resulted in a customer concentration relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. Medicare’s service reimbursement programs (net of patient co-insurance obligations) accounted for 76%, 73% and 66% of rental revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and based on total revenue were 27%, 29% and 27% for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable balances relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs amounted to $4,875 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014, $2,560 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and $3,043 or 33% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2012.

The Company currently purchases raw materials from a limited number of vendors, which resulted in a concentration of three major vendors that accounted for 19%, 16%, and 10%, respectively, of total raw material purchases in 2014. The three major vendors supply the Company with raw materials used to manufacture the Company’s products. For 2013, the Company’s three major vendors accounted for 17%, 15%, and 8%, respectively, of total raw material purchases.

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Non-U.S. revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. A breakdown of the Company’s revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. revenue	$	88,094	$	58,677	$	35,538
Non-U.S. revenue		24,443		16,766		13,038
Total revenue	$	112,537	$	75,443	$	48,576

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, including material, labor and manufacturing overhead, whereby the standard costs are updated at least quarterly to reflect approximate actual costs using the first-in, first out (FIFO) method and market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. The Company records adjustments at least quarterly to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items. Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Raw materials and work-in-progress	$	6,774		$	3,783
Finished goods		983			565
Less: reserves		(141	)		(100	)
Inventories	$	7,616		$	4,248

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the assets estimated useful lives as follows:

Rental equipment	1.5-5 years
Manufacturing equipment and tooling	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3 years
Furniture and equipment	3-5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of 3-10 years or life of underlying lease

Expenditures for additions, improvements and replacements are capitalized and depreciated to a salvage value of zero. Repair and maintenance costs are included in cost of revenue in the statements of operations. Repair and maintenance expense, including both labor and parts, for rental equipment was $1,628 and $1,020 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Rental equipment	$	10,339	$	7,132	$	4,056
Other property and equipment		1,591		1,209		630
Total depreciation and amortization	$	11,930	$	8,341	$	4,686

Accumulated depreciation related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
Property and equipment	2014		2013
Rental equipment, net of allowance	$	48,359	$	37,573
Other property and equipment		9,408		8,105
Property and equipment		57,767		45,678
Accumulated depreciation
Rental equipment		21,084		12,545
Other property and equipment		4,756		3,411
Accumulated depreciation		25,840		15,956
Net property and equipment
Rental equipment		27,275		25,028
Other property and equipment		4,652		4,694
Property and equipment, net	$	31,927	$	29,722

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets

The Company accounts for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances that indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not impairment to such value has occurred. No impairments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Deferred Rent

Deferred rent

The Company’s operating leases for its office facilities in California and Texas include a rent abatement period and scheduled rent increases. The Company has accounted for the leases to provide straight-line charges to operations over the life of the leases.

Research and Development

Research and development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs

Advertising costs, which approximated $3,290, $2,840 and $2,503 during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are expensed as incurred, excluding the production costs of direct response commercials. Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income Taxes

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the future tax consequences of transactions that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This accounting standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, within operations as income tax expense. No significant interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

The Company operates in multiple states. The statute of limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2011 for federal and 2010 to 2011 for various state tax purposes. However, the net operating loss generated on the federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and state tax authorities. We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of net operating losses in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to the inception of the company.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Accounting for stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which establishes accounting for share-based awards exchanged for employee services and requires companies to expense the estimated fair value of these awards over the requisite employee service period. Share–based compensation cost is determined at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight line basis over the employee’s requisite service period.

As part of the provisions of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

Business Segments

Business segments

The Company operates in only one business segment-manufacturing and marketing and sales of respiratory equipment.

Stock Split

Stock Split

On November 11, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved a 3:1 reverse stock split. This became effective as of November 12, 2013 and the effect of this event has been reflected in all of the share quantities and per share amounts throughout these financial statements. The shares of common stock retained a par value of $0.001.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial statements to conform to current period financial statement presentation. These revisions increased working capital by $844 at December 31, 2013, but did not impact previously reported total revenue, net income, earnings per share, stockholders’ deficit or cash flows.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share

Earnings per share, or EPS, is computed in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share, and is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents unless the effect is to reduce a loss or increase the income per share. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company, options and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive.

The shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share represent the weighted-average common shares outstanding, reduced by the weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase. Further, as the Company’s preferred stockholders have the right to participate in any dividend declared on the Company’s common stock, basic and diluted EPS are potentially subject to computation using the two-class method, under which the Company’s undistributed earnings are allocated amongst the common and preferred shareholders. However, as the company recorded a net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012, presentation of EPS using the two class method was not necessary. The Company had net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and has presented EPS using the two class method.

As further discussed in Note 11, on February 20, 2014, the Company completed an initial public offering of 4,411,763 shares of common stock at a price of $16.00 per share. The Company sold 3,529,411 shares of common stock and certain stockholders sold 882,352 shares of common stock. As of March 7, 2014 the underwriters elected to purchase 99,550 additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price. All preferred stock outstanding as of the IPO automatically converted into 14,259,647 shares of common stock. This IPO transaction has materially altered the number of common shares outstanding.

The computation of EPS is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator—basic:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less:  undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic		(567	)		(10,781	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic	$	5,272		$	211		$	(5,217	)
Numerator—diluted:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted		(514	)		(9,625	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted	$	5,325		$	1,367		$	(5,217	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268
Net income (loss) per share - basic common stock	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted common stock	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Warrants		—			—			233,611
Preferred convertible stock		—			—			14,057,509
Stock options		546,142			—			1,646,223
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)		546,142			—			15,937,343
Denominator calculation from basic to diluted:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Warrants		128,016			219,766			—
Stock Options		1,726,913			1,511,855			—
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268

The computations of diluted net income applicable to common shareholders exclude redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants and common stock options which were anti-dilutive for the period ended December 31, 2012.

Revenue From Contracts With Customers

Revenue from contracts with customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP.

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Company’s pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which the Company will adopt the standard in 2017.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Minimum Aggregate Payments Due under Non-Cancelable Leases

The Company leases its offices and certain equipment under operating leases that expire through December 2019. At December 31, 2014, the minimum aggregate payments due under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows:

	December 31, 2014
2015	$	870
2016		483
2017		477
2018		457
2019		458
Thereafter		313
	$	3,058

Schedule of Changes in Aggregate Product Warranty Liabilities

The following table identifies the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Product warranty liability at beginning of period	$	809		$	447
Accruals for warranties issued		1,075			533
Adjustments related to preexisting warranties    (including changes in estimates)		406			322
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)		(1,175	)		(493	)
Product warranty liability at end of period	$	1,115		$	809

XML

Income Taxes - Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
NOL and credit carryforward	$ 22,924	$ 25,233
Accrued expenses	3,575	2,686
Valuation allowance	(2,899)	(4,122)
Allowance, reserves and other	1,965
Net deferred tax assets	25,565	23,797
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant, and equipment	(3,674)	(1,643)
Other	(1,667)	(366)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(5,341)	(2,009)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$ 20,224	$ 21,788

XML

Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2008	Dec. 31, 2009 Patents
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	2 years
Purchased additional patents	$ 205	$ 37	$ 63
Amortization of intangible assets	150	203		298
Patient setup video, Website development, redesign and commercials
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Cost incurred for advertising			63	95
Comfort Life Medical, LLC
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquisition of intangible asset					92
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	10 years
Impairments	0	0
Air Products & Chemicals
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquisition of intangible asset						250
Estimated useful life of intangible asset	5 years
Impairments	0	0
Number of patents						4
Increase in long term liability						250
Purchased additional patents				650
Reduced underlying asset and debt		177
Breathe Oxygen Services, LLC
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquisition of intangible asset				66
Estimated useful life of intangible asset				10 years
Impairments	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Statements of Operations (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Income Statement [Abstract]
Depreciation	$ 10,339	$ 7,132	$ 4,056

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of significant accounting policies

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

Accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates used in preparing these financial statements include accounts receivable reserves, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, warrant liability, stock-based compensation expense and income tax provision. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

Sales revenue

The Company generates revenue primarily from sales and rentals of its products. The Company’s products consist of its proprietary line of oxygen concentrators and related accessories. Other revenue comes from service contracts, extended warranty contracts and freight revenue for product shipments.

Revenue from product sales is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from product sales is recognized upon shipment of the product. Provisions for estimated returns and discounts are made at the time of shipment. Provisions for standard warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales revenue, are also provided for at the time of shipment.

Revenue from the sales of used rental equipment is recognized upon delivery and when collectability is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met. When a rental unit is sold, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any gains or losses are included in gross profit.

Revenue from the sales of the Company’s services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured. The Company offers extended service contracts on its Inogen One concentrator line for periods ranging from 12 to 24 months after the end of the standard warranty period. Revenue from these extended service contracts is recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the contract period.

The Company also offers a lifetime warranty for direct-to-consumer sales. For a fixed price, the Company agrees to provide a fully functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining life of the patient. Lifetime warranties are only offered to patients upon the initial sale of oxygen equipment by the Company, and are non-transferable. Product sales with lifetime warranties are considered to be multiple element arrangements within the scope of ASC 605-25.

There are two deliverables when product that includes a lifetime warranty is sold. The first deliverable is the oxygen concentrator equipment which comes with a standard warranty of three years. The second deliverable is the lifetime warranty that provides for a functional oxygen concentrator for the remaining lifetime of the patient. These two deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting.

The revenue is allocated to the two deliverables on a relative selling price method. The Company has vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price for the equipment. To determine the selling price of the lifetime warranty, the company uses its best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable as the lifetime warranty is neither separately priced nor is the selling price available through third-party evidence. To calculate the selling price associated with the lifetime warranties, management considered the profit margins of the overall business, the average estimated cost of lifetime warranties and the price of extended warranties. A significant estimate used to calculate the price and expense of lifetime warranties is the life expectancy of patients. Based on clinical studies, the company estimates that 60% of patients will succumb to their disease within three years. Given the approximate mortality rate of 20% per year, the company estimates on average all patients will succumb to their disease within five years. The Company has taken into consideration that when patients decide to buy an Inogen portable oxygen concentrator with a lifetime warranty, they typically have already been on oxygen for a period of time, which can have a large impact on their life expectancy from the time our product is deployed.

After applying the relative selling price method, revenue from equipment sales is recognized when all other revenue recognition criteria for product sales are met. Lifetime warranty revenue is recognized using the straight-line method during the fourth and fifth year after the delivery of the equipment which is the estimated usage period of the contract based on the average patient life expectancy.

Shipping and handling costs for sold products and rental assets, shipped to the Company’s customers are included on the statements of operations as part of cost of sales revenue and cost of rental revenue, respectively. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $1,478 and $4,101 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $772 and $3,149, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s shipping and handling costs relating to sales revenue and rental revenue were $639 and $1,922 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Income from shipping and handling fees charged to its customers is included in other revenue on the statements of operations. The Company earned $486, $376 and $214 from shipping and handling fees for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively.

Accruals for estimated standard warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. The provisions for estimated returns, discounts and warranty obligations are made based on known claims and discount commitments and estimates of additional returns and warranty obligations based on historical data and future expectations. The Company has accrued $1,115 and $809 to provide for future warranty costs at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Rental revenue

The Company recognizes equipment rental revenue over the non-cancelable lease term, which is one month, less estimated adjustments, per ASC 840 — Leases. The Company has separate contracts with each patient that are not subject to a master lease agreement with any payor. The Company evaluates the individual lease contracts at lease inception and the start of each monthly renewal period to determine if there is reasonable assurance that the bargain renewal option associated with the potential capped free rental period would be exercised. Historically, the exercise of such a bargain renewal option is not reasonably assured at lease inception and most subsequent monthly lease renewal periods. If the Company determines that the reasonable assurance threshold for an individual patient is met at lease inception or at a monthly lease renewal period, such determination would impact the bargain renewal period for an individual lease. The Company would first consider the lease classification issue (sales-type lease or operating lease) and then appropriately recognize or defer rental revenue over the lease term, which may include a portion of the capped rental period. To date, the Company has not deferred any amounts associated with the capped rental period. Amounts related to the capped rental period have not been material in the periods presented.

The lease term begins on the date products are shipped to patients and are recorded at amounts estimated to be received under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicare, private payors, and Medicaid. Due to the nature of the industry and the reimbursement environment in which the Company operates, certain estimates are required to record net revenue and accounts receivable at their net realizable values. Inherent in these estimates is the risk that they will have to be revised or updated as additional information becomes available. Specifically, the complexity of many third-party billing arrangements and the uncertainty of reimbursement amounts for certain services from certain payors may result in adjustments to amounts originally recorded. Such adjustments are typically identified and recorded at the point of cash application, claim denial or account review. Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts which provides for those accounts from which payment is not expected to be received, although product was delivered and revenue was earned. Upon determination that an account is uncollectible, it is written-off and charged to the allowance. Amounts billed but not earned due to the timing of the billing cycle are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the monthly billing period. For example, if the first day of the billing period does not fall on the first of the month, then a portion of the monthly billing period will fall in the subsequent month and the related revenue and cost would be deferred based on the service days in the following month.

Rental revenue is recognized as earned, less estimated adjustments. Revenue not billed at the end of the period are reviewed for the likelihood of collections and accrued. The rental revenue stream is not guaranteed and payment will cease if the patient no longer needs oxygen or returns the equipment. Revenue recognized is at full estimated allowable amounts; transfers to secondary insurances / patient responsibility have no net effect on revenue. Rental revenue is earned for that month if the patient is on service on the first day of the 30-day period commencing on the recurring date of service for a particular claim, regardless if there is a change in condition/death after that date.

Included in rental revenue are unbilled amounts for which the revenue recognition criteria had been met as of period-end but were not billed. The estimate of unbilled rental revenue accrual is based on historical trends and estimates of future collectability.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, debt and warrants. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair values based on the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s debt approximates carrying value based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements. Imputed interest associated with the Company’s non-interest bearing debt is insignificant.

The fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

Fair value accounting

Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, creates a single definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and states that a fair value measurement should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities adjusted to fair value in the balance sheet are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

Level inputs, as defined by ASC 820, are as follows:

Level input	Input definition
Level 1	Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level 2	Inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.
Level 3	Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2013 for the liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Preferred stock warrant liability	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260
Total liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	260	$	260

The following table summarizes the fair value measurements using significant Level 3 inputs, and changes therein, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	Warrant liability
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	164
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(166	)
Change in fair value		262
Balance as of December 31, 2013		260
Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised		(148	)
Change in fair value		(36	)
Reclassification of liability to additional paid in capital		(76	)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	—

The preferred stock warrant liability is marked to market each reporting date until the warrants are settled. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability is estimated using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which takes into consideration the market values of comparable public companies, considering among other factors, the use of multiples of earnings, and adjusted to reflect the restrictions on the ability of the Company’s shares to trade in an active market.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates market value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Accounts receivable and allowance for bad debts, returns, and adjustments

Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal sales and rental terms. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of the customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained at a level that, in management’s opinion, is adequate to absorb potential losses related to account receivables and is based upon the Company’s continuous evaluation of the collectability of outstanding balances. Management’s evaluation takes into consideration such factors as past bad debt experience, economic conditions and information about specific receivables. The Company’s evaluation also considers the age and composition of the outstanding amounts in determining their net realizable value. The allowance is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments to these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods that they become known. The allowance is increased by bad debt provisions charged to bad debt expense in operating expense and reduced by direct write-offs, net of recoveries.

Provision for sales returns applies to direct to consumer sales only. The Company does not allow returns from providers. This reserve is calculated based on actual historical return rates under our 30-day return program and is applied to the current period’s sales revenue for direct to consumer sales.

The Company also records an allowance for rental revenue adjustments and write-offs, which is recorded as a reduction of rental revenue and rental accounts receivable balances. These adjustments and write offs result from contractual adjustments, audit adjustments, untimely claims filings or billings not paid due to another provider performing same or similar functions for the patient in the same period, all of which prevent billed revenue to become realizable. The reserve is based on historical revenue adjustments as a percentage of rental revenue billed during the related period.

When recording the allowance for doubtful accounts, the bad debt expense account (general & administrative expense account) is charged, when recording allowance for sales returns, the sales returns account (contra sales revenue account) is charged, and when recording the allowance for adjustments, the rental revenue adjustments account (contra rental revenue account) is charged.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, included in accounts receivable on the balance sheets are earned but unbilled receivables of $3,653 and $1,435 respectively.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. At times, cash account balances may be in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). However, management believes the risk of loss to be minimal. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these institutions and has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments to date.

Concentration of customers and vendors

The Company sells its products to home medical equipment providers in the United States and in foreign countries on a credit basis. No single customer represented more than 10% of our total revenue for 2013 and 2014. In 2012 one customer accounted for 12% of our total revenue.

The Company also rents products directly to patients, which resulted in a customer concentration relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs. Medicare’s service reimbursement programs (net of patient co-insurance obligations) accounted for 76%, 73% and 66% of rental revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and based on total revenue were 27%, 29% and 27% for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable balances relating to Medicare’s service reimbursement programs amounted to $4,875 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2014, $2,560 or 25% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 and $3,043 or 33% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2012.

The Company currently purchases raw materials from a limited number of vendors, which resulted in a concentration of three major vendors that accounted for 19%, 16%, and 10%, respectively, of total raw material purchases in 2014. The three major vendors supply the Company with raw materials used to manufacture the Company’s products. For 2013, the Company’s three major vendors accounted for 17%, 15%, and 8%, respectively, of total raw material purchases.

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Non-U.S. revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. A breakdown of the Company’s revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
U.S. revenue	$	88,094	$	58,677	$	35,538
Non-U.S. revenue		24,443		16,766		13,038
Total revenue	$	112,537	$	75,443	$	48,576

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, including material, labor and manufacturing overhead, whereby the standard costs are updated at least quarterly to reflect approximate actual costs using the first-in, first out (FIFO) method and market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. The Company records adjustments at least quarterly to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items. Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2014			2013
Raw materials and work-in-progress	$	6,774		$	3,783
Finished goods		983			565
Less: reserves		(141	)		(100	)
Inventories	$	7,616		$	4,248

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the assets estimated useful lives as follows:

Rental equipment	1.5-5 years
Manufacturing equipment and tooling	5 years
Computer equipment and software	3 years
Furniture and equipment	3-5 years
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of 3-10 years or life of underlying lease

Expenditures for additions, improvements and replacements are capitalized and depreciated to a salvage value of zero. Repair and maintenance costs are included in cost of revenue in the statements of operations. Repair and maintenance expense, including both labor and parts, for rental equipment was $1,628 and $1,020 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Rental equipment	$	10,339	$	7,132	$	4,056
Other property and equipment		1,591		1,209		630
Total depreciation and amortization	$	11,930	$	8,341	$	4,686

Accumulated depreciation related to property and equipment and rental equipment is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

	Years ended December 31,
Property and equipment	2014		2013
Rental equipment, net of allowance	$	48,359	$	37,573
Other property and equipment		9,408		8,105
Property and equipment		57,767		45,678
Accumulated depreciation
Rental equipment		21,084		12,545
Other property and equipment		4,756		3,411
Accumulated depreciation		25,840		15,956
Net property and equipment
Rental equipment		27,275		25,028
Other property and equipment		4,652		4,694
Property and equipment, net	$	31,927	$	29,722

Long-lived assets

The Company accounts for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances that indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not impairment to such value has occurred. No impairments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Deferred rent

The Company’s operating leases for its office facilities in California and Texas include a rent abatement period and scheduled rent increases. The Company has accounted for the leases to provide straight-line charges to operations over the life of the leases.

Research and development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs, which approximated $3,290, $2,840 and $2,503 during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are expensed as incurred, excluding the production costs of direct response commercials. Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying statements of operations.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the future tax consequences of transactions that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainties in income tax in accordance with ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This accounting standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, within operations as income tax expense. No significant interest or penalties were recognized during the periods presented.

The Company operates in multiple states. The statute of limitations has expired for all tax years prior to 2011 for federal and 2010 to 2011 for various state tax purposes. However, the net operating loss generated on the federal and state tax returns in prior years may be subject to adjustments by the federal and state tax authorities. We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of net operating losses in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to the inception of the company.

Accounting for stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which establishes accounting for share-based awards exchanged for employee services and requires companies to expense the estimated fair value of these awards over the requisite employee service period. Share–based compensation cost is determined at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight line basis over the employee’s requisite service period.

As part of the provisions of ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

Business segments

The Company operates in only one business segment-manufacturing and marketing and sales of respiratory equipment.

Stock Split

On November 11, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved a 3:1 reverse stock split. This became effective as of November 12, 2013 and the effect of this event has been reflected in all of the share quantities and per share amounts throughout these financial statements. The shares of common stock retained a par value of $0.001.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial statements to conform to current period financial statement presentation. These revisions increased working capital by $844 at December 31, 2013, but did not impact previously reported total revenue, net income, earnings per share, stockholders’ deficit or cash flows.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share, or EPS, is computed in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share, and is calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents unless the effect is to reduce a loss or increase the income per share. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company, options and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive.

The shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share represent the weighted-average common shares outstanding, reduced by the weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase. Further, as the Company’s preferred stockholders have the right to participate in any dividend declared on the Company’s common stock, basic and diluted EPS are potentially subject to computation using the two-class method, under which the Company’s undistributed earnings are allocated amongst the common and preferred shareholders. However, as the company recorded a net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2012, presentation of EPS using the two class method was not necessary. The Company had net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and has presented EPS using the two class method.

As further discussed in Note 11, on February 20, 2014, the Company completed an initial public offering of 4,411,763 shares of common stock at a price of $16.00 per share. The Company sold 3,529,411 shares of common stock and certain stockholders sold 882,352 shares of common stock. As of March 7, 2014 the underwriters elected to purchase 99,550 additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price. All preferred stock outstanding as of the IPO automatically converted into 14,259,647 shares of common stock. This IPO transaction has materially altered the number of common shares outstanding.

The computation of EPS is as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator—basic:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less:  undistributed earnings to preferred stock - basic		(567	)		(10,781	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - basic	$	5,272		$	211		$	(5,217	)
Numerator—diluted:
Net income	$	6,826		$	25,435		$	564
Less deemed dividend on redeemable convertible preferred stock		(987	)		(7,278	)		(5,781	)
Net income (loss) before preferred rights dividend		5,839			18,157			(5,217	)
Less preferred rights dividend		—			(7,165	)		—
Less undistributed earnings to preferred stock - diluted		(514	)		(9,625	)		—
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders - diluted	$	5,325		$	1,367		$	(5,217	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268
Net income (loss) per share - basic common stock	$	0.33		$	0.76		$	(19.97	)
Net income (loss) per share - diluted common stock	$	0.30		$	0.68		$	(19.97	)
Shares excluded from diluted income (loss)
Warrants		—			—			233,611
Preferred convertible stock		—			—			14,057,509
Stock options		546,142			—			1,646,223
Shares excluded from diluted net income (loss)		546,142			—			15,937,343
Denominator calculation from basic to diluted:
Weighted-average common shares - basic common stock		16,182,569			276,535			261,268
Warrants		128,016			219,766			—
Stock Options		1,726,913			1,511,855			—
Weighted-average common shares - diluted common stock		18,037,498			2,008,156			261,268

The computations of diluted net income applicable to common shareholders exclude redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants and common stock options which were anti-dilutive for the period ended December 31, 2012.

Revenue from contracts with customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP.

The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the Company’s pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on the Company’s financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which the Company will adopt the standard in 2017.

XML

Convertible Preferred Stock - Additional Information (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Feb. 20, 2014	Dec. 31, 2014 Vote	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Feb. 20, 2014	Mar. 12, 2012
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Number of voting rights per share of common stock		1
Preferred stock, shares authorized		10,000,000	100,000
Preferred stock, shares issued		0	66,666
Preferred stock, shares outstanding		0	66,666
Dividends declared			$ 0	$ 0
Convertible preferred stock, description		Prior to our IPO, each share of preferred stock was automatically convertible into common stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, upon (i) the election of both the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series F preferred stock and Series G preferred stock, voting together as a single class provided, or (ii) the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with aggregate proceeds of at least $40 million at an offering price of at least $17.85 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.). If the Series G preferred shares were converted to common stock in connection with an initial public offering in which shares are sold to the public at a price that was less than $14.0832 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.), then immediately prior to such conversion, the applicable conversion rate of the Series G preferred stock was to be increased to the extent necessary to make the Series G preferred holders whole as if the initial public offering price to the public had been equal to $14.0832 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, etc.).
Conversion of preferred stock, shares	14,259,647
Percentage of convertible preferred stock		Prior to our IPO, the holders of at least 66 2/3% of preferred stock on an as converted to common stock basis were required to approve certain specified actions as outlined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, the holders of at least 60% of the Series D preferred stock were required to approve certain specified actions as outlined in the Company’s prior Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, the Company could not amend its prior Certificate of Incorporation without the approval of at least 66 2/3% of any series of preferred stock if such amendment would change any of the rights, preferences or privileges of such series.
Common stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Proceeds from initial public offering triggering conversion		40,000,000
Share price		17.85
Conversion of preferred stock, shares					14,259,647
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares		3,529,411
Percentage of voting rights required to approve certain action		66.67%
Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Percentage of voting rights required to approve certain action		60.00%
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Preferred stock, shares outstanding		0	9,541,631
Series G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Dividend rate			8.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, Series G preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on all existing series of preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering, shares						2,840,260
Preferred stock value issued						$ 20,000,000
Shares issued, price per share						$ 7.0416
Percentage of voting rights required to approve certain action		66.67%
Series G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock | Maximum
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		14.0832
Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Dividend rate			8.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G preferred stock, Series F preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on all existing series of preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		3.570
Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Dividend rate			8.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G and F preferred stock, the Series E preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price.
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		3.570
Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Dividend rate			8.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, and E preferred stock, the Series D preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A, B and C preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		12.651
Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock | Scenario, Adjustment
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		11.652
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Dividend rate			8.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E and D preferred stocks, the Series C preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Series A and B preferred stock and common stock at the rate of 8% of its original issue price
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		10.836
Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock | Scenario, Adjustment
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		10.161
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Dividend rate			5.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E, D and C preferred stocks, the Series A and B preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock at the rate of 5% of its original issue price
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		8.436
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock | Scenario, Adjustment
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		8.187
Series A Nonredeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Temporary Equity [Line Items]
Preferred stock, shares authorized			100,000
Preferred stock, shares issued			66,666
Dividend rate			5.00%
Preferred stock, dividend preference		Prior to our IPO, subject to the prior rights of the holders of Series G, F, E, D and C preferred stocks, the Series A and B preferred stockholders were entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on common stock at the rate of 5% of its original issue price
Temporary equity, conversion price per share		3.687

XML

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	$ 1,141	$ 742	$ 865
Additions	1,692	2,045	1,071
Deletions	1,404	1,284	1,194
Adjustments	(249)	(362)
Balance at End of Year	1,180	1,141	742
Allowance for Sales Returns
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	134	64	33
Additions	3,451	1,770	627
Deletions	3,412	1,700	596
Balance at End of Year	173	134	64
Allowance for Rental Revenue Adjustments
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	2,115	1,255	984
Additions	8,267	6,613	3,102
Deletions	8,239	6,115	2,831
Adjustments	249	362
Balance at End of Year	2,392	2,115	1,255
Allowance for Inventory Reserves
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	100	98	108
Additions	201	78	42
Deletions	160	76	52
Balance at End of Year	141	100	98
Allowance for Rental Asset Loss
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	157	77
Additions	1,443	292	378
Deletions	768	212	301
Balance at End of Year	$ 832	$ 157	$ 77

XML

Convertible Preferred Stock (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

Summary of Convertible Preferred Stock

A summary of the terms of the various types of redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013, is as follows:  

Series	B			C			D			E			F			G			Total
Shares authorized		500,000			400,000			1,700,000			1,700,000			2,800,000			2,900,000			10,000,000
Shares issued		425,511			365,903			1,573,126			1,634,874			2,701,957			2,840,260			9,541,631
Par value	$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001		$	0.001
Conversion rate		1.45108			1.73014			1.87951			2.69244			1.0000			1.0000
Liquidation preference per share	$	11.880		$	17.580		$	21.900		$	19.224		$	7.140		$	14.083
Dividend rate		5	%		8	%		8	%		8	%		8	%		8	%
							July			October			February
							2005 to			2007 to			2010 to			March
Issue date	July 2003			June 2004			July 2007			February 2009			June 2010			2012
Redemption date	January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,			January 1,
	2016			2016			2016			2016			2016			2016

Nonredeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Summary of Convertible Preferred Stock

A summary of the terms of non-redeemable convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

Series A
Shares authorized		100,000
Share issued		66,666
Par value	$	0.001
Conversion rate		1.01706
Liquidation preference per share	$	3.750
Dividend rate		5	%
Issue date	May 2002

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Summary of Depreciation and Amortization Expense of Property and Equipment and Rental Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization	$ 11,930	$ 8,341	$ 4,686
Equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization	10,339	7,132	4,056
Other property and equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization	$ 1,591	$ 1,209	$ 630

XML

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Valuation And Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

	Balance
	Beginning									Balance at
	of Year		Additions		Deletions		Adjustments			End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2014:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)	$	1,141	$	1,692	$	1,404	$	(249	)	$	1,180
Allowance for sales returns (2)		134		3,451		3,412		—			173
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3)		2,115		8,267		8,239		249			2,392
Allowance for inventory reserves (4)		100		201		160		—			141
Allowance for rental asset loss (5)		157		1,443		768		—			832
Year ended December 31, 2013:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)	$	742	$	2,045	$	1,284	$	(362	)	$	1,141
Allowance for sales returns (2)		64		1,770		1,700		—			134
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3)		1,255		6,613		6,115		362			2,115
Allowance for inventory reserves (4)		98		78		76		—			100
Allowance for rental asset loss (5)		77		292		212		—			157
Year ended December 31, 2012:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (1)	$	865	$	1,071	$	1,194	$	—		$	742
Allowance for sales returns (2)		33		627		596		—			64
Allowance for rental revenue adjustments (3)		984		3,102		2,831		—			1,255
Allowance for inventory reserves (4)		108		42		52		—			98
Allowance for rental asset loss (5)		—		378		301		—			77

(1) The additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts represent the estimates of bad debt expense based upon factors for which the company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable, with actual recoveries netted into additions. Deductions are the actual write-offs of the receivables.

(2) The additions to the allowance for sales returns represent estimates of returns based upon historical returns experience for the direct to patient sales channel only. No reserve is recorded for sales to providers. Deductions are the actual returns of products.

(3) The additions to the allowance for rental revenue adjustments represent estimates of revenue adjustments that will need to be recorded for billing errors on rental revenue. Deductions are the actual adjustments and write offs of the rental receivables for such revenue adjustments.

(4) The inventory allowances are adjusted quarterly for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items.

(5) The allowance for rental asset loss is based on estimated losses of the company’s rental assets that will potentially be lost, stolen or unrecoverable from the patient.